UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

[ X ]  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015

OR

[    ]  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                  to                                                   Commission file number 1-4908

The TJX Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

   04-2207613

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

   (IRS Employer Identification No.)

770 Cochituate Road

  

Framingham, Massachusetts

   01701

(Address of principal executive offices)

   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (508) 390-1000   

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share

  New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES [ X ]  NO [  ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES [  ]  NO [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES [ X ]  NO [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.[  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer  [ x ]  

  Accelerated Filer [  ]     Non-Accelerated Filer [  ]     Smaller Reporting Company [  ]
   

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES [  ]  NO [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on August 2, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $36,559,935,457 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

There were 683,473,567 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, outstanding as of February 28, 2015.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 11, 2015 (Part III).


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K and our 2014 Annual Report to Shareholders contain “forward-looking statements” intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including some of the statements in this Form 10-K under Item 1, “Business,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and in our 2014 Annual Report to Shareholders under our letter to shareholders and our performance graphs. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions. Such statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. We have generally identified such statements by using words indicative of the future such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “looking forward,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will” and “would” or any variations of these words or other words with similar meanings. All statements that address activities, events or developments that we intend, expect or believe may occur in the future are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. These “forward-looking statements” may relate to such matters as our future actions, future performance or results of current and anticipated sales, expenses, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and results and the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings.

We cannot guarantee that the results and other expectations expressed, anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement will be realized. The risks set forth under Item 1A of this Form 10-K describe major risks to our business. A variety of factors including these risks could cause our actual results and other expectations to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed, anticipated or implied in our forward-looking statements. Should known or unknown risks materialize, or should our underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected in the forward-looking statements. You should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the dates on which they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether to reflect new information, future events or otherwise. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we may make in our future reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), on our website, or otherwise.

 

2


PART I

ITEM 1. Business

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

The TJX Companies, Inc. (TJX) is the leading off-price apparel and home fashions retailer in the United States and worldwide. Our over 3,300 stores offer a rapidly changing assortment of quality, fashionable, brand name and designer merchandise at prices generally 20% to 60% below department and specialty store regular prices on comparable merchandise, every day.

Our stores are known for our value proposition of brand, fashion, price and quality. Our opportunistic buying strategies and flexible business model differentiate us from traditional retailers. We offer a treasure hunt shopping experience and a rapid turn of inventories relative to traditional retailers. Our goal is to create a sense of excitement and urgency for our customers and encourage frequent customer visits. We acquire merchandise in a variety of ways to support that goal. We reach a broad range of customers across many income levels and other demographic groups with our value proposition. Our strategies and operations are synergistic across all of our retail chains. As a result, we are able to leverage our expertise throughout our business, sharing information, best practices, initiatives and new ideas, and to develop talent across our Company. We also leverage the substantial buying power of our businesses in our global relationships with vendors.

Our Businesses. We operate our business in four major divisions: Marmaxx and HomeGoods, both in the U.S., TJX Canada and TJX Europe.

MARMAXX :

Our T.J. Maxx and Marshalls chains in the United States (referred to together as The Marmaxx Group or Marmaxx) are collectively the largest off-price retailer in the United States with a total of 2,094 stores. We founded T.J. Maxx in 1976 and acquired Marshalls in 1995. Both chains sell family apparel (including footwear and accessories), home fashions (including home basics, accent furniture, lamps, rugs, wall décor, decorative accessories and giftware) and other merchandise. We primarily differentiate T.J. Maxx and Marshalls through different product assortment, including an expanded assortment of fine jewelry and accessories and a designer section called The Runway at T.J. Maxx and a full line of footwear, a broader men’s offering and a juniors’ department called The Cube at Marshalls, as well as varying in-store initiatives. This differentiated shopping experience at T.J. Maxx and Marshalls encourages our customers to shop both chains. Our e-commerce website, tjmaxx.com , was launched in 2013.

HOMEGOODS :

Our HomeGoods chain, introduced in 1992, is the leading off-price retailer of home fashions in the U.S. Through its 487 stores, HomeGoods offers a broad array of home fashions, including home basics, giftware, accent furniture, lamps, rugs, wall décor, decorative accessories from around the world, seasonal and other merchandise.

TJX CANADA:

Our TJX Canada division operates the Winners, HomeSense and Marshalls chains in Canada. Acquired in 1990, Winners is the leading off-price apparel and home fashions retailer in Canada. The merchandise offering at its 234 stores across Canada is comparable to T.J. Maxx, with select stores offering fine jewelry and The Runway, a designer section. We opened our HomeSense chain in 2001, bringing the home fashions off-price concept to Canada. HomeSense has 96 stores with a merchandise mix of home fashions similar to HomeGoods. We brought Marshalls to Canada in 2011 and operate 38 Marshalls stores in Canada. As with Marshalls in the U.S., our Canadian Marshalls stores offer an expanded footwear department and The Cube juniors’ department, differentiating them from Winners stores.

 

3


TJX EUROPE:

Our TJX Europe division operates the T.K. Maxx and HomeSense chains in Europe. Launched in 1994, T.K. Maxx introduced off-price retail to Europe and remains Europe’s only major brick-and-mortar off-price retailer of apparel and home fashions. With 407 stores, T.K. Maxx operates in the U.K., Ireland, Germany and Poland. At the beginning of fiscal 2016, we opened our first store in Austria. Through its stores and its e-commerce website for the U.K., tkmaxx.com, T.K. Maxx offers a merchandise mix similar to T.J. Maxx, Marshalls and Winners. We brought the off-price home fashions concept to Europe, opening HomeSense in the U.K. in 2008. Its 33 stores in the U.K. offer a merchandise mix of home fashions similar to that of HomeGoods in the U.S. and HomeSense in Canada.

In addition to our four major divisions, we operate Sierra Trading Post, acquired in 2012, a leading off-price Internet retailer of brand name and quality outdoor gear, family apparel and footwear, sporting goods and home fashions. Sierra Trading Post launched its e-commerce site, sierratradingpost.com, in 1998 and operates six retail stores in the U.S.

Flexible Business Model. Our flexible off-price business model, including our opportunistic buying, inventory management, logistics and store layouts, is designed to deliver our customers a compelling value proposition of fashionable, quality, brand name and designer merchandise at excellent values. Our buying and inventory management strategies give us flexibility to adjust our merchandise assortments more frequently than traditional retailers, and the design and operation of our stores and distribution centers support this flexibility. Our merchants have more visibility into consumer, fashion and market trends and pricing when we buy closer to need, which can help us “buy smarter” and reduce our markdown exposure. Our selling floor space is flexible, without walls between departments and largely free of permanent fixtures, so we can easily expand and contract departments to accommodate the merchandise we purchase. Our logistics and distribution operations are designed to support our buying strategies and to facilitate quick, efficient and differentiated delivery of merchandise to our stores, with a goal of getting the right merchandise to the right stores at the right times.

Opportunistic Buying. As an off-price retailer, our buying practices, which we refer to as opportunistic buying, differentiate us from traditional retailers. Our overall buying strategy is to acquire merchandise on an ongoing basis that will enable us to offer a desirable and rapidly changing mix of branded, designer and other quality merchandise in our stores at prices below regular prices for comparable merchandise at department and specialty stores. We seek out and select merchandise from the broad range of opportunities in the marketplace to achieve this end. Our buying organization, which numbers more than 1,000 Associates in 13 buying offices in ten countries, executes this opportunistic buying strategy in a variety of ways, depending on market conditions and other factors.

We take advantage of opportunities to acquire merchandise at substantial discounts that regularly arise from the production and flow of inventory in the apparel and home fashions marketplace, which include, among others, order cancellations, manufacturer overruns, closeouts and special production direct from brands and factories. Our buying strategies are intentionally flexible to allow us to react to frequently changing opportunities and trends in the market and to adjust how and what we source as well as when we source it. Our goal is to operate with lean inventory levels compared to conventional retailers to give us the flexibility to seek out and to take advantage of these opportunities as they arise. In contrast to traditional retailers, which tend to order most of their goods far in advance of the time the product appears on the selling floor, our merchants remain in the marketplace throughout the year, frequently looking for opportunities to buy merchandise. We buy much of our merchandise for the current or immediately upcoming selling season. We also buy some merchandise that is available in the market with the intention of storing it for sale, typically in future selling seasons. We generally make these purchases, referred to as packaway, in response to opportunities in the marketplace to buy merchandise that we believe has the right combination of brand, fashion, price and quality to supplement the product we expect to be available to purchase later for those future seasons. We also acquire some merchandise that we offer under in-house brands or brands that are licensed to us. We develop some of this merchandise ourselves in order to supplement the depth of, or fill gaps in, our expected merchandise assortment.

Our expansive vendor universe, which is in excess of 17,000, consists primarily of manufacturers along with retailers and other vendors, and provides us substantial and diversified access to merchandise. We have not

 

4


experienced difficulty in obtaining sufficient quality merchandise for our business in either favorable or difficult retail environments and expect this will continue as we continue to grow. We believe a number of factors provide us excellent access on an ongoing basis to leading branded merchandise and make us an attractive channel for many vendors in the market. We are typically willing to purchase less-than-full assortments of items, styles and sizes as well as quantities ranging from small to very large; we are able to disperse merchandise across our geographically diverse network of stores and to target specific markets; we pay promptly; we generally do not ask for typical retail concessions (such as advertising, promotional and markdown allowances), delivery concessions (such as drop shipments to stores or delayed deliveries) or return privileges and we have financial strength and an excellent credit rating.

Inventory Management. We offer our customers a rapidly changing selection of merchandise to create a treasure hunt experience in our stores and to spur frequent customer visits. To achieve this, we seek to turn the inventory in our stores rapidly, regularly offering fresh selections of apparel and home fashions at excellent values. Our specialized inventory planning, purchasing, monitoring and markdown systems, coupled with distribution center storage, processing, handling and shipping systems, enable us to tailor the merchandise in our stores to local preferences and demographics, achieve rapid in-store inventory turnover on a vast array of products and generally sell within the period we planned. We make pricing and markdown decisions and store inventory replenishment determinations centrally, using information provided by specialized computer systems designed to move inventory through our stores in a timely and disciplined manner. Over the past several years, we have been investing in our supply chain with the goal of continuing to operate with low inventory levels, to ship more efficiently and quickly and to more precisely and effectively allocate merchandise to each store.

Pricing. Our mission is to offer brand name and designer, fashionable, quality merchandise in our stores with retail prices that are generally 20% to 60% below department and specialty store regular retail prices on comparable merchandise, every day. We do not generally engage in promotional pricing activity such as sales or coupons. We have generally been able to react to price fluctuations in the wholesale market to maintain our pricing gap relative to prices offered by traditional retailers as well as our merchandise margins through various economic cycles.

Low Cost Operations. We operate with a low cost structure compared to many traditional retailers. We focus aggressively on expenses throughout our business. Our advertising is generally focused on promoting our retail banners rather than individual products, including at times promoting multiple banners together, which contributes to our advertising budget (as a percentage of sales) remaining low compared to many traditional retailers. We design our stores to provide a pleasant, convenient shopping environment but, relative to other retailers, do not spend heavily on store fixtures. Additionally, our distribution network is designed to run cost effectively.

Customer Service/Shopping Experience. We continue to renovate and upgrade our stores across our retail banners to enhance our customers’ shopping experience and help drive sales. Although we offer a self-service format, we train our store Associates to provide friendly and helpful customer service and seek to staff our stores to deliver a positive shopping experience. We typically offer customer-friendly return policies. We accept a variety of payment methods including cash, credit cards and debit cards, and offer TJX-branded credit cards in the U.S. through a bank, but do not own the customer receivables.

Distribution. We operate distribution centers encompassing approximately 13 million square feet in five countries. These centers are large, highly automated and built to suit our specific, off-price business model. We ship substantially all of our merchandise to our stores through these distribution centers as well as warehouses and shipping centers operated by third parties. We shipped approximately 2.1 billion units to our stores during fiscal 2015.

 

5


Store Growth. Expansion of our business through the addition of new stores continues to be an important part of our growth strategy. The following table provides information on the store growth of our four divisions in the last two fiscal years, our growth estimates for fiscal 2016 and our estimates of the store growth potential of these divisions in their current geographies:

 

      

Approximate

Average Store
Size (square feet)

     Number of Stores at Year End    

Estimated Store

Growth
Potential

 
          Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2016
(estimated)
   

Marmaxx

           

T.J. Maxx

     29,000         1,079        1,119       

Marshalls

     30,000         942        975                   
                2,021        2,094        2,164        3,000   

HomeGoods

     25,000         450        487        527        1,000   

TJX Canada

           

Winners

     29,000         227        234       

HomeSense

     24,000         91        96       

Marshalls

     30,000         27        38                   
                345        368        388        500   

TJX Europe

           

T.K. Maxx

     31,000         371        407       

HomeSense

     21,000         28        33                   
                399        440        490        975 (2)  

TJX Total

              3,219 (1)       3,395 (1)       3,576 (1)       5,475   

 

(1) Included in the TJX Total are four Sierra Trading Post stores for fiscal 2014, six Sierra Trading Post stores for fiscal 2015, and seven Sierra Trading Post stores estimated for fiscal 2016.
(2) Reflects store growth potential for T.K. Maxx in current geographies, Austria and The Netherlands only, and for HomeSense in the United Kingdom only.

Some of our HomeGoods and Canadian HomeSense stores are co-located with one of our apparel stores in a superstore format. We count each of the stores in the superstore format as a separate store.

Revenue Information. The percentages of our consolidated revenues by geography for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

       Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

United States

      

Northeast

     23     24     24

Midwest

     12        12        13   

South (including Puerto Rico)

     25        25        25   

West

     16        15        14   

Subtotal

     76        76        76   

Canada

     10        11        11   

Europe

     14        13        13   

Total

     100     100     100

The percentages of our consolidated revenues by major product category for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

       Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Apparel

      

Clothing including footwear

     57     58     59

Jewelry and accessories

     14        14        13   

Home fashions

     29        28        28   

Total

     100     100     100

 

6


Segment Overview. We operate four main business segments. Marmaxx (T.J. Maxx, Marshalls and tjmaxx.com) and HomeGoods both operate in the United States. Our TJX Canada segment operates Winners, HomeSense and Marshalls in Canada, and our TJX Europe segment operates T.K. Maxx, HomeSense and tkmaxx.com in Europe. We also operate Sierra Trading Post (STP), an off-price Internet retailer in the U.S. that we acquired late in fiscal 2013. The results of STP are reported in our Marmaxx segment. Each of our segments has its own management, administrative, buying and merchandising organization and distribution network. More detailed information about our segments, including financial information for each of the last three fiscal years, can be found in Note H to the consolidated financial statements.

 

7


STORE LOCATIONS.

Our major chains operated stores in the following locations at the end of fiscal 2015:

United States:

 

       T.J. Maxx      Marshalls      HomeGoods  

Alabama

     22         5         3   

Arizona

     13         15         9   

Arkansas

     11         3         4   

California

     110         137         59   

Colorado

     15         8         6   

Connecticut

     27         24         12   

Delaware

     3         3         2   

District of Columbia

     4         3         1   

Florida

     81         86         44   

Georgia

     47         32         14   

Hawaii

     3                   

Idaho

     6         1         1   

Illinois

     47         44         22   

Indiana

     23         12         5   

Iowa

     10         5         2   

Kansas

     7         5         1   

Kentucky

     14         5         4   

Louisiana

     12         10         2   

Maine

     9         4         3   

Maryland

     21         29         14   

Massachusetts

     51         55         25   

Michigan

     39         24         13   

Minnesota

     15         13         10   

Mississippi

     10         3         3   

Missouri

     16         15         7   

Montana

     5                   

Nebraska

     4         3         2   

Nevada

     9         10         5   

New Hampshire

     16         9         6   

New Jersey

     36         47         30   

New Mexico

     3         4         1   

New York

     71         74         38   

North Carolina

     34         24         15   

North Dakota

     3         1         1   

Ohio

     43         27         14   

Oklahoma

     9         5         1   

Oregon

     10         8         4   

Pennsylvania

     43         37         20   

Puerto Rico

     9         20         6   

Rhode Island

     6         6         4   

South Carolina

     21         11         6   

South Dakota

     2                   

Tennessee

     25         14         7   

Texas

     59         75         30   

Utah

     11         3         4   

Vermont

     5         1         1   

Virginia

     32         28         16   

Washington

     19         16         4   

West Virginia

     6         3         1   

Wisconsin

     21         7         5   

Wyoming

     1         1           

Total Stores

     1,119         975         487   

 

8


Store counts above include the T.J. Maxx, Marshalls or HomeGoods portion of a superstore. Additionally, TJX operates six Sierra Trading Post stores: two in Colorado, one in Idaho, one in Nevada and two in Wyoming, which are not included above.

Canada:

 

       Winners      HomeSense      Marshalls  

Alberta

     28         12         3   

British Columbia

     31         16         4   

Manitoba

     6         1         2   

New Brunswick

     4         3         1   

Newfoundland

     2         1           

Nova Scotia

     9         2         2   

Ontario

     108         45         22   

Prince Edward Island

     1                   

Quebec

     41         14         3   

Saskatchewan

     4         2         1   

Total Stores

     234         96         38   

Store counts above include the Winners or HomeSense portion of a superstore.

Europe:

 

       T.K. Maxx      HomeSense  

United Kingdom

     285         33   

Republic of Ireland

     20           

Germany

     76           

Poland

     26           

Total Stores

     407         33   

Competition. The retail apparel and home fashion business is highly competitive. We compete on the basis of factors including brand, fashion, price, quality, selection and freshness; in-store service and shopping experience; reputation and store location. We compete with local, regional, national and international department, specialty, off-price, discount, warehouse and outlet stores as well as other retailers that sell apparel, home fashions and other merchandise that we sell, whether in stores, through catalogues, on-line or other media.

Employees. At January 31, 2015, we had approximately 198,000 employees, many of whom work less than 40 hours per week. In addition, we hire temporary employees, particularly during the peak back-to-school and holiday seasons.

Trademarks. We have the right to use our principal trademarks and service marks, which are T.J. Maxx, Marshalls, HomeGoods, Winners, HomeSense, T.K. Maxx and Sierra Trading Post, in relevant countries. We expect our rights in these trademarks and service marks to endure in locations where we use them for as long as we continue to do so.

Seasonality. Our business is subject to seasonal influences. In the second half of the year, which includes the back-to-school and year-end holiday seasons, we generally realize higher levels of sales and income.

SEC Filings and Certifications. Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, proxy statements, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K filed with or furnished to the SEC, and any amendments to those documents, are available free of charge on our website, tjx.com, under “SEC Filings,” as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. They are also available free of charge from TJX Global Communications, 770 Cochituate Road, Framingham, Massachusetts 01701. The public can read and copy materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 and obtain information on the operation of the reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website containing all reports, proxies, information statements, and all other information regarding issuers that file electronically ( www.sec.gov ).

 

9


Information appearing on tjx.com is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference in, this Form 10-K.

Fiscal 2013 means the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013, fiscal 2014 means the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014, fiscal 2015 means the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and fiscal 2016 means the fiscal year ending January 30, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, all store information in this Item 1 is as of January 31, 2015, and references to store square footage are to gross square feet. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references in this Form 10-K to “TJX” and “we,” refer to The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

The statements in this section describe the major risks to our business and should be considered carefully, in connection with all of the other information set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K. The risks that follow, individually or in the aggregate, are those that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated or implied in forward-looking statements.

Failure to execute our opportunistic buying strategy and inventory management could adversely affect our business.

While opportunistic buying, operating with lean inventory levels and frequent inventory turns are key elements of our off-price business strategy, they subject us to risks related to the pricing, quantity, mix, nature and timing of inventory flowing to our stores. Our merchants are in the marketplace frequently, as much of our merchandise is purchased for the current or immediately upcoming season, and our opportunistic buying places considerable discretion with them. Our business model expects them to react to frequently changing opportunities and trends in the market, assess the desirability and value of merchandise and generally make determinations of how and what we source as well as when we source it. If we do not obtain the right fresh, desirable merchandise at the right times, quantities and prices, it could adversely affect customer traffic as well as our sales and margins.

We base our purchases of inventory, in part, on our sales forecasts. If our sales forecasts do not match customer demand, we may experience higher inventory levels and need to take markdowns on excess or slow-moving inventory, leading to decreased profit margins, or we may have insufficient inventory to meet customer demand, leading to lost sales, either of which could adversely affect our financial performance.

If we are unable to generally purchase inventory at prices sufficiently below prices paid by conventional retailers, we may not be able to maintain an overall pricing differential to regular department and specialty stores, and our ability to attract customers and sustain our margins may be adversely affected. We may not achieve this at various times or in some divisions or geographies, which could adversely affect our results.

We must also properly execute our inventory management strategy of delivering the right product to the right stores at the right time. We need to appropriately allocate merchandise among our stores, timely and efficiently distribute inventory to stores, maintain an appropriate mix and level of inventory in each store, appropriately change the allocation of floor space of stores among product categories to respond to customer demand and effectively manage pricing and markdowns. If we are not able to do so, our ability to attract and retain customers and our results could be adversely affected.

In addition to our own execution, we may need to react to factors affecting inventory flow that are outside our control, discussed further below, such as adverse weather and natural disasters or other changes in conditions affecting our vendors and others in our supply chain, such as political instability, labor issues, including strikes or threats of strikes, or increasing cost of regulations. If we are not able to adjust appropriately to such factors, our inventory management may be affected, which could impact our performance and our relationship with our customers.

Failure to continue to expand our business and operations successfully or to manage our substantial size and scale effectively could adversely affect our financial results.

Our growth strategy includes successfully expanding our off-price model within our current markets and into new geographic regions, product lines, businesses and channels and, as appropriate, adding new businesses, whether by

 

10


development, investment or acquisition. There are significant risks associated with our ability to continue to successfully extend our current business and to enter new businesses, including managing the implementation of this growth effectively. If any aspect of our expansion strategy does not achieve the success we expect, in whole or in part, we may be required to increase our investment, slow our planned growth or close stores or operations, which could adversely affect our financial performance. For example, successful store growth requires us to find and lease appropriate real estate on attractive terms in each of the locations where we seek to open stores. Our ability to do so depends, among other things, on availability and selection of appropriate sites in appropriate geographies; degree of competition for sites; factors affecting costs such as real estate, construction and development costs and costs and availability of capital; and variations in or changes to zoning or other land use regulations. If we cannot lease appropriate sites on attractive terms, it could limit our ability to successfully grow in various markets or adversely affect the economics of new stores in various markets. If and when we enter new markets, we also may encounter difficulties in attracting customers, as discussed further below in the risk factor regarding customer trends and preferences. New stores may not achieve the same sales or profit levels as our existing stores and adding stores to existing markets may adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Further, our substantial size imposes demands on maintaining appropriate internal resources and third party providers to support our business effectively. These demands may increase as we grow our business, adding pressure to management and various functions across our business, including administration, merchandising, store operations, distribution and compliance and on appropriately staffing and training personnel in these areas as we grow. The large size and scale of our operations, our multiple chains in the U.S., Canada and Europe and the autonomy afforded to the chains in some aspects of the business increase the risk that our systems and practices will not be implemented appropriately throughout our Company and that information may not be appropriately shared across our operations, which risks may increase as we continue to grow, particularly as we expand into additional countries. If business information is not shared effectively, or if we are otherwise unable to manage our size or growth effectively, we may operate with decreased operational efficiency, may need to reduce our rate of expansion of one or more operations or otherwise curtail growth in one or more markets, which may adversely affect our success in executing our business goals and adversely impact our sales and results.

Failure to identify customer trends and preferences to meet customer demand in new or existing markets or channels could negatively impact our performance.

Because our success depends on our ability to meet customer demand, we work to identify customer trends and preferences on an ongoing basis and to offer inventory that meets those trends and preferences. However, doing so across our diverse merchandise categories and in the many markets in the U.S., Canada and Europe in which we do business on a timely basis is challenging. Trends and preferences in new markets may differ from what we anticipate. Although our business model allows us greater flexibility than many traditional retailers to meet consumer preferences and trends and to expand and contract merchandise categories in response to consumers’ changing tastes, we may not successfully do so, which could add difficulty in attracting new customers, retaining existing customers, encouraging frequent visits and adversely affect our results. Customers may also have expectations about how they shop in stores or through e-commerce or more generally engage with businesses across different channels or media (through Internet-based and other digital or mobile channels or particular forms of social media), which may vary across demographics and may evolve rapidly. Meeting demand effectively involves identifying the right opportunities and making the right investments at the right time and with the right speed, among other things, and failure to do so may impact our reputation and our financial results.

If we fail to successfully implement our marketing, advertising and promotional programs, or if our competitors are more effective with their programs than we are, our revenue or results of operations may be adversely affected.

Customer traffic and demand for our merchandise is influenced by our advertising, marketing and promotional activities, the name recognition and reputation of our chains and the location of and service offered in our stores. Although we use marketing, advertising and promotional programs to attract customers to our

 

11


stores through various media including television, social media, database marketing, print and direct marketing, and through our loyalty programs, some of our competitors expend more for their programs than we do, or use different approaches than we do, which may provide them with a competitive advantage. Our programs may not be effective or could require increased expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations. We may need to adjust these programs more quickly or have more difficulty making them effective as Internet-based and other digital or mobile communication channels and other social media rapidly evolve, and we may not successfully do so.

We operate in highly competitive markets, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The retail apparel and home fashion business is highly competitive. We compete with local, regional, national and international retailers that sell apparel, home fashions and other merchandise we sell, including in stores, through catalogues or other media or over the Internet. Some of our competitors are larger than we are or have more experience in selling certain product lines than we do. New competitors frequently enter the market and existing competitors enter or increase their presence in the markets in which we operate, expand their merchandise offerings, add new sales channels or change their pricing methods, all of which increase competition for customers. We compete on the basis of fashion, quality, price, value; merchandise selection and freshness; brand name recognition; customer service, reputation and store location. Our competitiveness is highly dependent on our effective execution of our off-price model of offering our customers a fresh, rapidly changing and attractive mix of merchandise delivering value. If we fail to compete effectively, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Failure to attract, train and retain quality Associates in appropriate numbers, including key Associates and management, could adversely affect our performance.

Our performance depends on recruiting, developing, training and retaining quality sales, systems, distribution center and other Associates in large numbers as well as experienced buying and management personnel. Many of our Associates are in entry level or part-time positions with historically high rates of turnover. Availability and skill of Associates may differ across markets in which we do business and in new markets we enter, and we need to manage our labor needs effectively. We also need to effectively control labor costs (discussed further below in the risk factor regarding labor costs). In addition, because of the distinctive nature of our off-price model, we must provide significant internal training and development for key Associates across the company, including within our buying organization. Similar to other retailers, we face challenges in securing and retaining sufficient talent in management and other key areas for many reasons, including competition in the retail industry generally and for talent in various geographic markets. If we do not continue to attract qualified individuals, train them in our business model, support their development and retain them, our performance could be adversely affected or our growth could be limited.

Labor costs, including pension and healthcare costs, and other challenges from our large workforce may adversely affect our results and profitability.

We have a large workforce, and our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling costs, including costs of providing retirement, health and other employee benefits, is subject to various factors such as unemployment levels; prevailing wage rates and minimum wage requirements; participant benefit levels; changing demographics; economic conditions; interest rate changes; economic, demographic and other actuarial assumptions; health and other insurance costs and the regulatory environment, including health care legislation, immigration law, and governmental labor and employment and employee benefits programs and requirements. Certain Associates in our distribution centers are members of unions and therefore subject us to the risk of labor actions of various kinds as well as risks and potential expenses associated with multiemployer plans, including from potential withdrawal liability and potential insolvency of other participating employers. Other Associates are members of works councils, which may subject us to additional actions or expense. In addition, any failure of third parties that perform services on our behalf to comply with immigration, employment or other laws and regulations could damage our reputation or disrupt our ability to obtain needed labor. When wage rates or benefit levels increase in a market, increasing our wages or benefits may cause our earnings to decrease, while failing to increase our wages or benefits competitively or reducing our wages or benefits, could result in a

 

12


decline in our ability to attract or retain Associates or in the quality of our workforce, causing our customer service or performance to suffer, which could impact our results.

Economic conditions, on a global level or in particular markets, may adversely affect our financial performance.

Global financial markets can experience extreme volatility, disruption and credit contraction, which adversely affect global economic conditions. Turmoil in the financial and credit markets or other changes in economic conditions could adversely affect sources of liquidity available to us or our costs of capital and could adversely affect plan asset values and investment performance, and increase our pension liabilities, expenses and funding requirements with respect to company-sponsored and multiemployer pension plans. Economic conditions, both on a global level and in particular markets, including unemployment, decreased disposable income and actual and perceived wealth, energy and health care costs, interest and tax rates and policies, weakness in the housing market, volatility in capital markets, decreased credit availability, inflation and deflation, as well as political or other factors beyond our control such as threats or possibilities of war, terrorism, global or national unrest, actual or threatened epidemics, and political instability may also have significant effects on consumer confidence and spending. Consumer spending, in turn, affects retail sales. These conditions and factors could adversely affect discretionary consumer spending and, although we believe our flexible off-price model helps us react, they may adversely affect our sales, cash flows and results of operations and performance.

Compromises of our data security could materially harm our reputation and business.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store, process and transmit certain information from individuals, such as our customers and Associates, including, for example, customer payment card and check information. We rely in part on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of personal and/or confidential information. As with many other companies, particularly in the retail industry, we may be subject to attempts to compromise our data security. Computer hackers may, for example, attempt to penetrate our computer systems or those of the third parties with whom we work or to whom we outsource business operations and, if successful, misappropriate customer or Associate information or confidential business information of our company. We suffered an unauthorized intrusion or intrusions into portions of our computer system that process and store information related to customer transactions, discovered late in 2006, in which we believe customer data were stolen. We have taken steps designed to further strengthen the security of our computer system and protocols and have instituted an ongoing program with respect to data security, consistent with a consent order with the Federal Trade Commission, to assess the ongoing effectiveness of our information security program and to maintain and enhance our program as appropriate. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer a future data compromise, that unauthorized parties will not gain access to the information that we collect, store, process or transmit, or that any such data compromise or access will be discovered in a timely way. In addition, an Associate, contractor or third party with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations may fail to monitor the systems effectively, or one of those parties may misuse the personal or confidential information to which they have access, may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to access or misappropriate such types of information or may purposefully or, through error, inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. Advances in computer and software technology and capabilities, rapid changes in the sources, methods and targets of cyber-attacks and other developments, including the increasing sophistication of cyber criminals generally, may increase the risk of such a breach.

Compromise of our data security or that of third parties with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations, including through cyber-attacks or other external or internal methods, failure to prevent or mitigate the loss of personal or business information and delays in detecting any such compromise or loss could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and customers’ willingness to shop in our stores, impact our ability to attract and retain customers, violate applicable laws, regulations, orders and agreements, and subject us to additional costs and liabilities which could be material.

 

13


Failure to operate information systems and implement new technologies effectively could disrupt our business or reduce our sales or profitability.

We rely extensively on various information systems, including data centers, hardware and software and applications to manage many aspects of our business, including to process and record transactions in our stores, to enable effective communication systems, to plan and track inventory flow, to manage logistics and to generate performance and financial reports. We are dependent on the integrity, security and consistent operations of these systems and related back-up systems. Supporting these systems requires a number of resources, including effective and qualified internal teams. As we grow and as our systems evolve, we must continue to hire, train, manage and retain these teams in an effective way. Our computer systems and the third-party systems we rely on are also subject to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including power outages; computer and telecommunications failures; computer viruses or malware; security breaches; cyber-attacks; catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes; acts of war or terrorism and design or usage errors by our Associates or contractors. Although we seek to maintain our systems effectively, manage our team of internal and third party resources effectively and successfully address the risk of compromises of the integrity, security and consistent operations of our systems, we may not be successful in doing so. Compromises, interruptions or shutdowns of our systems, including those managed by third parties, whether intentional or inadvertent, could lead to delays in our business operations and, if significant or extreme, affect our results of operations.

We modify, update, and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs; converting to global systems; integrating new service providers, and adding enhanced or new functionality, such as for cloud computing technologies and for the continued operation and development of our e-commerce businesses; and adding new systems when we acquire new businesses. We also modify and change our procedures for, and add and change vendors and internal teams who assist us with designing, implementing and maintaining our systems. Although we believe we are diligent in selecting systems and vendors and implementing procedures to enable us to maintain the integrity of our systems when we modify them, there are inherent risks associated with modifying or replacing systems, with new or changed relationships and with changes from acquisitions, including accurately capturing and maintaining data, realizing the expected benefit of the change and managing the potential disruption of the operation of the systems and diversion to internal teams’ attention as the changes are implemented. Potential issues associated with implementing technology initiatives and the time and resources required to optimize the benefits of new elements of our systems and its infrastructure could reduce the efficiency of our operations in the short term. In addition, any interruption in the operation of our websites, particularly our e-commerce sites, could cause us to suffer reputational harm or to lose sales if customers are unable to access our site or purchase merchandise from us during such interruption. The efficient operation and successful growth of our business depends upon our information systems, including our ability to operate and maintain them effectively, to select appropriate internal teams and vendors to maintain or enhance them and to select and implement appropriate new technologies, systems, controls, hardware, software and applications and adequate disaster recovery systems successfully. The failure of our information systems and the third party systems we rely on to perform as designed, or our failure to implement and operate them effectively, could disrupt our business or subject us to liability and thereby harm our profitability.

Adverse or unseasonable weather in the markets in which our stores operate or our distribution centers are located could adversely affect our operating results.

Both adverse and unseasonable weather, such as storms, severe cold or heat or unseasonable temperatures, affect customers’ buying patterns and willingness to shop certain categories or at all, and accordingly, can adversely affect the demand for the merchandise in our stores, particularly in apparel and seasonal merchandise. Weather can also affect the ability to transport merchandise to our stores from our distribution and shipping centers or elsewhere in our supply chain efficiently or in a timely way. As a result, adverse or unseasonable weather in our markets could adversely affect our sales, increase markdowns and adversely affect our operating results.

 

14


Our results may be adversely affected by serious disruptions or catastrophic events.

Unforeseen public health issues, such as pandemics and epidemics, natural or other disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, earthquakes and other extreme weather and climate conditions, or fires, explosions and acts of war or terrorism, in any of our markets could disrupt our operations or the operations of one or more of our vendors or of our supply chain or could severely damage or destroy one or more of our stores or distribution facilities located in the affected areas. Day-to-day operations, particularly our ability to receive products from our vendors or transport products to our stores could be adversely affected, or we could be required to close stores or distribution centers in the affected areas or in areas served by affected distribution centers for a short or extended period of time. As a result, our business could be adversely affected.

As our business is subject to seasonal influences, a decrease in sales or margins, a severe disruption or other significant event that impacts the business could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our operating results if it occurs during the second half of the year.

Our business is subject to seasonal influences; we generally realize higher levels of sales and income in the second half of the year, which includes the back-to-school and year-end holiday seasons. Any decrease in sales or margins or any significant adverse event during this period could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our results of operations.

Damage to our corporate reputation or those of our retail banners could adversely affect our sales and operating results.

We believe that building the brand reputation of our retail banners is important to our continuing success, and we work to build relationships with our customers through traditional and social media and other advertising and promotional activities. These relationships and our reputation is based, in part, on perceptions of subjective qualities, so incidents involving us, merchandise that we carry or our industry more generally that erode trust or confidence could adversely affect our reputation and our business, particularly if the incidents result in rapid or significant adverse publicity or governmental inquiry. Similarly, information about us, our retail banners and the merchandise we sell, including our licensed or owned brands, publicized through traditional or social media platforms and similar venues, including blogs, websites, and other forums for Internet-based communications that allow individuals almost immediate access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons, may adversely affect our reputation and brand, even if the information is unverified or inaccurate. The reputation of our company and our retail banners may be damaged by adverse events at the corporate level or at our retail banners. Damage to the reputation of our company and our banners could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, affect our vendor relationships, development opportunities and Associate retention and otherwise adversely affect our business.

Issues with merchandise quality or safety could damage our reputation, sales and financial results.

Various governmental authorities in the jurisdictions where we do business regulate the quality and safety of the merchandise we sell to consumers. Regulations and standards in this area, including those related to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, state regulations like California’s Proposition 65, and similar legislation in other countries in which we operate, impose restrictions and requirements on the merchandise we sell in our stores and through e-commerce. These regulations change from time to time and new federal, state, provincial or local regulations in the U.S. and other countries that may affect our business are contemplated and enacted with some regularity. If we or our merchandise vendors are unable to comply with regulatory requirements on a timely basis or at all, or to adequately monitor new regulations that may apply to existing or new merchandise categories or in new geographies, significant fines or penalties could be incurred or we could have to curtail some aspects of our sales or operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. We rely on our vendors to provide quality merchandise that complies with applicable product safety laws and other applicable laws, but they may not comply with their obligations to do so. Although our arrangements with our vendors frequently provide for indemnification for product liabilities, the vendors may fail to honor those obligations to an extent we consider sufficient or at all. Issues with the quality and safety of merchandise, particularly with food, bath and body and children’s products, and issues with the genuineness of

 

15


merchandise, or customer concerns about such issues, regardless of our fault, could cause damage to our reputation and could result in lost sales, uninsured product liability claims or losses, merchandise recalls and increased costs, and regulatory, civil or criminal fines or penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Our expanding international operations may expose us to risks inherent in operating in new countries.

We have a significant retail presence in Canada and in countries in Europe and have established buying offices around the world, and our goal is to continue to expand our operations into international markets in the future (such as continued expansion in Europe). It can be costly and complex to establish, develop and maintain international operations and promote business in new international jurisdictions, which may differ significantly from the U.S. and other countries in which we currently operate. In addition to facing risks similar to our U.S. and current international operations, such as with regulations such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, there are additional risks inherent in opening operations in new countries, such as understanding the retail climate and trends, local customs and competitive conditions; complying with relevant laws, rules and regulations; and developing the appropriate infrastructure for local operations. There are also financial risks associated with international operations, including currency exchange fluctuations and adverse tax consequences or limitations on the repatriation and investment of funds outside of the country where earned, which could have an adverse impact on our operations, profitability or liquidity. Complying with applicable laws and our own internal policies may require us to spend additional time and resources to implement new procedures and financial controls, conduct audits, train Associates and third parties on our compliance methods or take other actions, which could adversely impact our operations.

We are subject to risks associated with importing merchandise from other countries.

Many of the products sold in our stores are sourced by our vendors and, to a lesser extent, by us, in many countries outside of the country where the stores are located, particularly southeastern Asia. Where we are the importer of record, we may be subject to regulatory or other requirements similar to those imposed upon the manufacturer of such products. We are subject to the various risks of importing merchandise from other countries and purchasing product made in other countries, such as:

 

   

potential disruptions in manufacturing, logistics and supply;

 

   

changes in duties, tariffs, trade restrictions, quotas and voluntary export restrictions on imported merchandise;

 

   

transport capacity and costs;

 

   

information technology challenges;

 

   

problems in third-party distribution and warehousing and other interruptions of the supply chain;

 

   

strikes, threats of strikes and other events affecting delivery;

 

   

consumer perceptions of the safety of imported merchandise;

 

   

product and international trade compliance with laws and regulations of the destination country;

 

   

product liability claims from customers or penalties from government agencies relating to products that are recalled, defective or otherwise noncompliant or alleged to be harmful;

 

   

concerns about human rights, working conditions and other labor rights and conditions in countries where merchandise is produced or about transparent sourcing and supply chains;

 

   

compliance with laws and regulations including changing labor, environmental and other laws in those countries and those concerning ethical business practices, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act;

 

   

exposure for product warranty and intellectual property issues;

 

   

currency exchange rates, financial or economic instability; and

 

   

political or other issues in countries from or through which merchandise is imported.

 

16


These and other factors relating to international trade and imported merchandise beyond our control could affect the availability and the price of our inventory. Furthermore, although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations relating to operating in non-U.S. jurisdictions and importing merchandise, there can be no assurance that contractors, agents, vendors or other third parties with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies, which could subject us to liability and could adversely affect our reputation, operations or operating results.

Our results may be adversely affected by reduced availability or increases in the price of oil or other fuels, raw materials and other commodities.

Energy and fuel costs have fluctuated dramatically and in the past, had significant cost increases, particularly the price of oil and gasoline. An increase in the price of oil increases our transportation costs for distribution, utility costs for our retail stores and costs to purchase our products from suppliers. Although we typically implement a hedging strategy designed to manage a portion of our transportation costs, that strategy may not be effective or sufficient and increases in oil and gasoline prices could adversely affect consumer spending and demand for our products and increase our operating costs, which could have an adverse effect on our performance. Increased regulation related to environmental costs, including cap and trade or other emissions management systems could also adversely affect our costs of doing business, including utility costs, transportation and logistics. Similarly, other commodity prices can fluctuate dramatically, such as the cost of cotton and synthetic fabrics, which at times have risen significantly. Such increases can increase the cost of merchandise, which could adversely affect our performance through potentially reduced consumer demand or reduced margins.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may lead to lower revenues and earnings.

Sales made by our stores outside the United States are denominated in the currency of the country in which the store is located, and changes in currency exchange rates affect the translation of the sales and earnings of these businesses into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Because of this, movements in currency exchange rates have had and are expected to continue to have a significant impact on our consolidated and segment results from time to time. Changes in currency exchange rates can also increase the cost of inventory purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the local currency of the business buying the merchandise. When exchange rates change significantly in a short period, as they did in fiscal 2015, it can be difficult for us to adjust retail prices accordingly, and gross margin can be adversely affected. In addition, a significant amount of merchandise we offer for sale is made in China and accordingly, a revaluation of Chinese currency, or increased market flexibility in the exchange rate for that currency, increasing its value relative to the U.S. dollar or currencies in which our stores are located, could be significant.

Additionally, we routinely enter into inventory-related derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of currency exchange rates on merchandise margins of merchandise purchases by our divisions denominated in currencies other than their local currencies. In accordance with GAAP, we evaluate the fair value of these derivative instruments and make mark-to-market adjustments at the end of each accounting period. These adjustments are of a much greater magnitude when there is significant volatility in currency exchange rates, as there was in fiscal 2015, and may have a significant impact on our earnings.

Although we implement foreign currency hedging and risk management strategies to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with changes in currency exchange rates, we expect that currency exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations from time to time. In addition, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a greater impact on our earnings and operating results if a counterparty to one of our hedging arrangements fails to perform.

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may fall short of prior periods, our projections or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter at points in the past, and they may do so in the future. If we fail to increase our results over prior periods, to achieve our projected results or to meet the

 

17


expectations of securities analysts or investors, our share price may decline, and the decrease in the stock price may be disproportionate to the shortfall in our financial performance. Results may be affected by various factors, including those described in these risk factors. Most of our operating expenses, such as rent expense and Associate salaries, do not vary directly with the amount of our sales and are difficult to adjust in the short term. As a result, if sales in a particular quarter are below our expectations for that quarter, we generally are not able to proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter, resulting in a disproportionate effect on our net income for the quarter. We maintain a forecasting process that seeks to project sales and align expenses. If we do not control costs or appropriately adjust costs to actual results, or if actual results differ significantly from our forecast, our financial performance could be adversely affected. In addition, if we do not repurchase the number of shares we contemplated pursuant to our stock repurchase programs, our earnings per share may be adversely affected.

If we engage in mergers or acquisitions or investments in new businesses, or divest, close or consolidate any of our current businesses, our business will be subject to additional risks.

We may acquire new businesses, invest in or enter into joint ventures with other businesses, develop new businesses internally and divest, close or consolidate businesses. Acquisition, investment or divestiture activities may divert attention of management from operating the existing businesses, and we may not effectively evaluate target companies or investments or assess the risks, benefits and cost of buying, investing in or closing businesses or of the integration of acquired businesses, all of which can be difficult, time-consuming and dilutive. Acquisitions and investments may not meet our performance and other expectations and acquisition, investments, closings and divestitures may expose us to unexpected or greater-than-expected costs, liabilities and risks. Divestitures, closings and consolidations also involve risks, such as significant costs and obligations of closure, including exposure on leases, owned real estate and other contractual, employment, pension and severance obligations, and potential liabilities that may arise under law as a result of the disposition or the subsequent failure of an acquirer. Failure to execute on mergers, acquisitions, investments, divestitures, closings and consolidations in a satisfactory manner could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with existing laws, regulations and orders or changes in existing laws and regulations could negatively affect our business operations and financial performance.

We are subject to federal, state, provincial, regional and local laws, rules and regulations in the United States and other countries, any of which may change from time to time, as well as orders and assurances. These legal, regulatory and administrative requirements collectively affect multiple aspects of our business, from the cost of providing health care and retirement benefits, workforce management, logistics, marketing, import/export, sourcing and manufacturing, data protection and others. If we fail to comply with these laws, rules, regulations and orders, we may be subject to judgments, fines or other costs or penalties, which could materially adversely affect our operations and our financial results and condition. Further, applicable accounting principles and interpretations may change from time to time, and the changes could have material effects on our reported financial results and condition.

We must also comply with new and changing laws and regulations, new regulatory initiatives, evolving interpretation of existing laws by judicial and regulatory authorities, and reforms in jurisdictions where we do business. These changes could increase our costs of compliance or of doing business and could adversely affect our operating results, including those involving:

 

   

labor and employment benefits, including regarding labor unions and works councils;

 

   

health and welfare and financial regulations;

 

   

consumer protection and product safety;

 

   

data protection and privacy;

 

   

climate change, supply chain, energy and waste;

 

   

Internet regulations, including e-commerce, electronic communications and privacy; and

 

18


   

protection of third party intellectual property rights.

Our results may be materially adversely affected by the outcomes of litigation, legal proceedings and other legal matters.

We are involved, or may in the future become involved, in legal proceedings, regulatory reviews, audits and other legal matters. These may involve inquiries, investigations, lawsuits and other proceedings by local, provincial, state and federal governmental entities (in the United States and other countries) and private plaintiffs, including with respect to tax, escheat, whistleblower claims, employment and employee benefits including classification, employment rights, discrimination, wage and hour and retaliation, securities, disclosure, real estate, tort, consumer protection, privacy, product safety, advertising, and intellectual property. There continue to be a number of employment-related lawsuits, including putative class actions, in the United States, and we are subject to these types of suits. We cannot predict the results of legal and regulatory proceedings with certainty, and actual results may differ from any reserves we establish estimating the probable outcome. Regardless of merit or outcome, litigation can be both time-consuming and disruptive to our operations and may cause significant expense and diversion of management attention. Legal and regulatory proceedings and investigations could expose us to significant defense costs, fines, penalties and liability to private parties and governmental entities for monetary recoveries and other amounts and attorneys’ fees and/or require us to change aspects of our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Tax matters could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate and future tax liability could be adversely affected by numerous factors including the results of tax audits and examinations, income before taxes being lower than anticipated in countries with lower statutory income tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries with higher statutory income tax rates, changes in income tax rates, changes in transfer pricing, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in applicable tax legislation, regulations and treaties, exposure to additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties, and changes in accounting principles and interpretations relating to tax matters, any of which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition in future periods. Significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our worldwide provision and accruals for taxes, and actual results may differ from our estimations.

In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our tax returns and reports by federal, state, provincial and local tax authorities in the U.S. and foreign countries, and the examining authorities may challenge positions we take. We are engaged in various proceedings, which are at various stages, with such authorities with respect to assessments, claims, deficiencies and refunds. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these proceedings to determine the adequacy and appropriateness of our provision for income taxes, and increase and decrease our provision as a result of these assessments. However, the developments in and actual results of proceedings or the result of rulings by or settlements with tax authorities and courts or due to changes in facts, law or legal interpretations, expiration of applicable statutes of limitations or other resolutions of tax positions could differ from the amounts we have accrued for such proceedings in either a positive or a negative manner, which could materially affect our effective income tax rate in a given financial period, the amount of taxes we are required to pay and our results of operations. In addition, we are subject to tax audits and examinations for payroll, value added, sales-based and other taxes relating to our businesses.

Our real estate leases generally obligate us for long periods, which subjects us to financial risks.

We lease virtually all of our store locations, generally for an initial term of ten years, with options to renew the term, and either own or lease for long periods our primary distribution centers and administrative offices. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with leasing and owning real estate, which can adversely affect our results as, for example, was the case in the closures of various of our former operations. While we have the right to terminate some of our leases under specified conditions, including by making specified payments, we may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close stores, we are generally required to continue to perform obligations under the applicable leases, which generally include, among other things, paying rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term, or

 

19


paying to exercise rights to terminate, and the performance of any of these obligations may be expensive. When we assign leases or sublease space to third parties, we can remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform. In addition, when the lease term for the stores in our ongoing operations expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores or to relocate stores within a market on less favorable terms.

We depend upon strong cash flows from our operations to supply capital to fund our operations, growth, stock repurchases and dividends and interest and debt repayment.

Our business depends upon our operations to continue to generate strong cash flow to supply capital to support our general operating activities, to fund our growth and our return of cash to stockholders through our stock repurchase programs and dividends, and to pay our interest and debt repayments. Our inability to continue to generate sufficient cash flows to support these activities or to repatriate cash from our international operations in a manner that is cost effective could adversely affect our growth plans and financial performance including our earnings per share. We borrow on occasion to finance our activities and if financing were not available to us in adequate amounts and on appropriate terms when needed, it could also adversely affect our financial performance.

 

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

ITEM 2. Properties

We lease virtually all of our over 3,300 store locations, generally for 10-year terms with options to extend the lease term for one or more 5-year periods in the U.S. and Canada, and 10 to 15-year terms in Europe, some of which have options to extend. We have the right to terminate some of these leases before the expiration date under specified circumstances and some with specified payments.

 

20


The following is a summary of our primary owned and leased distribution centers and primary administrative office locations as of January 31, 2015. Square footage information for the distribution centers represents total “ground cover” of the facility. Square footage information for office space represents total space occupied.

DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

 

Marmaxx

     

  T.J. Maxx

   Worcester, Massachusetts    494,000 s.f.—owned
   Evansville, Indiana    989,000 s.f.—owned
   Las Vegas, Nevada    713,000 s.f.—owned
   Charlotte, North Carolina    595,000 s.f.—owned
   Pittston Township, Pennsylvania    1,017,000 s.f.—owned

  Marshalls

   Decatur, Georgia    780,000 s.f.—owned
   Woburn, Massachusetts    472,000 s.f.—leased
   Bridgewater, Virginia    562,000 s.f.—leased
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania    1,001,000 s.f.—leased
   Phoenix, Arizona    1,139,000 s.f.—owned

HomeGoods

   Brownsburg, Indiana    805,000 s.f.—owned
   Bloomfield, Connecticut    803,000 s.f.—owned
   Jefferson, Georgia    801,000 s.f.—owned

TJX Canada

   Brampton, Ontario    506,000 s.f.—leased
   Mississauga, Ontario    679,000 s.f.—leased

TJX Europe

   Wakefield, England    176,000 s.f.—leased
   Stoke, England    261,000 s.f.—leased
   Walsall, England    274,000 s.f.—leased
   Bergheim, Germany    322,000 s.f.—leased
   Wroclaw, Poland    303,000 s.f.—leased

OFFICE SPACE

 

Corporate, Marmaxx, HomeGoods

   Framingham and Marlborough, Massachusetts    1,672,000 s.f. – owned in several
buildings

TJX Canada

   Mississauga, Ontario    198,000 s.f.—leased

TJX Europe

   Watford, England    154,000 s.f.—leased
   Dusseldorf, Germany    29,000 s.f.—leased

Sierra Trading Post owns a 468,000 square foot facility in Cheyenne, Wyoming which houses its administrative offices and fulfillment center operations.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

TJX is subject to certain legal proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. In addition, TJX is a defendant in several lawsuits filed in federal and state courts brought as putative class or collective actions on behalf of various groups of current and former salaried and hourly Associates in the U.S. The lawsuits allege violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and of state wage and hour and other labor statutes, including alleged misclassification of positions as exempt from overtime, alleged entitlement to additional wages for alleged off-the-clock work by hourly employees and alleged failure to pay all wages due upon termination. The lawsuits are in various procedural stages and seek unspecified monetary damages, injunctive relief and attorneys’ fees.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

21


PART II

ITEM 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Security Holder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (Symbol: TJX). The quarterly high and low sale prices for our common stock for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 are as follows:

 

       Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014  
Quarter    High      Low      High      Low  

First

   $ 62.37       $ 55.82       $ 49.71       $ 43.43   

Second

   $ 59.95       $ 51.91       $ 54.08       $ 48.71   

Third

   $ 64.20       $ 52.76       $ 61.29       $ 50.31   

Fourth

   $ 69.84       $ 59.69       $ 64.38       $ 56.47   

The approximate number of common shareholders at January 31, 2015 was 132,600.

Our Board of Directors declared four quarterly dividends of $0.175 per share for fiscal 2015 and $0.145 per share for fiscal 2014. While our dividend policy is subject to periodic review by our Board of Directors, we are currently planning to pay a $0.21 per share quarterly dividend in fiscal 2016, subject to declaration and approval by our Board of Directors, and currently intend to continue to pay comparable dividends in the future.

Information on Share Repurchases

The number of shares of common stock repurchased by TJX during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 and the average price paid per share are as follows:

 

      

Total

Number of Shares
Repurchased (1)

    

Average Price Paid
Per

Share (2)

    

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced

Plans or Programs (3)

    

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that

May Yet be Purchased

Under the Plans or
Programs

 

November 2, 2014 through November 29, 2014

     2,005,940       $ 63.56         2,005,940       $ 1,594,150,483   

November 30, 2014 through January 3, 2015

     2,331,451       $ 66.48         2,331,451       $ 1,439,150,544   

January 4, 2015 through January 31, 2015

     1,861,092       $ 67.16         1,861,092       $ 1,314,150,583   

Total:

     6,198,483                  6,198,483            

 

(1) Repurchased under publicly announced stock repurchase programs.

 

(2) Includes commissions for the shares repurchased under stock repurchase programs.

 

(3)

During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, TJX completed the $1.5 billion program announced in February 2013 and initiated a $2.0 billion stock repurchase program announced in February 2014. Under this program, we repurchased a total of 10.8 million shares (including 6.2 million in the fourth quarter) at a cost of $686 million in fiscal 2015 and as of January 31, 2015 approximately $1.3 billion remained available for purchase. Additionally, on February 25, 2015, we announced our 16 th stock repurchase program authorizing an additional $2.0 billion in repurchases from time to time.

 

22


ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Dollars in millions    Fiscal Year Ended January  
except per share amounts    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
                 (53 Weeks)              

Income statement and per share data:

          

Net sales

   $ 29,078      $ 27,423      $ 25,878      $ 23,191      $ 21,942   

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2,215      $ 2,137      $ 1,907      $ 1,496      $ 1,340   

Weighted average common shares for diluted earnings per share calculation (in thousands) (1)

     703,545        726,376        747,555        773,772        812,826   

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (1)

   $ 3.15      $ 2.94      $ 2.55      $ 1.93      $ 1.65   

Cash dividends declared per share (1)

   $ 0.70      $ 0.58      $ 0.46      $ 0.38      $ 0.30   

Balance sheet data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,494      $ 2,150      $ 1,812      $ 1,507      $ 1,742   

Working capital

   $ 2,785      $ 2,550      $ 1,951      $ 2,069      $ 1,966   

Total assets

   $ 11,128      $ 10,201      $ 9,512      $ 8,282      $ 7,972   

Capital expenditures

   $ 912      $ 947      $ 978      $ 803      $ 707   

Long-term obligations (2)

   $ 1,624      $ 1,274      $ 775      $ 785      $ 788   

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,264      $ 4,230      $ 3,666      $ 3,209      $ 3,100   

Other financial data:

          

After-tax return (continuing operations) on average shareholders’ equity

     52.2     54.1     55.5     47.4     44.7

Total debt as a percentage of total capitalization (3)

     27.6     23.2     17.4     19.7     20.3

Stores in operation:

          

In the United States:

          

T.J. Maxx

     1,119        1,079        1,036        983        923   

Marshalls

     975        942        904        884        830   

Sierra Trading Post

     6        4        4                 

HomeGoods

     487        450        415        374        336   

A.J. Wright (4)

                                 142   

In Canada:

          

Winners

     234        227        222        216        215   

HomeSense

     96        91        88        86        82   

Marshalls

     38        27        14        6          

In Europe:

          

T.K. Maxx

     407        371        343        332        307   

HomeSense

     33        28        24        24        24   

Total

     3,395        3,219        3,050        2,905        2,859   

Selling square footage (in thousands):

          

In the United States:

          

T.J. Maxx

     25,461        24,712        23,894        22,894        21,611   

Marshalls

     23,715        23,092        22,380        22,042        20,912   

Sierra Trading Post

     122        83        83                 

HomeGoods

     9,537        8,865        8,210        7,391        6,619   

A.J. Wright (4)

                                 2,874   

In Canada:

          

Winners

     5,310        5,196        5,115        5,008        4,966   

HomeSense

     1,824        1,748        1,698        1,670        1,594   

Marshalls

     914        666        363        162          

In Europe:

          

T.K. Maxx

     9,109        8,383        7,830        7,588        7,052   

HomeSense

     545        464        411        402        402   

Total

     76,537        73,209        69,984        67,157        66,030   

 

(1) Fiscal 2011 has been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one stock split effected in February 2012.

 

(2) Includes long-term debt, exclusive of current installments and capital lease obligation, less portion due within one year.

 

(3) Total capitalization includes shareholders’ equity, short-term debt, long-term debt and capital lease obligation, including current maturities.

 

(4) As a result of the consolidation of the A.J. Wright chain, all A.J. Wright stores ceased operations by the end of February 2011.

 

23


ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The discussion that follows relates to our 52-week fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 (fiscal 2015) and February 1, 2014 (fiscal 2014) and our 53-week fiscal year ended February 2, 2013 (fiscal 2013).

OVERVIEW

We are the leading off-price apparel and home fashions retailer in the U.S. and worldwide. We sell a rapidly changing assortment of apparel, home fashions and other merchandise at prices generally 20% to 60% below department and specialty store regular prices on comparable merchandise, every day. We operate over 3,300 stores through our four main segments: in the U.S., Marmaxx (which operates T.J. Maxx, Marshalls and tjmaxx.com) and HomeGoods; TJX Canada (which operates Winners, HomeSense and Marshalls in Canada); and TJX Europe (which operates T.K. Maxx, HomeSense and tkmaxx.com in Europe). We also operate Sierra Trading Post (STP), a leading off-price Internet retailer that we acquired in late fiscal 2013, which operates sierratradingpost.com and six stores in the U.S. The results of STP have been reported with the Marmaxx segment.

Fiscal 2015 was another successful year for TJX as we posted solid gains in net sales and earnings per share on top of strong increases in both fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013. We continued to generate strong cash flows, allowing us to return value to our shareholders through cash dividends and share repurchases, while continuing to reinvest in our business by adding new stores, remodeling existing ones and strengthening our infrastructure to support our next level of growth. In fiscal 2016, we announced an initiative to raise wages for our U.S. full- and part-time hourly store associates to at least $9.00 per hour beginning in June 2015.

Highlights of our financial performance for fiscal 2015 include the following:

 

   

Same store sales increased 2% in fiscal 2015 over an increase of 3% in fiscal 2014 and an increase of 7% in fiscal 2013. The fiscal 2015 increase was driven by increases in the value of the average transaction and in customer traffic.

 

   

Net sales increased to $29.1 billion for fiscal 2015, up 6% over the same period last year. Net sales increased to $27.4 billion for fiscal 2014, up 6% over the 53-week fiscal period in fiscal 2013. At January 31, 2015, the number of stores in operation and selling square footage increased 5% over the end of fiscal 2014.

 

   

Earnings per share for fiscal 2015 were $3.15 per diluted share compared to $2.94 per diluted share in fiscal 2014. Fiscal 2015 earnings per share reflect a charge of $0.01 from a loss on early extinguishment of debt. Diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2014 included an $0.11 per share benefit resulting from tax benefits recognized in the third quarter.

 

   

Our fiscal 2015 pre-tax margin (the ratio of pre-tax income to net sales) was 12.2%, a 0.1 percentage point increase compared to our fiscal 2014 pre-tax margin. The loss on early extinguishment of debt reduced pre-tax margin by 0.1 percentage point in fiscal 2015.

 

   

Our cost of sales ratio for fiscal 2015 was 71.5%, flat compared to the fiscal 2014 ratio. Merchandise margins were slightly up in fiscal 2015.

 

   

Our selling, general and administrative expense ratio for fiscal 2015 decreased 0.2 percentage points from 16.3% in fiscal 2014 to 16.1%.

 

   

Our consolidated average per store inventories, including inventory on hand at our distribution centers (which excludes inventory in transit) and excluding our e-commerce businesses, were up 3% at the end of fiscal 2015.

 

   

During fiscal 2015, we repurchased 27.7 million shares of our common stock for $1.7 billion. Earnings per share reflect the benefit of the stock repurchase program. In January 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our 16 th stock repurchase program for an additional $2 billion.

 

24


The following is a discussion of our consolidated operating results, followed by a discussion of our segment operating results.

Net sales: Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2015 totaled $29.1 billion, a 6% increase over $27.4 billion in fiscal 2014. The increase reflected a 4% increase from new stores and a 2% increase from same store sales. Foreign currency exchange rates and e-commerce sales had an immaterial impact on fiscal 2015 net sales growth. Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2014 totaled $27.4 billion, a 6% increase over $25.9 billion in fiscal 2013. The increase reflected a 4% increase from new stores, a 3% increase from same store sales and a 1% increase from STP, offset by a 2% decrease attributable to the 53 rd week included in fiscal 2013. Foreign currency exchange rates had an immaterial impact on fiscal 2014 net sales.

Same store sales increases in the U.S. for fiscal 2015 were driven by increases in the value of the average transaction and customer traffic. In fiscal 2015, within apparel, sales from jewelry and accessories and activewear performed particularly well, as did home fashions. Geographically, in the U.S., sales were strongest in the Southeast and Southwest. Same store sales increases at TJX Europe and TJX Canada were above the consolidated average.

Same store sales increases in the U.S. for fiscal 2014 were driven by an increase in average ticket as well as a slight increase in customer traffic. We believe unfavorable weather in many regions where we operate had a negative impact on sales during the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014. Sales from jewelry and accessories, and home fashions performed particularly well in fiscal 2014. Geographically, same store sales increases in the U.S. were strongest in the West Coast and Florida. Same store sales increases at TJX Europe were above the consolidated average while TJX Canada was below the consolidated average.

We define same store sales to be sales of those stores that have been in operation for all or a portion of two consecutive fiscal years, or in other words, stores that are starting their third fiscal year of operation. The sales of Sierra Trading Post, tjmaxx.com and tkmaxx.com are not included in same store sales. We classify a store as a new store until it meets the same store sales criteria. We determine which stores are included in the same store sales calculation at the beginning of a fiscal year and the classification remains constant throughout that year, unless a store is closed. We calculate same store sales results by comparing the current and prior year weekly periods that are most closely aligned. Relocated stores and stores that have increased in size are generally classified in the same way as the original store, and we believe that the impact of these stores on the consolidated same store percentage is immaterial. Same store sales of our foreign segments are calculated on a constant currency basis, meaning we translate the current year’s same store sales of our foreign segments at the same exchange rates used in the prior year. This removes the effect of changes in currency exchange rates, which we believe is a more accurate measure of segment operating performance. We define customer traffic to be the number of transactions in stores included in the same store sales calculation and define average ticket to be the average retail price of the units sold. We define average transaction or average basket to be the average dollar value of transactions included in the same store sales calculation.

 

25


The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results from continuing operations as a percentage of net sales:

 

      

Percentage of Net Sales

Fiscal Year 2015

   

Percentage of Net Sales

Fiscal Year 2014

   

Percentage of Net Sales

Fiscal Year 2013

 

Net sales

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs

     71.5        71.5        71.6   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     16.1        16.3        16.4   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     0.1                 

Interest expense, net

     0.1        0.1        0.1   

Income before provision for income taxes*

     12.2     12.1     11.9

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 3.15      $ 2.94      $ 2.55   

 

* Figures may not foot due to rounding.

Impact of foreign currency exchange rates : Our operating results are affected by foreign currency exchange rates as a result of changes in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to other currencies. Two ways in which foreign currency exchange rates affect our reported results are as follows:

 

   

Translation of foreign operating results into U.S. dollars: In our financial statements, we translate the operations of TJX Canada and TJX Europe from local currencies into U.S. dollars using currency rates in effect at different points in time. Significant changes in foreign exchange rates between comparable prior periods can result in meaningful variations in consolidated net sales, net income and earnings per share growth as well as the net sales and operating results of these segments. Currency translation generally does not affect operating margins as a percentage of net sales, or affects them only slightly, as sales and expenses of the foreign operations are translated at essentially the same rates within a given period.

 

   

Inventory-related derivatives: We routinely enter into inventory-related hedging instruments to mitigate the impact on earnings of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on merchandise purchases denominated in currencies other than the local currencies of our divisions, principally TJX Canada and TJX Europe. As we have not elected “hedge accounting” for these instruments as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), we record a mark-to-market gain or loss on the derivative instruments in our results of operations at the end of each reporting period. In subsequent periods, the income statement impact of the mark-to-market adjustment is effectively offset when the inventory being hedged is received and paid for. While these effects occur every reporting period, they are of much greater magnitude when there are sudden and significant changes in currency exchange rates during a short period of time. The mark-to-market adjustment on these derivatives does not affect net sales, but it does affect the cost of sales, operating margins and earnings we report.

We discuss the effect of these foreign currency issues on our actual results throughout this discussion. As a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar and resulting change in foreign currency exchange rates in late fiscal 2015, if rates were to stay at or near those levels in the coming year, we expect fiscal 2016 results would be negatively impacted to a much greater extent than historically experienced.

Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs: Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs, as a percentage of net sales remained flat at 71.5% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, and was 71.6% in fiscal 2013. There was a slight increase in merchandise margins in fiscal 2015.

The 53 rd week in fiscal 2013, which benefitted that year’s expense ratio by approximately 0.2 percentage points, impacts year-over-year comparisons. The 0.1 percentage point improvement in this ratio for fiscal 2014 was primarily due to slight expense leverage in buying and occupancy costs, as merchandise margins were comparable to the prior year.

 

26


Selling, general and administrative expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 16.1% in fiscal 2015, 16.3% in fiscal 2014 and 16.4% in fiscal 2013. The reduction in this ratio is largely due to a reduction in our reserves for former operations in fiscal 2015, as well as costs incurred in fiscal 2014 relating to our home office relocations.

The improvement in this ratio for fiscal 2014 was primarily due to year-over-year favorability from a combination of items that negatively impacted the fiscal 2013 expense ratio. Fiscal 2013 included a non-cash charge for the cumulative impact of a correction to our pension accrual, a non-operating charge due to the adjustment in our reserve for former operations relating to closed stores and contributions to the TJX Foundation.

Loss on early extinguishment of debt: On July 8, 2014, we redeemed our $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% notes due August 2015 and recorded a pre-tax loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $16.8 million.

Interest expense, net: The components of interest expense, net for the last three fiscal years are summarized below:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

Interest expense

   $ 64,783      $ 57,084      $ 48,582   

Capitalized interest

     (9,403     (10,993     (7,750

Interest (income)

     (15,593     (15,010     (11,657

Interest expense, net

   $ 39,787      $ 31,081      $ 29,175   

The increase in net interest expense for fiscal 2015 reflected the interest cost from the date of issuance (June 5, 2014) on the $750 million 2.75% seven-year notes. In addition, fiscal 2015 included 12 months of interest expense on the $500 million 2.50% ten-year notes, compared to fiscal 2014, which only reflected nine months of interest expense. These costs were partially offset by interest savings due to the redemption of the $400 million 4.20% notes. The reduction in capitalized interest on ongoing capital projects is partially offset by an increase in interest income driven by higher cash balances.

Income taxes: Our effective annual income tax rate was 37.6% in fiscal 2015, 35.6% in fiscal 2014 and 38.0% in fiscal 2013. The increase in the fiscal 2015 effective income tax rate, as compared to fiscal 2014, was primarily due to the impact on the fiscal 2014 income tax rate from tax benefits in fiscal 2014 of approximately $80 million, which were primarily due to a reduction in our reserve for uncertain tax positions as a result of settlements with state taxing authorities and the reversal of valuation allowances against foreign net operating loss carryforwards. These benefits reduced the fiscal 2014 effective income tax rate by 1.4 percentage points and 0.8 percentage points, respectively. The decrease in the fiscal 2014 effective income tax rate as compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to the tax benefits described above. See Note L to the consolidated financial statements for more information relating to income taxes.

Net income and diluted earnings per share: Net income was $2.2 billion in fiscal 2015, a 4% increase over $2.1 billion in fiscal 2014, which in turn was a 12% increase over $1.9 billion in fiscal 2013. Diluted earnings per share were $3.15 in fiscal 2015, $2.94 in fiscal 2014 and $2.55 in fiscal 2013. The after-tax cost for the loss on the early extinguishment of debt in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 reduced earnings per share for fiscal 2015 by $0.01 per share. The tax benefits referred to above added $0.11 per share to net income for fiscal 2014, while the 53 rd week benefited fiscal 2013 earnings per share by $0.08 per share. Foreign currency exchange rates also affected the comparability of our results. Foreign currency exchange rates had a $0.01 negative impact on earnings per share for both fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013.

Our stock repurchase programs, which reduce our weighted average diluted shares outstanding, benefited our earnings per share growth in fiscal 2015 by 4%. We repurchased 27.7 million shares of our stock at a cost of $1.7 billion in fiscal 2015, 27.0 million shares of our stock at a cost of $1.5 billion in fiscal 2014 and 30.6 million shares of our stock at a cost of $1.3 billion in fiscal 2013.

 

27


Segment information: We operate four main business segments. Our Marmaxx (T.J. Maxx, Marshalls and tjmaxx.com) and HomeGoods segments both operate in the United States. Our TJX Canada segment operates Winners, HomeSense and Marshalls in Canada, and our TJX Europe segment operates T.K. Maxx, HomeSense and tkmaxx.com in Europe. We also operate STP, an off-price Internet retailer with a small number of stores in the U.S. The results of STP have been included with our Marmaxx segment. We evaluate the performance of our segments based on “segment profit or loss,” which we define as pre-tax income or loss before general corporate expense, loss on early extinguishment of debt and interest expense. “Segment profit or loss,” as we define the term, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities. The terms “segment margin” or “segment profit margin” are used to describe segment profit or loss as a percentage of net sales. These measures of performance should not be considered an alternative to net income or cash flows from operating activities as an indicator of our performance or as a measure of liquidity.

Presented below is selected financial information related to our business segments:

U.S. Segments:

Marmaxx

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in millions    January 31,
2015
   

February 1,

2014

   

February 2,

2013

 

Net sales

   $ 18,687.9      $ 17,929.6      $ 17,011.4   

Segment profit

   $ 2,736.7      $ 2,612.7      $ 2,486.3   

Segment profit as a percentage of net sales

     14.6     14.6     14.6

Increase in same store sales

     1     3     6

Stores in operation at end of period

      

T.J. Maxx

     1,119        1,079        1,036   

Marshalls

     975        942        904   

Total Marmaxx

     2,094        2,021        1,940   

Selling square footage at end of period (in thousands)

      

T.J. Maxx

     25,461        24,712        23,894   

Marshalls

     23,715        23,092        22,380   

Total Marmaxx

     49,176        47,804        46,274   

At January 31, 2015, STP operated six stores with a selling square footage of 122,000. At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, STP operated four stores with a selling square footage of 83,000.

Net sales at Marmaxx increased 4% in fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014. The increase reflected a 3% increase from new stores and a 1% increase from same store sales. The same store sales increase of 1% in fiscal 2015 is on top of a 3% increase in the prior year. Same store sales growth at Marmaxx for fiscal 2015 was driven by an increase in the average transaction with a slight increase in customer traffic. Same store sales increases for home fashions were above the chain average while apparel overall was below the chain average. Within apparel, jewelry and accessories and activewear were well above the average. Geographically, same store sales increases were strongest in the Southeast and Southwest.

Same store sales for Marmaxx were up 3% in fiscal 2014, on top of a 6% increase in the prior year. Same store sales growth at Marmaxx for fiscal 2014 was driven by an increase in average ticket. We believe severe winter weather in many regions of the country, particularly in the fourth quarter, impacted our sales in fiscal 2014. Same store sales were above the chain average for home fashions, and while apparel overall was below the chain average, within apparel, jewelry and accessories were well above the average. Geographically, same store sales were strongest in the West Coast and Florida. In addition, in the third quarter of fiscal 2014 we launched our e-commerce site, tjmaxx.com.

Segment margin in fiscal 2015 was 14.6%, flat compared to fiscal 2014. Improvements in merchandise margin as well as a reduction in administrative costs and insurance costs as a percentage of sales were offset by the impact of our e-commerce businesses and expense deleverage, primarily occupancy costs, on the 1% same store sales growth.

 

28


Segment margin in fiscal 2014 was 14.6%, flat compared to fiscal 2013. The 53 rd week increased the fiscal 2013 segment margin by approximately 0.2 percentage points. Excluding the extra week in fiscal 2013, the improvement in segment margin was primarily due to an increase in merchandise margin for fiscal 2014, despite higher markdowns taken in the fourth quarter. Fiscal 2014 segment margin was reduced by 0.2 percentage points due to the impact of our e-commerce businesses but this decline in margin was largely offset by the benefit of some expense leverage and reduced incentive compensation costs as compared to the prior year.

In fiscal 2016, we expect to open approximately 70 new Marmaxx stores (net of closings) and increase selling square footage by approximately 3%.

HomeGoods

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in millions    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

Net sales

   $ 3,414.4      $ 2,993.7      $ 2,657.1   

Segment profit

   $ 463.2      $ 386.5      $ 324.6   

Segment profit as a percentage of net sales

     13.6     12.9     12.2

Increase in same store sales

     7     7     7

Stores in operation at end of period

     487        450        415   

Selling square footage at end of period (in thousands)

     9,537        8,865        8,210   

HomeGoods’ net sales increased 14% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, on top of a 13% increase in fiscal 2014 when compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in fiscal 2015 reflected a 7% increase from new stores and a 7% increase from same store sales. The same store sales increase of 7% in fiscal 2015 is on top of a same store sales increase of 7% in fiscal 2014. Same store sales growth in both fiscal 2015 and 2014 was driven by an increase in the value of the average transaction along with an increase in customer traffic.

Segment profit margin for fiscal 2015 was 13.6%, up from 12.9% for fiscal 2014. The increase was driven by expense leverage on the 7% same store sales increase, (primarily buying and occupancy costs, and administrative costs,) as well as an increase in merchandise margins. Segment profit margin for fiscal 2014 was 12.9%, up from 12.2% for fiscal 2013. The increase in fiscal 2014 was driven by expense leverage on the 7% same store sales increase, particularly buying and occupancy costs. The 53 rd week increased the fiscal 2013 segment margin by approximately 0.2 percentage points.

In fiscal 2016, we plan a net increase of 40 HomeGoods stores and plan to increase selling square footage by approximately 8%.

 

29


International Segments:

TJX Canada

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
U.S. Dollars in millions    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

Net sales

   $ 2,883.9      $ 2,877.8      $ 2,926.0   

Segment profit

   $ 393.6      $ 405.4      $ 414.9   

Segment profit as a percentage of net sales

     13.6     14.1     14.2

Increase in same store sales

     3     0     5

Stores in operation at end of period

      

Winners

     234        227        222   

HomeSense

     96        91        88   

Marshalls

     38        27        14   

Total

     368        345        324   

Selling square footage at end of period (in thousands)

      

Winners

     5,310        5,196        5,115   

HomeSense

     1,824        1,748        1,698   

Marshalls

     914        666        363   

Total

     8,048        7,610        7,176   

Net sales for TJX Canada in fiscal 2015 were essentially flat compared to fiscal 2014. While net sales reflected a 4% increase from new stores and a 3% increase from same store sales, these were offset by currency translation that negatively impacted sales growth by 7%. The same store sales increase of 3% in fiscal 2015 was driven by an increase in the value of the average transaction along with an increase in customer traffic. Same store sales were flat in fiscal 2014. Net sales for TJX Canada decreased 2% in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013. Currency translation negatively impacted sales growth by 4 percentage points in fiscal 2014, as compared to the same period in the prior year. Same store sales increased 5% in fiscal 2013.

Segment profit margin decreased 0.5 percentage points to 13.6% in fiscal 2015. The decrease in segment margin was due to a decrease in merchandise margins and the unfavorable impact of mark-to-market adjustment on inventory-related derivatives, which collectively reduced segment margin by 0.8 percentage points. The decrease in merchandise margin was driven by changes in currency exchange rates which increased TJX Canada’s cost of merchandise purchased in U.S. dollars. We expect this increase in the cost of merchandise purchased with U.S. dollars will likely continue into fiscal 2016 based on the recent trend in currency exchange rates. The decline in the fiscal 2015 segment margin was partially offset by expense leverage on same store sales, particularly buying and occupancy costs, along with a reduction in advertising costs as a percentage of sales.

Segment profit margin decreased 0.1 percentage points to 14.1% in fiscal 2014. The decrease in segment margin was due to expense deleverage on the flat same store sales, particularly occupancy and administrative costs and the absence of the 53 rd week which benefited fiscal 2013 segment margin by 0.2 percentage points. These factors more than offset the year-over-year favorable impact of the mark-to-market adjustment on inventory-related derivatives of $14 million and an increase in merchandise margin.

In fiscal 2016, we plan a net increase of approximately 20 stores in Canada and plan to increase selling square footage by approximately 4%.

 

30


TJX Europe

 

               Fiscal Year Ended  
U.S. Dollars in millions    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

Net sales

   $ 4,092.3      $ 3,621.6      $ 3,283.9   

Segment profit

   $ 337.4      $ 275.5      $ 215.7   

Segment profit as a percentage of net sales

     8.2     7.6     6.6

Increase in same store sales

     3     6     10

Stores in operation at end of period

      

T.K. Maxx

     407        371        343   

HomeSense

     33        28        24   

Total

     440        399        367   

Selling square footage at end of period (in thousands)

      

T.K. Maxx

     9,109        8,383        7,830   

HomeSense

     545        464        411   

Total

     9,654        8,847        8,241   

Net sales for TJX Europe increased 13% in fiscal 2015 to $4.1 billion compared to $3.6 billion in fiscal 2014 on top of a 10% increase in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase in fiscal 2015 reflected an 8% increase from new store sales, 3% from same store sales and a 2% favorable impact from currency translation. The fiscal 2015 same store sales increase of 3% compares to an increase of 6% in fiscal 2014 and a 10% increase in fiscal 2013. The increase in same store sales for fiscal 2015 was driven by an increase in the value of the average transaction along with an increase in customer traffic. Net sales for TJX Europe increased 10% in fiscal 2014 to $3.6 billion compared to $3.3 billion in fiscal 2013. Currency translation had an immaterial impact on fiscal 2014 sales growth.

Segment profit increased 22% to $337.4 million for fiscal 2015, and segment profit margin increased to 8.2% compared to 7.6% in fiscal 2014. The improvement in segment margin was primarily due to an increase in merchandise margins and expense leverage on same store sales, particularly buying and occupancy costs. The increase in segment margin was also largely due to the positive impact of the mark-to-market adjustment on inventory-related derivatives. These margin improvements were partially offset by an increase in store payroll costs as a percentage of sales as well as investments in talent and research to open stores in two new countries in fiscal 2016.

Segment profit increased 28% to $275.5 million for fiscal 2014, and segment margin increased to 7.6%. The improvement in segment margin was due primarily to expense leverage on strong same store sales, particularly buying and occupancy costs and a lower incentive compensation accrual. The mark-to-market adjustment on inventory-related derivatives had a negative impact of 0.3 percentage points and the 53 rd week in fiscal 2013 had a negative impact of 0.2 percentage points on the year-over-year comparison of segment margin for fiscal 2014.

We expect to add approximately 50 stores (net of closings) in Europe in fiscal 2015 and plan to increase selling square footage by approximately 10%.

General Corporate Expense:

 

               Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in millions    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
     February 2,
2013
 

General corporate expense

   $ 324.4       $ 329.5       $ 335.0   

General corporate expense for segment reporting purposes represents those costs not specifically related to the operations of our business segments. Virtually all general corporate expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Overall general corporate expense in fiscal 2015 decreased slightly from the prior year. This decrease reflects a favorable adjustment to our reserve for former operations in fiscal 2015 as well as

 

31


costs incurred in fiscal 2014 relating to our home office relocations. These reductions in general corporate expense were partially offset by an increase in stock compensation expense and higher contributions to the TJX Foundation.

General corporate expense for fiscal 2014 decreased slightly from the prior year primarily due to the absence in fiscal 2014 of approximately $56 million of costs incurred in fiscal 2013. Fiscal 2013 included contributions to the TJX Foundation, an adjustment to our reserve for former operations and the acquisition costs of STP. This decline in general corporate expense was largely offset by increases in systems and technology costs, stock compensation and costs relating to our home office relocations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Operating activities: Net cash provided by operating activities was $3,008 million in fiscal 2015, $2,600 million in fiscal 2014 and $3,056 million in fiscal 2013. The cash generated from operating activities in each of these fiscal years was largely due to operating earnings.

Operating cash flows for fiscal 2015 increased $408 million compared to fiscal 2014. Net income plus the non-cash impact of depreciation provided cash of $2,804 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $2,686 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of $118 million. The change in the deferred income tax provision, which was driven by the tax treatment of the voluntary contributions to our funded pension plan of $150 million in fiscal 2015, favorably impacted fiscal 2015 operating cash flows by $50 million. The change in merchandise inventory, net of the related change in accounts payable, resulted in a use of cash of $47 million in fiscal 2015, compared to a use of cash of $117 million in fiscal 2014, favorably impacting year-over-year cash flows by $70 million. The cash flow impact of the change in inventory and accounts payable was driven by the timing of receipt and payment of merchandise purchases. The improvement in operating cash flows in fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014 reflects an increase in the receipt of merchandise later in the fourth quarter that will be paid for in the following fiscal year. The change in accrued expenses and other liabilities favorably impacted cash flows by $21 million in fiscal 2015 versus an unfavorable impact of $30 million in fiscal 2014. This favorable impact of $51 million in year-over-year cash flows from operations was driven by last year’s payment of approximately $80 million for settlements with tax authorities reducing our fiscal 2014 reserve for uncertain tax positions. Additionally, operating cash flows increased by $122 million year-over-year due to the change in income taxes payable and recoverable which is largely driven by the increase in the current tax provision.

Operating cash flows for fiscal 2014 decreased $456 million compared to fiscal 2013. Net income plus the non-cash impact of depreciation provided cash of $2,686 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $2,416 million in fiscal 2013, an increase of $270 million. The change in merchandise inventory, net of the related change in accounts payable, resulted in a use of cash of $117 million in fiscal 2014, compared to a source of cash of $239 million in fiscal 2013. This unfavorable impact of $356 million in year-over-year cash flow from operations was primarily due to the timing of the receipt and payment of year-end inventory. The change in accrued expenses and other liabilities unfavorably impacted operating cash flows by $30 million in fiscal 2014 versus a favorable impact of $269 million in fiscal 2013. This unfavorable impact of $299 million in year-over-year cash flow from operations reflects the change in accrued incentive compensation and a reduction in our reserve for uncertain tax positions as the result of a settlement with tax authorities. Additionally, operating cash flows decreased by $165 million year-over-year due to the change in income taxes payable, which was partially offset by an increase in operating cash flows of $81 million from the change in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

We have a reserve for the remaining future obligations of operations we have closed, sold or otherwise disposed of including, among others, Bob’s Stores and A.J. Wright. The majority of these obligations relate to real estate leases associated with these operations. The reserve balance was $14.6 million at January 31, 2015 and $31.4 million at February 1, 2014. The cash flows required to satisfy obligations of former operations are classified as a reduction in cash provided by operating activities. See Note C to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

 

32


Investing activities: Our cash flows for investing activities include capital expenditures for the last three fiscal years as set forth in the table below:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In millions    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
     February 2,
2013
 

New stores

   $ 201.5       $ 185.4       $ 170.7   

Store renovations and improvements

     266.8         308.0         282.7   

Office and distribution centers

     443.2         453.3         524.8   

Capital expenditures

   $ 911.5       $ 946.7       $ 978.2   

We expect that we will spend approximately $975 million on capital expenditures in fiscal 2016, including approximately $487 million for our offices and distribution centers (including buying and merchandising systems and information systems) to support growth, $277 million for store renovations and $211 million for new stores. We plan to fund these expenditures through internally generated funds.

In fiscal 2015, we purchased $431 million of investments, compared to $497 million in fiscal 2014. Additionally, $388 million of such investments were sold or matured during fiscal 2015 compared to $395 million last year. This activity primarily relates to short-term investments which had initial maturities in excess of 90 days and, per our policy, are not classified as cash on the consolidated balance sheets presented.

We have entered into a lease agreement for the construction and occupancy of a new home office facility in Canada. We are deemed the owner of the construction project for accounting purposes and therefore the construction costs incurred to date by the lessor of $60.7 million are included as a construction in progress asset along with a related liability of the same amount on our balance sheet. The asset is included in “land and buildings” and the liability is included in “other long-term liabilities.” See Note M to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Financing activities: Cash flows from financing activities resulted in net cash outflows of $1,560 million in fiscal 2015, $1,144 million in fiscal 2014 and $1,476 million in fiscal 2013.

In June 2014, we issued $750 million aggregate principal amount of 2.75% seven-year notes generating proceeds, net of debt issuance expenses and fees, of $743 million. In July 2014, we used a portion of the proceeds from the 2.75% seven-year notes to redeem the $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% notes paying $416 million to the note holders for the present value of principal and future remaining interest payments due on the notes. In fiscal 2014, we issued $500 million of 2.5% ten-year notes generating proceeds, net of debt issuance expenses and fees, of $495 million. See Note K to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

TJX repurchased and retired 27.7 million shares of its common stock at a cost of $1.7 billion during fiscal 2015, on a “trade date basis.” TJX reflects stock repurchases in its financial statements on a “settlement date” or cash basis. Under our stock repurchase programs, we spent $1,651 million to repurchase 27.6 million shares of our stock in fiscal 2015, $1,471 million to repurchase 27.3 million shares of our stock in fiscal 2014 and $1,345 million to repurchase 32.0 million shares of our stock in fiscal 2013. See Note E to the consolidated financial statements for more information. In February 2015, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an additional $2.0 billion of TJX stock. We currently plan to repurchase approximately $1.8 billion to $1.9 billion of stock under our stock repurchase programs in fiscal 2016. We determine the timing and amount of repurchases based on our assessment of various factors including excess cash flow, liquidity, economic and market conditions, our assessment of prospects for our business, legal requirements and other factors. The timing and amount of these purchases may change.

We declared quarterly dividends on our common stock which totaled $0.70 per share in fiscal 2015, $0.58 per share in fiscal 2014 and $0.46 per share in fiscal 2013. Cash payments for dividends on our common stock totaled $466 million in fiscal 2015, $394 million in fiscal 2014 and $324 million in fiscal 2013. We also received proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options of $143 million in fiscal 2015, $146 million in fiscal 2014 and $134 million in fiscal 2013. We expect to pay quarterly dividends for fiscal 2016 of $0.21 per share, or an annual dividend of $0.84 per share, subject to the declaration and approval of our Board of Directors. This would represent a 20% increase over the per share dividends declared and paid for fiscal 2015.

 

33


We traditionally have funded our working capital requirements, including for seasonal merchandise, primarily through cash generated from operations, supplemented, as needed, by short-term bank borrowings and the issuance of commercial paper. As of January 31, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents held outside the U.S. were $1.2 billion, of which $413.9 million was held in countries where we have the intention to reinvest any undistributed earnings indefinitely. We have provided for deferred U.S. taxes on all undistributed earnings of our subsidiaries in Canada, Puerto Rico, Italy, India, Hong Kong and Australia. If we repatriate cash from such subsidiaries, we should not incur additional tax expense, but our cash would be reduced by the amount of taxes paid. For all other foreign subsidiaries, no income taxes have been provided on the undistributed earnings because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the business. We have no current plans to repatriate cash balances held by such foreign subsidiaries. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, internally generated funds and our credit facilities, described in Note K to the consolidated financial statements, are more than adequate to meet our operating needs over the next fiscal year.

Contractual obligations: As of January 31, 2015, we had known contractual obligations (including current installments) under long-term debt arrangements, operating leases for property and equipment and purchase obligations as follows (in thousands):

 

                Payments Due by Period  
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations    Total     

Less Than

1 Year

    

1-3

Years

    

3-5

Years

    

More Than

5 Years

 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

   $ 2,069,095       $ 63,840       $ 128,524       $ 490,493       $ 1,386,238   

Operating lease commitments (2)

     7,609,001         1,303,196         2,254,336         1,702,764         2,348,705   

Purchase obligations (3)

     3,094,338         2,906,035         162,522         21,181         4,600   

Total Obligations

   $ 12,772,434       $ 4,273,071       $ 2,545,382       $ 2,214,438       $ 3,739,543   

 

(1) Includes estimated interest costs and financing lease obligation.

 

(2) Reflects minimum rent. Does not include costs for insurance, real estate taxes, other operating expenses and, in some cases, rentals based on a percentage of sales; these items totaled approximately one-third of the total minimum rent for fiscal 2015. Does not include leases reflected in our reserve for former operations.

 

(3) Includes estimated obligations under purchase orders for merchandise and under agreements for capital items, products and services used in our business, including executive employment and other agreements. Excludes agreements that can be cancelled without penalty.

We also have long-term liabilities for which it is not reasonably possible for us to predict when they may be paid which include $460.1 million for employee compensation and benefits and $28.1 million for uncertain tax positions.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) which require us to make certain estimates and judgments that impact our reported results. These judgments and estimates are based on historical experience and other factors which we continually review and believe are reasonable. We consider our most critical accounting policies, involving management estimates and judgments, to be those relating to the areas described below.

Inventory valuation: We use the retail method for valuing inventory for all our businesses except STP. Under the retail method, the cost value of inventory and gross margins are determined by calculating a cost-to-retail ratio and applying it to the retail value of inventory. It involves management estimates with regard to markdowns and inventory shrinkage. Under the retail method, permanent markdowns are reflected in inventory valuation when the price of an item is reduced. Typically, a significant area of judgment in the retail method is the amount and timing of permanent markdowns. However, as a normal business practice, we have a specific policy as to when and how markdowns are to be taken, greatly reducing management’s discretion and the need for management estimates as to markdowns. Inventory shrinkage requires estimating a shrinkage rate for interim periods, but we take a full physical inventory near the fiscal year end to determine shrinkage at year end. Historically, the variance between estimated shrinkage and actual shrinkage has not been material to our annual financial results. We do not generally enter into arrangements with vendors that provide for rebates and allowances that could ultimately affect the value of inventory.

 

34


Impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill and tradenames: We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of our long-lived assets, goodwill and tradenames at least annually and whenever events or circumstances occur that would indicate that the carrying amounts of those assets are not recoverable. Significant judgment is involved in projecting the cash flows of individual stores, as well as of our business units, which involve a number of factors including historical trends, recent performance and general economic assumptions. If we determine that an impairment of long-lived assets has occurred, we record an impairment charge equal to the excess of the carrying value of those assets over the estimated fair value of the assets.

Retirement obligations: Retirement costs are accrued over the service life of an employee and represent, in the aggregate, obligations that will ultimately be settled far in the future and are therefore subject to estimates. We are required to make economic, demographic and other assumptions regarding variables, such as the discount rate for valuing pension obligations, the long-term rate of return assumed to be earned on pension assets and assumptions about mortality, all of which impact the net periodic pension cost for the period. These assumptions, including the discount rate, which we determine annually based on market interest rates, and our estimated long-term rate of return, which can differ considerably from actual returns, can have a significant impact on the annual cost of retirement benefits and the funded status of our qualified pension plan. If our discount rate were decreased 0.25 percentage points, our fiscal 2015 pension cost for our funded plan would have increased by approximately $6 million. Similarly, an increase in the discount of rate of 0.25 percentage points would result in a reduction of pension cost of a similar amount. A change of 0.25 percentage points in our long-term rate of return would increase or decrease our fiscal 2015 pension cost by approximately $2 million. During fiscal 2015, we adjusted our assumptions relating to mortality (the expected lives of our pension participants) in light of new mortality tables issued by the Society of Actuaries which project longer life expectancies. The change in our mortality assumptions added $59 million to the projected benefit obligation for the funded plan as of January 31, 2015 and will add approximately $7 million to our fiscal 2016 pension cost. When the discount rate, market performance of our plan assets, changes in laws, regulations, actuarial standards or other factors have a negative impact on the funded status of our plan, our required contributions may increase. We also consider these factors in determining the amount of voluntary contributions we may make to the plan in excess of mandatory funding requirements. In fiscal 2015, we funded our qualified pension plan with a voluntary contribution of $150 million.

Share-based compensation: In accordance with GAAP, we estimate the fair value of stock awards issued to employees and directors under our Stock Incentive Plan. The fair value of the awards is amortized as “share-based compensation” over the vesting periods during which the recipients are required to provide service. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the fair value of stock options granted, which requires management to make significant judgments and estimates such as participant activity and market results. The use of different assumptions and estimates could have a material impact on the estimated fair value of stock option grants and the related compensation cost. A 5% increase in expected volatility would increase the per-option value of our most recent option award by 4% while a decrease of the same amount would decrease the per-option value of our most recent option award by 5%.

Casualty insurance: In fiscal 2013, our casualty insurance program was changed from a fixed premium program to a self-insured program. A self-insured casualty insurance program requires us to estimate the total claims we would incur as a component of our annual insurance cost. The estimated claims are developed, with the assistance of an actuary, based on historical experience and other factors. These estimates involve significant judgments and assumptions, and actual results could differ from these estimates. If our estimate for the claims component of our casualty insurance for fiscal 2015 were to change by 5%, the fiscal 2015 pre-tax cost would increase or decrease by approximately $4 million. A large portion of these claims is funded with a non-refundable payment during the policy year, offsetting our estimated claims accrual. We had a net accrual of $14.3 million for the unfunded portion of our casualty insurance program as of January 31, 2015.

Reserves for uncertain tax positions: Like many large corporations, our income and other tax returns and reports are regularly audited by federal, state and local tax authorities in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions where we operate and such authorities may challenge positions we take. We are engaged in various administrative and judicial proceedings in multiple jurisdictions with respect to assessments, claims, deficiencies and refunds and other tax matters, which proceedings are in various stages of negotiation, assessment, examination, litigation and settlement. The outcomes of these proceedings are uncertain. In accordance with GAAP, we evaluate our uncertain

 

35


tax positions based on our understanding of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date, and we accrue for exposure when we believe that it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the positions we have taken will not be sustained. However, in the next twelve months and in future periods, the amounts we accrue for uncertain tax positions from time to time or ultimately pay, as the result of the final resolutions of examinations, judicial or administrative proceedings, changes in facts, law, or legal interpretations, expirations of applicable statute of limitations or other resolutions of, or changes in, tax positions may differ either positively or negatively from the amounts we have accrued, and may result in reductions to or additions to accruals, refund claims or payments for periods not currently under examination or for which no claims have been made. Final resolutions of our tax positions or changes in accruals for uncertain tax positions could result in additional tax expense or benefit and could have a material impact on our results of operations of the period in which an examination or proceeding is resolved or in the period in which a changed outcome becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Reserves for former operations: As discussed in Note C to the consolidated financial statements and elsewhere in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis, we have reserves for probable losses arising for future obligations of former operations, primarily real estate leases. We must make estimates and assumptions about the costs and expenses we will incur in connection with the future obligations of our former operations. The leases relating to A.J. Wright and other former operations are long-term obligations, and the estimated cost to us involves numerous estimates and assumptions including when and on what terms we will assign the leases, or sublease the leased properties, whether and for how long we remain obligated with respect to particular leases, the extent to which assignees or subtenants will fulfill our financial and other obligations under the leases, how particular obligations may ultimately be settled and what mitigating factors, including indemnification, may exist to any liability we may have. We develop these assumptions based on past experience and evaluation of various potential outcomes and the circumstances surrounding each situation and location. Actual results may differ from our current estimates, and we may decrease or increase the amount of our reserves to adjust for future developments relating to the underlying assumptions and other factors, although we do not expect any such differences to be material to our results of operations.

Loss contingencies: Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued that may result in a loss to us but will not be resolved until one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Our management, with the assistance of our legal counsel, assesses such contingent liabilities. Such assessments inherently involve the exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against us or claims that may result in such proceedings, our legal counsel assists us in evaluating the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or claims as well as the perceived merits of the relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, we will accrue for the estimated liability in the financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be reasonably estimated, we will disclose the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of the possible loss or a statement that such loss is not reasonably estimable.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note A to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for recently issued accounting standards, including the dates of adoption and estimated effects on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

36


ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

TJX is exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of business. Some potential market risks are discussed below:

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk on the translation of our foreign operations into the U.S. dollar and on purchases of goods in currencies that are not the local currencies of stores where the goods are sold and on intercompany debt and interest payable between and among our domestic and international operations. As more fully described in Note F to our consolidated financial statements, we use derivative financial instruments to hedge a portion of certain merchandise purchase commitments, primarily at our international operations, and a portion of our intercompany transactions with and within our international operations. We enter into derivative contracts only for the purpose of hedging the underlying economic exposure. We utilize currency forward and swap contracts, designed to offset the gains or losses on the underlying exposures. The contracts are executed with banks we believe are creditworthy and are denominated in currencies of major industrial countries. Our Foreign Exchange Risk Management Policy prohibits us from using derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes or using any leveraged derivative financial instruments. We have performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates applied to the hedging contracts and the underlying exposures described above as well as the translation of our foreign operations into our reporting currency. As of January 31, 2015, the analysis indicated that such an adverse movement would not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position but could have reduced our pre-tax income for fiscal 2015 by approximately $73 million.

EQUITY PRICE AND OTHER MARKET RISK

The assets of our funded qualified pension plan, a large portion of which are equity securities, are subject to the risks and uncertainties of the financial markets. We invest the pension assets (described further in Note J to the consolidated financial statements) in a manner that attempts to minimize and control our exposure to market uncertainties. Investments, in general, are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, credit, and overall market volatility risks. A significant decline in the financial markets could adversely affect the value of our pension plan assets and the funded status of our pension plan, resulting in increased required contributions to the plan or other plan-related liabilities. Our pension plan investment policy prohibits the use of derivatives for speculative purposes.

 

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item may be found on pages F-1 through F-33 of this Annual Report on

Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and (ii) accumulated

 

37


and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of implementing controls and procedures.

(b) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 identified in connection with our Chief Executive Officer’s and Chief Financial Officer’s evaluation that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

(c) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of TJX;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of TJX are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of TJX; and

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of TJX’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2015.

(d) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited and reported on our consolidated financial statements contained herein, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting included herein.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

 

38


PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following are the executive officers of TJX as of March 31, 2015:

 

Name    Age      Office and Employment During Last Five Years

Bernard Cammarata

     75       Chairman of the Board since 1999. Acting Chief Executive Officer from September 2005 to January 2007 and Chief Executive Officer from 1989 to 2000. Led TJX and its former TJX subsidiary and T.J. Maxx Division from the organization of the business in 1976 until 2000, including serving as Chief Executive Officer and President of TJX, Chairman and President of TJX’s T.J. Maxx Division, and Chairman of The Marmaxx Group.

Ken Canestrari

     53       Senior Executive Vice President, Group President since September 2014. President, HomeGoods from 2012 until 2014. Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, HomeGoods from 2008 until 2012. Various financial positions with TJX from 1988 to 2008.

Scott Goldenberg

     61       Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2014. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2012 to April 2014. Executive Vice President, Finance from June 2009 to January 2012. Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller from 2007 to 2009 and Senior Vice President, Director of Finance, Marmaxx, from 2000 to 2007. Various financial positions with TJX from 1983 to 1988 and 1997 to 2000.

Ernie Herrman

     54       President since January 2011. Senior Executive Vice President, Group President from August 2008 to January 2011. Senior Executive Vice President from 2007 to 2008 and President, Marmaxx from 2005 to 2008. Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Marmaxx from 2004 to 2005. Executive Vice President, Merchandising, Marmaxx from 2001 to 2004. Various merchandising positions with TJX since 1989.

Michael MacMillan

     58       Senior Executive Vice President, Group President since 2011. President, Marmaxx from 2008 to 2011. President, Winners Merchants International (WMI) from 2003 to 2008, Executive Vice President, WMI from 2000 to 2003. Previous finance positions from 1985 to 2000.

Carol Meyrowitz

     61       Chief Executive Officer since January 2007, Director since 2006 and President from 2005 to January 2011. Consultant to TJX from January 2005 to October 2005. Senior Executive Vice President from March 2004 to January 2005. President, Marmaxx from 2001 to January 2005. Executive Vice President of TJX from 2001 to 2004. Various senior management and merchandising positions with TJX since joining in 1983.

Richard Sherr

     57       Senior Executive Vice President, Group President since January 2012. President, HomeGoods from 2010 to 2012. Chief Operating Officer, Marmaxx from 2007 until 2010. Various merchandising positions at TJX from 1992 to 2007.

Nan Stutz

     57       Senior Executive Vice President, Group President since February 2011. Group President from 2010 to 2011. President, HomeGoods from 2007 to 2010, Executive Vice President, Merchandise and Marketing from 2006 to 2007 and Senior Vice President, Merchandise and Marketing from 2005 to 2006. Various merchandising positions with TJX since 1990.

The executive officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board in June 2015 and until their successors are elected and qualified.

 

39


TJX will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a definitive proxy statement no later than 120 days after the close of its fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 (Proxy Statement). The information required by this Item and not given in this Item will appear under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance,” including in “Board Committees and Meetings,” “Audit Committee Report” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

In addition to our Global Code of Conduct, TJX has a Code of Ethics for TJX Executives governing its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and other senior operating, financial and legal executives. The Code of Ethics for TJX Executives is designed to ensure integrity in its financial reports and public disclosures. TJX also has a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics for Directors which promotes honest and ethical conduct, compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the avoidance of conflicts of interest. Both of these codes of conduct are published at tjx.com. We intend to disclose any future amendments to, or waivers from, the Code of Ethics for TJX Executives or the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors within four business days of the waiver or amendment through a website posting or by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will appear under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Program Risk Assessment” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will appear under the headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Beneficial Ownership” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will appear under the heading “Corporate Governance,” including in “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Board Independence,” in our Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will appear under the headings “Audit Committee Report” and “Auditor Fees” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

40


PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statement Schedules

For a list of the consolidated financial information included herein, see Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

In thousands    Balance
Beginning
of Period
     Amounts
Charged to
Net Income
    Write-Offs
Against
Reserve
    

Balance

End of
Period

 

Sales Return Reserve:

          

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

   $ 37,429       $ 1,348,933      $ 1,350,886       $ 35,476   

Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2014

   $ 36,618       $ 1,667,466      $ 1,666,655       $ 37,429   

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2013

   $ 22,348       $ 1,603,462      $ 1,589,192       $ 36,618   

Reserves Related to Former Operations:

          

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

   $ 31,363       $ (11,775   $ 5,014       $ 14,574   

Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2014

   $ 45,229       $ (1,872   $ 11,994       $ 31,363   

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2013

   $ 45,381       $ 16,996      $ 17,148       $ 45,229   

Casualty Insurance Reserve:

          

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

   $ 14,696       $ 72,604      $ 72,997       $ 14,303   

Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2014

   $ 14,632       $ 71,093      $ 71,029       $ 14,696   

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2013

   $ 9,079       $ 50,730      $ 45,177       $ 14,632   

Computer Intrusion Reserve:

          

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

   $ 12,854       $      $ 5,238       $ 7,616   

Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2014

   $ 15,767       $      $ 2,913       $ 12,854   

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2013

   $  15,864       $      $ 97       $  15,767   

 

41


(b) Exhibits

Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this report. Some exhibits are filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 12b-32 under the Exchange Act.

 

Exhibit
No.
  Description of Exhibit
3(i).1   Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-A/A filed September 9, 1999. Certificate of Amendment of Fourth Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended July 28, 2005.
3(ii).1   By-laws of TJX, as amended, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on September 22, 2009.
4.1   Indenture between TJX and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of April 2, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on April 2, 2009 (File 333-158360).
4.2   First Supplemental Indenture between TJX and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of April 7, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2009.
4.3   Second Supplemental Indenture between TJX and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of July 23, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2009.
4.4   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 2, 2013 by and between The TJX Companies, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, including the form of Global Note attached as Annex A thereto, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2013.
4.5   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 5, 2014 by and between The TJX Companies, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, including the form of Global Note attached as Annex A thereto, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2014.
10.1   The Employment Agreement dated as of June 13, 2012 between Bernard Cammarata and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended July 28, 2012.*
10.2   The Employment Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Carol Meyrowitz and TJX is filed herewith.*
10.3   The Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2013 between Ernie Herrman and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 2, 2013.*
10.4   The Employment Agreement dated as of January 29, 2012 between Jerome Rossi and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended January 28, 2012. The Letter Agreement dated January 31, 2014 between Jerome Rossi and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 1, 2014. The Letter Agreement dated September 10, 2014 between Jerome Rossi and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 1, 2014. The Consulting Agreement dated as of September 10, 2014 between Jerome Rossi and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 1, 2014.*
10.5   The Employment Agreement dated January 31, 2014 between and among Michael MacMillan, NBC Attire, Inc. and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 1, 2014.*
10.6   The Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2013 between Nan Stutz and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 2, 2013.*
10.7   The Employment Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Richard Sherr and TJX is filed herewith.*
10.8   The Employment Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Scott Goldenberg and TJX is filed herewith.*

 

42


10.9    The Employment Agreement dated as of September 29, 2014 between Kenneth Canestrari and TJX is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 1, 2014.*
10.10    The Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Restatement) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended May 4, 2013.*
10.11    The Stock Incentive Plan Rules for U.K. Employees, as amended April 7, 2009, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended July 31, 2010.*
10.12    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated through June 1, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended July 31, 2004.*
10.13    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 17, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 12.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended October 31, 2009. The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 17, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 12.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended October 31, 2009.*
10.14    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 9, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended October 30, 2010. The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 9, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended January 28, 2012.*
10.15    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 20, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended October 27, 2012. The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 20, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended October 27, 2012.*
10.16    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 19, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 2, 2013. The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 19, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 2, 2013.*
10.17    The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 10, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 1, 2014. The Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Terms and Conditions granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 10, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 1, 2014.*
10.18    The Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of April 2, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended April 28, 2012. The Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of February 1, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 2, 2013. The Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of September 19, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended November 2, 2013.*
10.19    The Form of Performance-Based Deferred Stock Award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of April 2, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended April 28, 2012. The Form of Performance-Based Deferred Stock Award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan as of April 2, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended May 4, 2013.*
10.20    The Form of Deferred Stock Award for Directors granted under the Stock Incentive Plan is filed herewith.*
10.21    Description of Director Compensation Arrangements is filed herewith.*

 

43


10.22    The Management Incentive Plan and Long Range Performance Incentive Plan (2013 Restatement) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 2, 2013.*
10.23    The General Deferred Compensation Plan (1998 Restatement) (the “GDCP”) and First Amendment to the GDCP, effective January 1, 1999, are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1999. The Second Amendment to the GDCP, effective January 1, 2000, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2000. The Third and Fourth Amendments to the GDCP are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006. The Fifth Amendment to the GDCP, effective January 1, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Form 10-K filed the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009.*
10.24    The Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2015 Restatement) is filed herewith.*
10.25    The Executive Savings Plan (As Amended and Restated, Effective January 1, 2015) is filed herewith.*
10.26    The Canadian Executive Savings Plan (effective November 1, 1999) of Winners Merchants International, LP (successor to Winners Apparel Ltd.) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Form 10-K filed for the year ended February 2, 2013.*
10.27    The form of TJX Indemnification Agreement for its executive officers and directors is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended January 27, 1990. *
10.28    The Trust Agreement dated as of April 8, 1988 between TJX and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(y) to the Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1988.*
10.29    The Trust Agreement dated as of April 8, 1988 between TJX and Fleet Bank (formerly Shawmut Bank of Boston, N.A.) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(z) to the Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1988.*
10.30    The Trust Agreement for Executive Savings Plan dated as of January 1, 2005 between TJX and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Form 10-K filed for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005.*
21    Subsidiaries of TJX is filed herewith.
23    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is filed herewith.
24    Power of Attorney given by the Directors and certain Executive Officers of TJX is filed herewith.
31.1    Certification Statement of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.
31.2    Certification Statement of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.
32.1    Certification Statement of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.
32.2    Certification Statement of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.
101        The following materials from The TJX Companies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Unless otherwise indicated, exhibits incorporated by reference were filed under Commission File Number 001-04908.

 

44


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.
     
    By   /s/ SCOTT GOLDENBERG
Dated: March 31, 2015       Scott Goldenberg, Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

/s/ CAROL MEYROWITZ

Carol Meyrowitz, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  

SCOTT GOLDENBERG*

Scott Goldenberg, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

ZEIN ABDALLA*

Zein Abdalla, Director

  

MICHAEL F. HINES*

Michael F. Hines, Director

JOSE B. ALVAREZ*

José B. Alvarez, Director

  

AMY B. LANE*

Amy B. Lane, Director

ALAN M. BENNETT*

Alan M. Bennett, Director

  

JOHN F. O’BRIEN*

John F. O’Brien, Director

BERNARD CAMMARATA*

Bernard Cammarata, Chairman of the Board of Directors

  

WILLOW B. SHIRE*

Willow B. Shire, Director

DAVID T. CHING*

David T. Ching, Director

  

WILLIAM H. SWANSON*

William H. Swanson, Director

 

     *BY    /s/ SCOTT GOLDENBERG
Dated: March 31, 2015      

Scott Goldenberg,

for himself and as attorney-in-fact

 

45


The TJX Companies, Inc.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For Fiscal Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, February  1, 2014 and February 2, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, February  1, 2014 and February 2, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, February  1, 2014 and February 2, 2013

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015,  February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Financial Statement Schedules:

  

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     41   

 

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of The TJX Companies, Inc:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and the financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 31, 2015

 

F-2


The TJX Companies, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  

Amounts in thousands

except per share amounts

  

January 31,

2015

    

February 1,

2014

    

February 2,

2013

 
                   (53 weeks)  

Net sales

   $ 29,078,407       $ 27,422,696       $ 25,878,372   

 

 

Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs

     20,776,522         19,605,037         18,521,400   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     4,695,384         4,467,089         4,250,446   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     16,830                   

Interest expense, net

     39,787         31,081         29,175   

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     3,549,884         3,319,489         3,077,351   

Provision for income taxes

     1,334,756         1,182,093         1,170,664   

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,215,128       $ 2,137,396       $ 1,906,687   

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

        

Net income

   $ 3.20       $ 3.00       $ 2.60   

Weighted average common shares – basic

     692,691         713,470         733,588   

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Net income

   $ 3.15       $ 2.94       $ 2.55   

Weighted average common shares – diluted

     703,545         726,376         747,555   

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.70       $ 0.58       $ 0.46   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-3


The TJX Companies, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
Amounts in thousands   

January 31,

2015

   

February 1,

2014

   

February 2,

2013

 
         (53 weeks)   

Net income

   $ 2,215,128      $ 2,137,396      $ 1,906,687   

Additions to other comprehensive income:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of related tax benefits of $56,567 and $41,713, and provision of $1,285 in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     (218,700     (57,926     6,200   

Loss on cash flow hedge, net of related tax benefit of $3,149 in fiscal 2015

     (4,762              

Recognition of net gains/losses on benefit obligations, net of related tax benefit of $91,941, provision of $36,856, and benefit of $27,362 in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     (139,366     55,285        (41,043

Reclassifications from other comprehensive income to net income:

      

Amortization of loss on cash flow hedge, net of related tax provision of $300 in fiscal 2015

     452                 

Amortization of prior service cost and deferred gains/losses, net of related tax provisions of $4,591, $11,001 and $9,350, in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     7,523        16,501        14,026   

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (354,853     13,860        (20,817

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 1,860,275      $ 2,151,256      $ 1,885,870   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-4


The TJX Companies, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  

Amounts in thousands

except share amounts

   January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,493,775      $ 2,149,746   

Short-term investments

     282,623        294,702   

Accounts receivable, net

     213,824        210,094   

Merchandise inventories

     3,217,923        2,966,490   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     356,824        345,327   

Federal, state, and foreign income taxes recoverable

     12,475          

Current deferred income taxes, net

     137,617        101,639   

Total current assets

     6,715,061        6,067,998   

Property at cost:

    

Land and buildings

     888,580        722,645   

Leasehold costs and improvements

     2,780,932        2,720,391   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     4,671,029        4,255,210   

Total property at cost

     8,340,541        7,698,246   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     4,472,176        4,103,745   

Net property at cost

     3,868,365        3,594,501   

Non-current deferred income taxes, net

     24,546        31,508   

Other assets

     210,539        194,328   

Goodwill and tradenames, net of amortization

     309,870        312,687   

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 11,128,381      $ 10,201,022   

LIABILITIES

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,007,511      $ 1,771,294   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,796,122        1,681,834   

Federal, state and foreign income taxes payable

     126,001        64,715   

Total current liabilities

     3,929,634        3,517,843   

Other long-term liabilities

     888,137        732,999   

Non-current deferred income taxes, net

     422,516        446,071   

Long-term debt

     1,623,864        1,274,216   

Commitments and contingencies (see Note M and Note O)

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock, authorized 1,200,000,000 shares, par value $1, issued and outstanding 684,733,200 and 705,016,838, respectively

     684,733        705,017   

Additional paid-in capital

              

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (554,385     (199,532

Retained earnings

     4,133,882        3,724,408   

Total shareholders’ equity

     4,264,230        4,229,893   

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 11,128,381      $ 10,201,022   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-5


The TJX Companies, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
Amounts in thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

 

 
         (53 weeks)   

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 2,215,128      $ 2,137,396      $ 1,906,687   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     588,975        548,823        508,929   

Loss on property disposals and impairment charges

     3,897        7,914        11,876   

Deferred income tax provision

     102,070        52,233        13,265   

Share-based compensation

     88,014        76,080        64,416   

Early extinguishment of debt

     16,830                 

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     (95,063     (82,546     (62,472

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

     (9,052     11,979        (18,418

(Increase) decrease in merchandise inventories

     (332,271     35,233        27,186   

(Increase) in taxes recoverable

     (12,475              

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,719        (3,354     (53,705

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     285,223        (152,271     211,689   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     20,800        (29,590     268,901   

Increase in income taxes payable

     144,977        10,994        176,076   

Other

     (12,403     (12,425     1,290   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,008,369        2,600,466        3,055,720   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Property additions

     (911,522     (946,678     (978,228

Purchases of investments

     (431,152     (496,657     (371,670

Sales and maturities of investments

     388,037        394,914        218,828   

Cash paid for acquisition of Sierra Trading Post, net of cash received

            2,653        (190,374

Other

                   34,490   

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (954,637     (1,045,768     (1,286,954

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     749,475        499,555          

Cash payments for extinguishment of debt

     (416,357              

Cash payments for debt issuance expenses

     (6,185     (4,297     (1,370

Cash payments for rate lock agreement

     (7,937     (3,251       

Cash payments on capital lease obligation

                   (1,456

Cash payments for repurchase of common stock

     (1,650,704     (1,471,096     (1,345,082

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     143,005        146,495        133,771   

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     95,063        82,546        62,472   

Cash dividends paid

     (465,902     (393,755     (323,922

Net cash (used in) financing activities

     (1,559,542     (1,143,803     (1,475,587

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (150,161     (73,106     11,666   

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     344,029        337,789        304,845   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,149,746        1,811,957        1,507,112   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 2,493,775      $ 2,149,746      $ 1,811,957   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-6


The TJX Companies, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

   

Retained
Earnings

   

Total

 
Amounts in thousands    Shares     Par Value
$1
         

Balance, January 28, 2012

     746,702      $ 746,702      $      $ (192,575   $ 2,655,163      $ 3,209,290   

Net income

                                 1,906,687        1,906,687   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                          (20,817            (20,817

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                 (336,214     (336,214

Recognition of share-based compensation

                   64,416                      64,416   

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plan and related tax effect

     9,159        9,159        178,498                      187,657   

Common stock repurchased

     (31,959     (31,959     (242,914            (1,070,209     (1,345,082

Balance, February 2, 2013

     723,902        723,902               (213,392     3,155,427        3,665,937   

Net income

                                 2,137,396        2,137,396   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                          13,860               13,860   

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                 (413,134     (413,134

Recognition of share-based compensation

                   76,080                      76,080   

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plan and related tax effect

     8,462        8,462        212,388                      220,850   

Common stock repurchased

     (27,347     (27,347     (288,468            (1,155,281     (1,471,096

Balance, February 1, 2014

     705,017        705,017               (199,532     3,724,408        4,229,893   

Net income

                                 2,215,128        2,215,128   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                          (354,853            (354,853

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                 (483,280     (483,280

Recognition of share-based compensation

                   88,014                      88,014   

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plan and related tax effect

     7,318        7,318        212,714                      220,032   

Common stock repurchased

     (27,602     (27,602     (300,728            (1,322,374     (1,650,704

Balance, January 31, 2015

     684,733      $ 684,733      $      $ (554,385   $ 4,133,882      $ 4,264,230   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-7


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note A.    Summary of Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements of The TJX Companies, Inc. (referred to as “TJX” or “we”) include the financial statements of all of TJX’s subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All of its activities are conducted by TJX or its subsidiaries and are consolidated in these financial statements. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year: TJX’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to the last day of January of each year. The fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 (fiscal 2015) and February 1, 2014 (fiscal 2014) each included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended February 2, 2013 (fiscal 2013) included 53 weeks.

Earnings Per Share: All earnings per share amounts refer to diluted earnings per share, unless otherwise indicated.

Use of Estimates: Preparation of the TJX financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. TJX considers its accounting policies relating to inventory valuation, impairments of long-lived assets, goodwill and tradenames, retirement obligations, share-based compensation, casualty insurance, reserves for uncertain tax positions, reserves for former operations and loss contingencies to be the most significant accounting policies that involve management estimates and judgments. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material.

Revenue Recognition: TJX records revenue at the time of sale and receipt of merchandise by the customer, net of a reserve for estimated returns. We estimate returns based upon our historical experience. We defer recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards as well as the value of store cards issued to customers as a result of a return or exchange are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Based on historical experience, we estimate the amount of gift cards and store cards that will not be redeemed (“breakage”) and, to the extent allowed by local law, these amounts are amortized into income over the redemption period. Revenue recognized from breakage was $17.8 million in fiscal 2015, $17.5 million in fiscal 2014 and $13.9 million in fiscal 2013. We estimate the date of receipt by the customer when recognizing revenue from sales by our e-commerce operations and shipping and handling costs charged to the customer are included in revenue. The shipping and handling costs incurred by TJX are included in cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs.

Consolidated Statements of Income Classifications: Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs, includes the cost of merchandise sold including foreign currency gains and losses on merchandise purchases denominated in other currencies: gains and losses on inventory and fuel-related derivative contracts; store occupancy costs (including real estate taxes, utility and maintenance costs and fixed asset depreciation); the costs of operating distribution centers; payroll, benefits and travel costs directly associated with buying inventory; and systems costs related to the buying and tracking of inventory.

Selling, general and administrative expenses include store payroll and benefit costs; communication costs; credit and check expenses; advertising; administrative and field management payroll, benefits and travel costs; corporate administrative costs and depreciation; gains and losses on non-inventory related foreign currency exchange contracts; and other miscellaneous income and expense items.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: TJX generally considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments with maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year at the date of purchase are included in short-term investments. These investments are classified as trading securities and are stated at fair value. Investments are classified as either short- or long-term based on their original maturities. TJX’s investments are primarily high-grade commercial paper, institutional money market funds and time deposits with major banks.

As of January 31, 2015, TJX’s cash and cash equivalents held outside the U.S. were $1.2 billion, of which $413.9 million was held in countries where TJX has the intention to reinvest any undistributed earnings indefinitely.

 

F-8


Merchandise Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. TJX uses the retail method for valuing inventories at all of its divisions, except STP. TJX utilizes a permanent markdown strategy and lowers the cost value of the inventory that is subject to markdown at the time the retail prices are lowered in the stores. TJX accrues for inventory obligations at the time inventory is shipped. As a result, merchandise inventories on TJX’s balance sheet include an accrual for in-transit inventory of $495.2 million at January 31, 2015 and $451.6 million at February 1, 2014. Comparable amounts were reflected in accounts payable at those dates.

Common Stock and Equity: Equity transactions consist primarily of the repurchase by TJX of its common stock under its stock repurchase programs and the recognition of compensation expense and issuance of common stock under TJX’s Stock Incentive Plan. Under TJX’s stock repurchase programs the Company repurchases its common stock on the open market. The par value of the shares repurchased is charged to common stock with the excess of the purchase price over par first charged against any available additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) and the balance charged to retained earnings. Due to the high volume of repurchases over the past several years, TJX has no remaining balance in APIC at the end of any of the years presented. All shares repurchased have been retired.

Shares issued under TJX’s Stock Incentive Plan are issued from authorized but unissued shares, and proceeds received are recorded by increasing common stock for the par value of the shares with the excess over par added to APIC. Income tax benefits upon the expensing of options result in the creation of a deferred tax asset, while income tax benefits due to the exercise of stock options reduce deferred tax assets up to the amount that an asset for the related grant has been created. Any tax benefits greater than the deferred tax assets created at the time of expensing the options are credited to APIC; any deficiencies in the tax benefits are debited to APIC to the extent a pool for such deficiencies exists. In the absence of a pool, any deficiencies are realized in the related periods’ statements of income through the provision for income taxes. Any excess income tax benefits are included in cash flows from financing activities in the statements of cash flows. The par value of restricted stock awards is also added to common stock when the stock is issued, generally at grant date. The fair value of the restricted stock awards in excess of par value is added to APIC as the awards are amortized into earnings over the related requisite service periods.

Share-Based Compensation: TJX accounts for share-based compensation by estimating the fair value of each award on the date of grant. TJX uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for options awarded and the market price on the grant date for performance-based restricted stock awards. See Note I for a detailed discussion of share-based compensation.

Interest: TJX’s interest expense is presented as a net amount. The following is a summary of net interest expense:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 
     (53 weeks)  

Interest expense

   $ 64,783      $ 57,084      $ 48,582    

Capitalized interest

     (9,403     (10,993     (7,750)   

Interest (income)

     (15,593     (15,010     (11,657)   

Interest expense, net

   $ 39,787      $ 31,081      $ 29,175    

TJX capitalizes interest during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the related assets. Capitalized interest in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 relates to costs on active owned real estate projects and development costs on a merchandising system.

Depreciation and Amortization: For financial reporting purposes, TJX provides for depreciation and amortization of property using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings are depreciated over 33 years. Leasehold costs and improvements are generally amortized over their useful life or the committed lease term (typically 10 years), whichever is shorter. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated over 3 to 10 years. Depreciation and amortization expense for property was $595.6 million in fiscal 2015, $555.8 million in fiscal 2014 and $515.9 million in fiscal 2013. Amortization expense for property held under a capital lease was $1.7 million in fiscal 2013. TJX had no property held under capital lease during fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant costs incurred for internally developed software are capitalized and amortized over 3 to 10 years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of disposed assets and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated and any gain or loss is included in income. Pre-opening costs, including rent, are expensed as incurred.

 

F-9


Lease Accounting: TJX begins to record rent expense when it takes possession of a store, which is typically 30 to 60 days prior to the opening of the store and generally occurs before the commencement of the lease term, as specified in the lease. All lease agreements involving property built to our specifications are reviewed to determine if our involvement in the construction project requires that we account for the project costs as if we were the owner for accounting purposes.

Long-Lived Assets: Information related to carrying values of TJX’s long-lived assets by geographic location is presented below:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Dollars in thousands   

January 31,

2015

    

February 1,

2014

    

February 2,

2013

 

United States

   $ 2,927,297       $ 2,693,670       $ 2,350,539   

Canada

     266,332         214,459         237,232   

Europe

     674,736         686,372         635,471   

Total long-lived assets

   $ 3,868,365       $ 3,594,501       $ 3,223,242   

 

 

Goodwill and Tradenames : Goodwill includes the excess of the purchase price paid over the carrying value of the minority interest acquired in fiscal 1990 in TJX’s former 83%-owned subsidiary and represents goodwill associated with the T.J. Maxx chain, as well as the excess of cost over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired by TJX in the purchase of Winners in fiscal 1991 and the purchase of Sierra Trading Post in fiscal 2013 (See Note B).

Goodwill totaled $169.0 million as of January 31, 2015, $169.3 million as of February 1, 2014 and $170.3 million as of February 2, 2013. Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and accordingly is not amortized.

Tradenames are the value assigned to the name “Marshalls,” acquired by TJX in fiscal 1996 as part of the acquisition of the Marshalls chain and the value assigned to the name “Sierra Trading Post,” acquired by TJX in fiscal 2013. The tradenames were valued by calculating the discounted present value of assumed after-tax royalty payments. The Marshalls tradename is carried at a value of $107.7 million and is considered to have an indefinite life. The Sierra Trading Post tradename is being amortized over 15 years and is carried at a value of $33.2 million in fiscal 2015, $35.7 million in fiscal 2014 and $38.3 million in fiscal 2013 net of amortization of $5.3 million, $2.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

TJX occasionally acquires or licenses other trademarks to be used in connection with private label merchandise. Such trademarks are included in other assets and are amortized to cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs, over their useful life, generally from 7 to 10 years.

Goodwill, tradenames and trademarks, and the related accumulated amortization if any, are included in the respective operating segment to which they relate.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Tradenames: TJX evaluates its long-lived assets, goodwill and tradenames for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable, and at least annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. An impairment exists when the undiscounted cash flow of an asset or asset group is less than the carrying cost of that asset or asset group.

The evaluation for long-lived assets is performed at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows which are largely independent of other groups of assets, which is generally at the individual store level. If indicators of impairment are identified, an undiscounted cash flow analysis is performed to determine if an impairment exists. The store-by-store evaluations did not indicate any recoverability issues in each of the past three fiscal years.

Goodwill is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred and at least annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, using a quantitative assessment by comparing the carrying value of the related reporting unit to its fair value. An impairment exists when this analysis, using typical valuation models such as the discounted cash flow method, shows that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying cost of the reporting unit. We may assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. The assessment of qualitative factors is optional and at the Company’s discretion. In fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, we bypassed the qualitative assessment and performed the first step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

 

F-10


Tradenames are also tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the tradename may exceed its fair value and at least annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Testing is performed by comparing the discounted present value of assumed after-tax royalty payments to the carrying value of the tradename.

There was no impairment related to our goodwill or tradenames in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Advertising Costs: TJX expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense was $371.3 million for fiscal 2015, $333.5 million for fiscal 2014 and $298.6 million for fiscal 2013.

Foreign Currency Translation: TJX’s foreign assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at fiscal year-end exchange rates with resulting translation gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Activity of the foreign operations that affect the statements of income and cash flows is translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the fiscal year.

Loss Contingencies: TJX records a reserve for loss contingencies when it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. TJX evaluates pending litigation and other contingencies at least quarterly and adjusts the reserve for such contingencies for changes in probable and reasonably estimable losses. TJX includes an estimate for related legal costs at the time such costs are both probable and reasonably estimable.

New Accounting Standards : In May 2014, a pronouncement was issued that creates common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The new guidance supersedes most preexisting revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and early adoption is not permitted. The standard is to be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. For TJX, the standard will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. TJX is currently evaluating the impact of the new pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

Revisions: The cash flow impact of purchases and sales of investments designed to meet obligations under TJX’s Executive Savings Plan of approximately $10.0 million in both fiscal 2014 and 2013 has been adjusted to correct the presentation from ‘other’, in operating activity, to ‘Purchases of investments’ or ‘Sales and maturities of investments’ in cash flows from investing activity. These revisions to the statement of cash flows represent errors that are not deemed to be material, individually or in the aggregate, to the prior period financial statements.

Note B.    Acquisition of Sierra Trading Post

On December 21, 2012, TJX acquired Sierra Trading Post (STP), an off-price Internet retailer, which included the operating assets of its online business, sierratradingpost.com and four retail locations. The final purchase price, after adjusting for customary post-closing adjustments, amounted to $193 million.

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and intangible assets acquired, based on their estimated fair values.

The following table presents the allocation of the final purchase price, after adjusting for customary post-closing adjustments, to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their estimated fair values as of December 21, 2012:

 

Dollars in thousands    Allocation of
purchase price
 

Current assets

   $ 100,575   

Property and equipment

     39,862   

Other assets

     497   

Intangible assets

     143,754   

 

 

Total assets acquired

     284,688   

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     91,559   

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 193,129   

 

 

 

F-11


The intangible assets include identified intangible assets of $39 million for the value of the tradename “Sierra Trading Post” which is being amortized over 15 years (See Note A) and $8 million for customer relationships which is being amortized over 6 years. The remaining balance of the intangible assets is goodwill of $97 million.

The results of STP have been included in TJX’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition and have been included with the Marmaxx segment. Pro forma results of operations assuming the acquisition of STP occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 2013 have not been presented, as the inclusion of the results of operations for the acquired business would not have produced a material impact on the reported sales, net income or earnings per share of TJX.

Note C.    Reserves Related to Former Operations

TJX has a reserve for its estimate of future obligations of business operations it has closed or sold. The reserve activity for the last three fiscal years is presented below:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands   

January 31,

2015

   

February 1,

2014

   

February 2,

2013

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 31,363      $ 45,229      $ 45,381   

Additions (reductions) to the reserve charged to net income:

      

Adjustments to lease-related obligations

     (12,300     (3,312     16,000   

Interest accretion

     525        1,440        996   

Charges against the reserve:

      

Lease-related obligations

     (4,907     (11,088     (15,682

Termination benefits and all other

     (107     (906     (1,466

Balance at end of year

   $ 14,574      $ 31,363      $ 45,229   

The lease-related obligations included in the reserve reflect TJX’s estimation of lease costs, net of estimated assignee/subtenant income, and the cost of probable claims against TJX for liability, as an original lessee and/or guarantor of the leases of A.J. Wright and other former TJX businesses, after mitigation of the number and cost of these lease obligations. TJX decreased this reserve by $12.3 million in fiscal 2015 and $3.3 million in fiscal 2014 and in fiscal 2013, increased the reserve by $16.0 million. In each case these adjustments were required to reflect a change in TJX’s estimate of lease-related obligations and/or assignee/subtenant income. The actual net cost of these lease-related obligations may differ from TJX’s estimate. TJX estimates that the majority of the former operations reserve will be paid in the next two years. The actual timing of cash outflows will vary depending on how the remaining lease obligations are actually settled.

TJX may also be contingently liable on up to ten leases of BJ’s Wholesale Club, a former TJX business, and up to two leases of Bob’s Stores, also a former TJX business, in addition to leases included in the reserve. The reserve for former operations does not reflect these leases because TJX believes that the likelihood of future liability to TJX is remote.

 

F-12


Note D.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relate to the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments, minimum pension and other post-retirement liabilities and cash flow hedge on issued debt, all of which are recorded net of the related income tax effects. The following table details the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013:

 

Amounts in thousands    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Deferred
Benefit Costs
    Cash Flow
Hedge on Debt
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance, January 28, 2012

   $ (24,843   $ (167,732   $      $ (192,575

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of taxes of $1,285)

     6,200                      6,200   

Recognition of net gains/losses on benefit obligations (net of taxes of $27,362)

            (41,043            (41,043

Amortization of prior service cost and deferred gains/losses (net of taxes of $9,350)

            14,026               14,026   

Balance, February 2, 2013

     (18,643     (194,749            (213,392

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of taxes of $41,713)

     (57,926                   (57,926

Recognition of net gains/losses on benefit obligations (net of taxes of $36,856)

            55,285               55,285   

Amortization of deferred benefit costs (net of taxes of $11,001)

            16,501               16,501   

Balance, February 1, 2014

     (76,569     (122,963            (199,532

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of taxes of $56,567)

     (218,700                   (218,700

Recognition of net gains/losses on benefit obligations (net of taxes of $91,941)

            (139,366            (139,366

Loss on cash flow hedge (net of taxes of $3,149)

                   (4,762     (4,762

Amortization of loss on cash flow hedge (net of taxes of $300)

                   452        452   

Amortization of prior service cost and deferred gains/losses (net of taxes of $4,591)

            7,523               7,523   

Balance, January 31, 2015

   $ (295,269   $ (254,806   $ (4,310   $ (554,385

Note E.    Capital Stock and Earnings Per Share

Capital Stock: TJX repurchased and retired 27.7 million shares of its common stock at a cost of $1.7 billion during fiscal 2015, on a “trade date basis.” TJX reflects stock repurchases in its financial statements on a “settlement date” or cash basis. TJX had cash expenditures under repurchase programs of $1.7 billion in fiscal 2015, $1.5 billion in fiscal 2014 and $1.3 billion in fiscal 2013 and repurchased 27.6 million shares in fiscal 2015, 27.3 million shares in fiscal 2014 and 32.0 million shares in fiscal 2013. These expenditures were funded primarily by cash generated from operations. In April 2012, TJX completed the $1 billion stock repurchase program announced in February 2011, in October 2013 TJX completed the $2 billion stock repurchase program announced in February 2012, and in September 2014, TJX completed the $1.5 billion stock repurchase program announced in February 2013. In February 2014, TJX’s Board of Directors announced a stock repurchase program that authorizes the repurchase of up to an additional $2.0 billion of TJX common stock from time to time. Under this program, on a “trade date” basis through January 31, 2015, TJX repurchased 10.8 million shares of common stock at a cost of $685.8 million. At January 31, 2015, $1.3 billion remained available for purchase under this program.

In February 2015, TJX’s Board of Directors announced another stock repurchase program that authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $2 billion of TJX common stock from time to time.

All shares repurchased under the stock repurchase programs have been retired.

TJX has five million shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock, $1 par value.

 

F-13


Earnings Per Share: The following schedule presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for income from continuing operations:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
Amounts in thousands except per share amounts   

January 31,

2015

    

February 1,

2014

    

February 2,

2013

 
     (53 weeks)  

Basic earnings per share:

  

Net income

   $ 2,215,128       $ 2,137,396       $ 1,906,687   

Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic earnings per share calculation

     692,691         713,470         733,588   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 3.20       $ 3.00       $ 2.60   

Diluted earnings per share:

  

Net income

   $ 2,215,128       $ 2,137,396       $ 1,906,687   

Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic earnings per share calculation

     692,691         713,470         733,588   

Assumed exercise / vesting of:

  

Stock options and awards

     10,854         12,906         13,967   

Weighted average common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per share calculation

     703,545         726,376         747,555   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 3.15       $ 2.94       $ 2.55   

The weighted average common shares for the diluted earnings per share calculation excludes the impact of outstanding stock options if the assumed proceeds per share of the option is in excess of the related fiscal period’s average price of TJX’s common stock. Such options are excluded because they would have an antidilutive effect. There were 8.8 million, 4.7 million and 4.9 million such options excluded at the end of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively.

Note F.    Financial Instruments

As a result of its operating and financing activities, TJX is exposed to market risks from changes in interest and foreign currency exchange rates and fuel costs. These market risks may adversely affect TJX’s operating results and financial position. TJX seeks to minimize risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates and fuel costs, to the extent deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. TJX does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes and does not use any leveraged derivative financial instruments. TJX recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statements of financial position and measures those instruments at fair value. The fair values of the derivatives are classified as assets or liabilities, current or non-current, based upon valuation results and settlement dates of the individual contracts. Changes to the fair value of derivative contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in earnings in the period of the change. For derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are either recorded in shareholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income or are recognized currently in earnings, along with an offsetting adjustment against the basis of the item being hedged. TJX does not hedge its net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

Diesel Fuel Contracts: TJX hedges portions of its estimated notional diesel requirements, based on the diesel fuel expected to be consumed by independent freight carriers transporting TJX’s inventory. Independent freight carriers transporting TJX’s inventory charge TJX a mileage surcharge for diesel fuel price increases as incurred by the carrier. The hedge agreements are designed to mitigate the volatility of diesel fuel pricing (and the resulting per mile surcharges payable by TJX) by setting a fixed price per gallon for the period being hedged. During fiscal 2014, TJX entered into agreements to hedge a portion of its estimated notional diesel requirements for fiscal 2015. Similarly, during fiscal 2015, TJX entered into agreements to hedge a portion of its estimated notional diesel requirements for the fiscal year ending January 30, 2016 (“fiscal 2016”). The hedge agreements outstanding at January 31, 2015 relate to approximately 44% of TJX’s estimated notional diesel requirements for fiscal 2016. These diesel fuel hedge agreements will settle throughout fiscal 2016. TJX elected not to apply hedge accounting rules to these contracts.

 

F-14


Foreign Currency Contracts: TJX enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to obtain economic hedges on portions of merchandise purchases made and anticipated to be made by TJX Europe (United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany and Poland), TJX Canada (Canada), Marmaxx (U.S.) and HomeGoods (U.S.) in currencies other than their respective functional currencies. These contracts typically have a term of twelve months or less. The contracts outstanding at January 31, 2015 cover a portion of such actual and anticipated merchandise purchases throughout fiscal 2016. TJX elected not to apply hedge accounting rules to these contracts.

TJX also enters into derivative contracts, generally designated as fair value hedges, to hedge intercompany debt and intercompany interest payable. The changes in fair value of these contracts are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and are offset by marking the underlying item to fair value in the same period. Upon settlement, the realized gains and losses on these contracts are offset by the realized gains and losses of the underlying item in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following is a summary of TJX’s derivative financial instruments, related fair value and balance sheet classification at January 31, 2015:

 

In thousands    Pay      Receive      Blended
Contract
Rate
     Balance Sheet
Location
    Current
Asset
U.S.$
     Current
(Liability)
U.S.$
    Net Fair
Value in
U.S.$ at
January 31,
2015
 

Fair value hedges:

                  

Intercompany balances, primarily debt and related interest

   

               
         zł    94,073         C$ 32,318         0.3435        
 
Prepaid Exp/
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
  $ 153       $ (81   $ 72   
                39,000         £  30,988         0.7946        
 
Prepaid Exp/
(Accrued Exp)
 
  
    2,536         (72     2,464   
                19,850         U.S.$ 22,647         1.1409         Prepaid Exp        108                108   
     U.S.$    83,401         £  55,000         0.6595         (Accrued Exp)                (725     (725

Economic hedges for which hedge accounting was not elected:

   

               

Diesel contracts

    
 
 
Fixed on 1.2M
—1.9M gal per
month
  
  
  
    
 
 
Float on 1.2M
—1.9M gal
per month
  
  
  
     N/A         (Accrued Exp             (15,324     (15,324

Merchandise purchase commitments

  

               
     C$ 322,492         U.S.$ 281,890         0.8741         Prepaid Exp        28,789                28,789   
     C$   13,426              9,500         0.7076         Prepaid Exp        183                183   
     £    77,722         U.S.$ 123,500         1.5890         Prepaid Exp        6,477                6,477   
     zł 139,215         £    25,547         0.1835        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
    1,172         (166     1,006   
       U.S.$   12,590             10,353         0.8223        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
    1         (898     (897

Total fair value of financial instruments

  

                    $ 39,419       $ (17,266   $ 22,153   

 

F-15


The following is a summary of TJX’s derivative financial instruments, related fair value and balance sheet classification at February 1, 2014:

 

In thousands    Pay      Receive      Blended
Contract
Rate
     Balance Sheet
Location
     Current
Asset
U.S.$
     Current
(Liability)
U.S.$
    Net Fair
Value in
U.S.$ at
February 1,
2014
 

Fair value hedges:

                   

Intercompany balances, primarily debt and related interest

   

                
     zł     84,073         C$     29,082         0.3459         (Accrued Exp)       $       $ (348   $ (348
          39,000         £      32,646         0.8371         Prepaid Exp         1,015                1,015   
          44,850         U.S.$     60,827         1.3562         Prepaid Exp         335                335   
     U.S.$     90,309         £      55,000         0.6090         (Accrued Exp)                 (182     (182

Economic hedges for which hedge accounting was not elected:

   

                

Diesel contracts

    
 
 
Fixed on 1.2M
—1.9M gal per
month
  
  
  
    
 
 
Float on 1.2M
—1.9M gal per
month
  
  
  
     N/A         Prepaid Exp         137                137   

Merchandise purchase commitments

  

                
     C$    388,745         U.S.$   365,100         0.9392        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
     16,466         (40     16,426   
     C$      15,202              10,500         0.6907        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
     548         (38     510   
     £     174,102         U.S.$   280,700         1.6123        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
     132         (5,385     (5,253
     zł     113,571         £      22,442         0.1976         Prepaid Exp         984                984   
     U.S.$            442         ¥        2,680         6.0633         Prepaid Exp                          
       U.S.$       12,464                 9,159         0.7348        
 
Prepaid Exp /
(Accrued Exp)
  
  
     2         (114     (112

Total fair value of financial instruments

  

                     $ 19,619       $ (6,107   $ 13,512   

The impact of derivative financial instruments on the statements of income during fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 are as follows:

 

              Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income by Derivative
 
In thousands    Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income by Derivative
   January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 
          (53 weeks)  

Fair value hedges:

         

Intercompany balances, primarily debt and related interest

   Selling, general
and administrative
expenses
   $ 7,413      $ 6,099      $ (7,661

Economic hedges for which hedge accounting was not elected:

         

Diesel contracts

   Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs      (16,050     (1,831     4,261   

Merchandise purchase commitments

   Cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs      41,554        22,338        (2,084

 

 

Gain / (loss) recognized in income

        $ 32,917      $ 26,606      $ (5,484

Included in the table above are realized gains of $24.3 million in fiscal 2015, $10.7 million in fiscal 2014 and gains of $1.2 million in fiscal 2013, all of which were largely offset by gains and losses on the underlying hedged item.

 

F-16


Note G.    Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date or “exit price.” The inputs used to measure fair value are generally classified into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability
Level 3:    Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

The following table sets forth TJX’s financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
     February 2,
2013
 
                   (53 weeks)  

Level 1

        

Assets:

        

Executive Savings Plan investments

   $ 151,936       $ 131,049       $ 101,903   

Level 2

        

Assets:

        

Short-term investments

   $ 282,623       $ 294,702       $ 235,853   

Foreign currency exchange contracts

     39,419         19,482         5,980   

Diesel fuel contracts

             137         3,372   

Liabilities:

        

Foreign currency exchange contracts

   $ 1,942       $ 6,107       $ 11,874   

Diesel fuel contracts

     15,324                   

Investments designed to meet obligations under the Executive Savings Plan are invested in registered investment companies traded in active markets and are recorded at unadjusted quoted prices.

Short-term investments, foreign currency exchange contracts and diesel fuel contracts are valued using broker quotations which include observable market information. TJX’s investments are primarily high-grade commercial paper, institutional money market funds and time deposits with major banks. TJX does not make adjustments to quotes or prices obtained from brokers or pricing services but does assess the credit risk of counterparties and will adjust final valuations when appropriate. Where independent pricing services provide fair values, TJX obtains an understanding of the methods used in pricing. As such, these instruments are classified within Level 2.

The fair value of TJX’s general corporate debt was estimated by obtaining market quotes given the trading levels of other bonds of the same general issuer type and market perceived credit quality. These inputs are considered to be Level 2. The fair value of long-term debt at January 31, 2015 was $1.73 billion compared to a carrying value of $1.62 billion. The fair value of long-term debt at February 1, 2014 was $1.34 billion compared to a carrying value of $1.27 billion. The fair value of long-term debt at February 2, 2013 was $911.0 million compared to a carrying value of $774.6 million. These estimates do not necessarily reflect provisions or restrictions in the various debt agreements that might affect TJX’s ability to settle these obligations.

TJX’s cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments.

Note H.    Segment Information

TJX operates four main business segments. The Marmaxx segment (T.J. Maxx, Marshalls and tjmaxx.com) and the HomeGoods segment both operate in the United States, the TJX Canada segment operates Winners, HomeSense and Marshalls in Canada, and the TJX Europe segment operates T.K. Maxx, HomeSense and tkmaxx.com in Europe. TJX also operates STP, an off-price Internet retailer in the U.S. that operates a small number of stores. The results of STP are included in the Marmaxx segment.

 

F-17


All of TJX’s stores, with the exception of HomeGoods and HomeSense, sell family apparel and home fashions. HomeGoods and HomeSense offer home fashions.

The percentages of our consolidated revenues by major product category for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

       Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
 

Apparel

      

Clothing including footwear

     57     58     59

Jewelry and accessories

     14        14        13   

Home fashions

     29        28        28   

Total

     100     100     100

For fiscal 2015, TJX Canada and TJX Europe accounted for 24% of TJX’s net sales, 19% of segment profit and 23% of consolidated assets.

TJX evaluates the performance of its segments based on “segment profit or loss,” which it defines as pre-tax income or loss before general corporate expense, loss on early extinguishment of debt and interest expense, net. “Segment profit or loss,” as defined by TJX, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities. The terms “segment margin” or “segment profit margin” are used to describe segment profit or loss as a percentage of net sales. These measures of performance should not be considered alternatives to net income or cash flows from operating activities as an indicator of TJX’s performance or as a measure of liquidity.

Presented below is financial information with respect to TJX’s business segments:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands   

January 31,

2015

    

February 1,

2014

    

February 2,

2013

 
     (53 weeks)  

Net sales:

        

In the United States

        

Marmaxx

   $ 18,687,880       $ 17,929,576       $ 17,011,409   

HomeGoods

     3,414,351         2,993,718         2,657,111   

TJX Canada

     2,883,863         2,877,834         2,925,991   

TJX Europe

     4,092,313         3,621,568         3,283,861   
     $ 29,078,407       $ 27,422,696       $ 25,878,372   

Segment profit:

        

In the United States

        

Marmaxx

   $ 2,736,694       $ 2,612,693       $ 2,486,274   

HomeGoods

     463,193         386,541         324,623   

TJX Canada

     393,622         405,363         414,914   

TJX Europe

     337,406         275,453         215,713   
     3,930,915         3,680,050         3,441,524   

General corporate expense

     324,414         329,480         334,998   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     16,830                   

Interest expense, net

     39,787         31,081         29,175   

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 3,549,884       $ 3,319,489       $ 3,077,351   

 

F-18


Business segment information (continued):

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands   

January 31,

2015

    

February 1,

2014

    

February 2,

2013

 
     (53 weeks)  

Identifiable assets:

        

In the United States

        

Marmaxx

   $ 5,014,573       $ 4,700,347       $ 4,569,887   

HomeGoods

     777,214         638,742         569,476   

TJX Canada

     1,020,955         962,101         978,577   

TJX Europe

     1,531,661         1,510,132         1,261,556   

Corporate (1)

     2,783,978         2,389,700         2,132,359   
     $ 11,128,381       $ 10,201,022       $ 9,511,855   

Capital expenditures:

        

In the United States

        

Marmaxx

   $ 445,041       $ 551,839       $ 590,307   

HomeGoods

     148,354         99,828         90,291   

TJX Canada

     100,779         104,888         132,874   

TJX Europe

     217,348         190,123         164,756   
     $ 911,522       $ 946,678       $ 978,228   

Depreciation and amortization:

        

In the United States

        

Marmaxx

   $ 340,830       $ 318,414       $ 293,820   

HomeGoods

     54,867         47,176         47,915   

TJX Canada

     66,141         66,295         64,810   

TJX Europe

     123,547         114,651         99,487   

Corporate (2)

     3,590         2,287         2,897   
     $ 588,975       $ 548,823       $ 508,929   

 

(1) Corporate identifiable assets consist primarily of cash, receivables, prepaid insurance, the trust assets in connection with the Executive Savings Plan and deferred taxes. Consolidated cash, including cash held in our foreign entities, is included with Corporate assets for consistency with the reporting of cash for our segments in the U.S.
(2) Includes debt discount accretion and debt expense amortization.

Note I.    Stock Incentive Plan

TJX has a Stock Incentive Plan under which options and other share-based awards may be granted to its directors, officers and key employees. This plan has been approved by TJX’s shareholders, and all share-based compensation awards are made under this plan. The Stock Incentive Plan, as amended with shareholder approval, has provided for the issuance of up to 347.8 million shares with 40.4 million shares available for future grants as of January 31, 2015. TJX issues shares under the plan from authorized but unissued common stock.

As of January 31, 2015, there was $124.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.

Options for the purchase of common stock are granted with an exercise price that is 100% of market price on the grant date, generally vest in thirds over a three-year period starting one year after the grant, and have a ten-year maximum term. When options are granted with other vesting terms (as in fiscal 2014, when certain options granted that year vested in full on the first anniversary of the grant date), such information is incorporated into the valuation.

 

F-19


The fair value of options is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
       January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.79     1.42     0.70

Dividend yield

     1.2     1.0     1.0

Expected volatility factor

     24.2     25.9     29.0

Expected option life in years

     4.5        4.4        4.5   

Weighted average fair value of options issued

   $ 12.00      $ 11.92      $ 10.28   

The risk-free interest rate is for periods within the contractual life of the option based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. We use historical data to estimate option exercises, employee termination behavior and dividend yield within the valuation model. Expected volatility is based on a combination of implied volatility from traded options on our stock, and historical volatility during a term approximating the expected life of the option granted. The expected option life represents an estimate of the period of time options are expected to remain outstanding based upon historical exercise trends. Employee groups and option characteristics are considered separately for valuation purposes when applicable.

Stock Options: A summary of the status of TJX’s stock options and related weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) is presented below (shares in thousands):

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
     January 31, 2015      February 1, 2014      February 2, 2013  
       Options     WAEP      Options     WAEP      Options     WAEP  
           (53 weeks)   

Outstanding at beginning of year

     32,628      $ 28.30         36,620      $ 22.31         40,944      $ 18.27   

Granted

     4,849        59.70         4,742        56.71         4,951        45.09   

Exercised

     (6,981     20.39         (8,258     17.71         (8,385     15.90   

Forfeitures

     (418     48.76         (476     34.74         (890     23.35   

Outstanding at end of year

     30,078      $ 34.91         32,628      $ 28.30         36,620      $ 22.31   

Options exercisable at end of year

     21,001      $ 25.75         22,473      $ 20.19         24,050      $ 17.02   

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $286.3 million in fiscal 2015, $289.8 million in fiscal 2014 and $223.8 million in fiscal 2013.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding that were expected to vest and stock options outstanding that were exercisable as of January 31, 2015:

 

Shares in thousands    Shares      Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract Life
     WAEP  

Options outstanding expected to vest

     8,354       $ 81,276         9.0 years       $ 56.21   

Options exercisable

     21,001       $ 843,971         5.3 years       $ 25.75   

Total outstanding options vested and expected to vest

     29,355       $ 925,247         6.3 years       $ 34.42   

Options outstanding expected to vest represents total unvested options of 9.0 million adjusted for anticipated forfeitures.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Deferred Stock Awards: TJX grants performance-based restricted stock and performance-based deferred stock awards (collectively, “performance-based stock awards”) under the Stock Incentive Plan. These awards are granted without a purchase price to the recipient and are subject to vesting conditions, including specified performance criteria aligned with management incentive plans for a period generally of one to three years. The grant date fair value of the awards is charged to income over the requisite service period during which the recipient must remain employed. The fair value of the awards is determined at date of grant in accordance with ASC Topic 718 and assumes that performance goals will be achieved. If such goals are not met, or only partially met, awards and related compensation costs recognized are reduced on a pro rata basis.

 

F-20


A summary of the status of our nonvested performance-based stock awards and changes during fiscal 2015 is presented below:

 

Shares in thousands   

Restricted
and

Deferred
Awards

    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at beginning of year

     1,806      $ 41.85   

Granted

     718        62.85   

Vested

     (654     32.68   

Forfeited

     (60     51.81   

 

 

Nonvested at end of year

     1,810      $ 53.16   

 

 

There were 717,500 shares of performance-based stock awards, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $62.85, granted in fiscal 2015, 743,576 shares of performance-based stock awards, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $51.02, granted in fiscal 2014, and 730,500 shares of performance-based stock awards, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $41.74, granted in fiscal 2013. The fair value of performance-based stock awards that vested was $21.4 million in fiscal 2015, $14.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $9.7 million in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013, TJX also awarded 281,076 shares of performance-based restricted stock which were not recognized under ASC Topic 718 as granted during fiscal 2013 because all of the applicable performance terms had not been established during the fiscal year. These shares were recognized as having been granted in fiscal 2014.

Other Awards: TJX also awards deferred shares to its outside directors under the Stock Incentive Plan. The outside directors are awarded two annual deferred share awards, each representing shares of TJX common stock valued at $70,000. One award vests immediately and is payable, with accumulated dividends, in stock at the earlier of separation from service as a director or a change of control. The second award vests based on service as a director until the annual meeting that follows the award and is payable, with accumulated dividends, in stock following the vesting date, unless an irrevocable advance election is made whereby it is payable at the same time as the first award. As of the end of fiscal 2015, a total of 283,802 of these deferred shares were outstanding under the plan.

Note J.    Pension Plans and Other Retirement Benefits

Pension: TJX has a funded defined benefit retirement plan that covers a majority of its full-time U.S. employees hired prior to February 1, 2006. No employee contributions are required, or permitted, and benefits are based principally on compensation earned in each year of service. TJX’s funded defined benefit retirement plan assets are invested in domestic and international equity and fixed income securities, both directly and through investment funds. The plan does not invest in TJX securities. TJX also has an unfunded supplemental retirement plan that covers certain key employees and provides additional retirement benefits based on final average compensation for certain of those employees (the primary benefit) or, alternatively, based on benefits that would be provided under the funded retirement plan absent Internal Revenue Code limitations (the alternative benefit).

Presented below is financial information relating to TJX’s funded defined benefit pension plan (qualified pension plan or funded plan) and its unfunded supplemental pension plan (unfunded plan) for the fiscal years indicated:

 

      

Funded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

   

Unfunded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

 
In thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 996,968      $ 1,018,712      $ 59,566      $ 61,033   

Service cost

     40,481        44,623        1,398        1,716   

Interest cost

     49,522        44,654        3,001        2,447   

Actuarial losses (gains)

     251,144        (84,970     19,552        (2,925

Benefits paid

     (28,348     (23,431     (1,279     (2,705

Expenses paid

     (2,945     (2,620              

Plan amendment

     3,067                        

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,309,889      $ 996,968      $ 82,238      $ 59,566   

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,203,464      $ 921,723      $ 68,591      $ 49,957   

 

F-21


      

Funded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

   

Unfunded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

 
In thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 944,801      $ 876,083      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     107,240        64,769                 

Employer contribution

     150,000        30,000        1,279        2,705   

Benefits paid

     (28,348     (23,431     (1,279     (2,705

Expenses paid

     (2,945     (2,620              

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 1,170,748      $ 944,801      $      $   

Reconciliation of funded status:

        

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,309,889      $ 996,968      $ 82,238      $ 59,566   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     1,170,748        944,801                 

Funded status – excess obligation

   $ 139,141      $ 52,167      $ 82,238      $ 59,566   

Net liability recognized on consolidated balance sheets

   $ 139,141      $ 52,167      $ 82,238      $ 59,566   

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Plan amendment

   $ 3,067      $      $      $ 2   

Accumulated actuarial losses

     401,165        205,923        29,198        11,792   

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 404,232      $ 205,923      $ 29,198      $ 11,794   

The consolidated balance sheets reflect the funded status of the plans with any unrecognized prior service cost and actuarial gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The combined net accrued liability of $221.4 million at January 31, 2015 is reflected on the balance sheet as of that date as a current liability of $3.5 million and a long-term liability of $217.9 million.

The combined net accrued liability of $111.7 million at February 1, 2014 is reflected on the balance sheet as of that date as a current liability of $3.4 million and a long-term liability of $108.3 million.

The estimated prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal 2016 for the funded plan is $377,000. The estimated net actuarial loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal 2016 is $33.8 million for the funded plan and $5.2 million for the unfunded plan.

The Society of Actuaries recently issued new mortality tables projecting longer life expectancies that will result in higher postretirement benefit obligations for U.S. companies. We updated our mortality assumptions at January 31, 2015. The new mortality assumptions increased our funded plan’s benefit obligation by $59 million and the unfunded plan’s benefit obligation by $4 million at January 31, 2015. Both of these amounts are included in actuarial gains/losses presented in the change in the projected benefit obligation. Additional actuarial losses for fiscal 2015 are primarily due to the reduction in discount rate.

TJX determined the assumed discount rate using the BOND: Link model in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. TJX uses the BOND: Link model as this model allows for the selection of specific bonds resulting in better matches in timing of the plans’ expected cash flows. Presented below are weighted average assumptions for measurement purposes for determining the obligation at the year-end measurement date:

 

      

Funded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

   

Unfunded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

 
       January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
 

Discount rate

     4.00     5.00     3.70     4.80

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00     4.00     6.00     6.00

 

F-22


TJX made aggregate cash contributions of $151.3 million in fiscal 2015, $32.7 million in fiscal 2014 and $77.8 million in fiscal 2013 to the funded plan and to fund current benefit and expense payments under the unfunded plan. TJX’s policy with respect to the funded plan is to fund, at a minimum, the amount required to maintain a funded status of 80% of the applicable pension liability (the Funding Target pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code section 430) or such other amount as is sufficient to avoid restrictions with respect to the funding of nonqualified plans under the Internal Revenue Code. We do not anticipate any required funding in fiscal 2016 for the funded plan. We anticipate making contributions of $3.3 million to provide current benefits coming due under the unfunded plan in fiscal 2016.

The following are the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income related to our pension plans:

 

      

Funded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

   

Unfunded Plan

Fiscal Year Ended

 
Dollars in thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 
     (53 weeks)     (53 weeks)  

Net periodic pension cost:

            

Service cost

   $ 40,481      $ 44,623      $ 41,813      $ 1,398      $ 1,716      $ 1,448   

Interest cost

     49,522        44,654        42,029        3,001        2,447        2,321   

Expected return on plan assets

     (65,187     (60,474     (54,759                     

Amortization of prior service cost

                          2        3        3   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     13,848        28,070        25,373        2,146        2,884        1,465   

Expense related to current period

     38,664        56,873        54,456        6,547        7,050        5,237   

Correction of prior years pension accruals

                   26,964                        

Total expense

   $ 38,664      $ 56,873      $ 81,420      $ 6,547      $ 7,050      $ 5,237   

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

          

Net (gain) loss

   $ 209,091      $ (89,265   $ 61,692      $ 19,552      $ (2,925   $ 6,666   

Amortization of net (loss)

     (13,848     (28,070     (25,373     (2,146     (2,884     (1,465

Plan amendment

     3,067                      (2     (3     (3

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ 198,310      $ (117,335   $ 36,319      $ 17,404      $ (5,812   $ 5,198   

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

   $ 236,974      $ (60,462   $ 117,739      $ 23,951      $ 1,238      $ 10,435   

Weighted average assumptions for expense purposes:

          

Discount rate

     5.00%        4.40%        4.80%        4.80%        4.00%        4.40%   

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     7.00%        7.00%        7.40%        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Rate of compensation increase

     4.00%        4.00%        4.00%        6.00%        6.00%        6.00%   

The rate of compensation increase presented for the unfunded plan (for measurement purposes and expense purposes) is the rate assumed for participants eligible for the primary benefit. The assumed rate of compensation increase for participants eligible for the alternative benefit under the unfunded plan is the same rate as assumed for the funded plan.

During fiscal 2013, TJX recorded an adjustment to its pension accrual to correct an understatement related to a computational error that commenced in fiscal 2008. The cumulative impact through fiscal 2012 of correcting for the error resulted in incremental pension expense of $27.0 million and an increase in the projected benefit obligation of $33.8 million. Management evaluated the impact of correcting the error in fiscal 2013 and determined that there was no material impact on that year, or the prior year financial statements as reported.

TJX develops its long-term rate of return assumption by evaluating input from professional advisors taking into account the asset allocation of the portfolio and long-term asset class return expectations, as well as long-term inflation assumptions.

 

F-23


The unrecognized gains and losses in excess of 10% of the projected benefit obligation are amortized over the average remaining service life of participants.

The following is a schedule of the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter:

 

In thousands   

Funded Plan

Expected Benefit Payments

    

Unfunded Plan

Expected Benefit Payments

 

Fiscal Year

     

2016

   $ 30,120       $ 3,252   

2017

     33,387         6,543   

2018

     37,166         6,658   

2019

     41,199         6,978   

2020

     45,375         7,396   

2021 through 2025

     294,930         31,804   

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy (See Note G) for pension assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 31, 2015:

 

       Funded Plan  
In thousands    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Asset category:

           

Short-term investments

   $ 136,276       $       $       $ 136,276   

Equity Securities:

           

Domestic equity

     77,373                         77,373   

International equity

     157,392                         157,392   

Fixed Income Securities:

           

Corporate and government bond funds

             300,761                 300,761   

Common/Collective Trusts

             485,619         8,283         493,902   

Limited Partnerships

                     5,044         5,044   

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 371,041       $ 786,380       $ 13,327       $ 1,170,748   

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for pension assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 1, 2014:

 

       Funded Plan  
In thousands    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Asset category:

           

Short-term investments

   $ 57,217       $       $       $ 57,217   

Equity Securities:

           

Domestic equity

     74,415                         74,415   

International equity

     150,149                         150,149   

Fixed Income Securities:

           

Corporate and government bond funds

             214,954                 214,954   

Common/Collective Trusts

             429,932         10,421         440,353   

Limited Partnerships

                     7,713         7,713   

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 281,781       $ 644,886       $ 18,134       $ 944,801   

 

F-24


The following table presents a reconciliation of Level 3 plan assets measured at fair value for the years ended January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014:

 

In thousands    Common/Collective Trusts     Limited Partnerships  

Balance as of February 2, 2013

   $ 13,158      $ 11,064   

Earned income, net of management expenses

     671        312   

Unrealized gain on investment

     676        507   

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

     (4,084     (4,170

Balance as of February 1, 2014

   $ 10,421      $ 7,713   

Earned income, net of management expenses

     557        786   

Unrealized gain on investment

     51        76   

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

     (2,746     (3,531

Balance as of January 31, 2015

   $ 8,283      $ 5,044   

Pension plan assets are reported at fair value. Investments in equity securities traded on a national securities exchange are valued at the composite close price, as reported in the Wall Street Journal, as of the financial statement date. This information is provided by the independent pricing sources.

Short-term investments are primarily cash related to funding of the plan which had yet to be invested as of balance sheet dates.

Certain corporate and government bonds are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the bond is traded. Other bonds are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the bond is valued under a discounted cash flow approach that maximizes observable inputs, such as current yields of similar instruments, but includes adjustments for certain risks that may not be observable, such as credit and liquidity risks. All bonds are priced by independent pricing sources.

The investments in the limited partnerships are stated at the fair value of the plan’s partnership interest based on information supplied by the partnerships as compared to financial statements of the limited partnership or other fair value information as determined by management. Any cash equivalents or short-term investments are stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fair value of the investments in the common/collective trusts is determined based on net asset value as reported by their fund managers.

The following is a summary of TJX’s target allocation for plan assets along with the actual allocation of plan assets as of the valuation date for the fiscal years presented:

 

               

Actual Allocation for

Fiscal Year Ended

 
       Target Allocation      January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
 

Equity securities

     50%         44%         51%   

Fixed income

     50%         45%         44%   

All other – primarily cash

             11%         5%   

TJX employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments is used to seek to maximize the long-term return on plan assets with a prudent level of risk. Risks are sought to be mitigated through asset diversification and the use of multiple investment managers. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements and periodic asset/liability studies.

TJX also sponsors an employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all eligible U.S. employees and a similar type of plan for eligible employees in Puerto Rico. Assets under the plans totaled $1,275.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and $1,137.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and are invested in a variety of funds. Employees may contribute up to 50% of eligible pay, subject to limitation. TJX matches employee contributions, up to 5% of eligible pay, including a basic match at rates between 25% and 75% (based upon date of hire and other eligibility criteria) plus a discretionary match, generally up to 25%, based on TJX’s performance. Eligible employees are automatically enrolled in the U.S. plan at a 2% deferral rate, unless the employee elects otherwise. TJX

 

F-25


contributed $31.2 million in fiscal 2015, $29.7 million in fiscal 2014 and $16.1 million in fiscal 2013 to these employee savings plans. Employees cannot invest their contributions in the TJX stock fund option in the plans, and may elect to invest no more than 50% of TJX’s contribution in the TJX stock fund. The TJX stock fund represents 7.4% at December 31, 2014, 8.3% of plan investments at December 31, 2013, and 7.2% of plan investments at December 31, 2012. TJX also maintained a 401(k) plan for eligible associates of Sierra Trading Post through December 31, 2013. All assets under this plan (which totaled $13.4 million) were transferred to the TJX 401(k) plan as of January 1, 2014.

TJX also has a nonqualified savings plan (the Executive Savings Plan) for certain U.S. employees. TJX matches employee deferrals at various rates which amounted to $3.5 million in fiscal 2015, $2.4 million in fiscal 2014 and $4.0 million in fiscal 2013. Although the plan is unfunded, in order to help meet its future obligations TJX transfers an amount generally equal to employee deferrals and the related company match to a separate “rabbi” trust. The trust assets, which are invested in a variety of mutual funds, are included in other assets on the balance sheets.

In addition to the plans described above, TJX also maintains retirement/deferred savings plans for eligible associates at its foreign subsidiaries. We contributed $9.3 million for these plans in fiscal 2015, $8.1 million in fiscal 2014 and $7.1 million in fiscal 2013.

Multiemployer Pension Plans: TJX contributes to certain multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. TJX contributed $11.5 million in fiscal 2015, $11.5 million in fiscal 2014 and $10.9 million in fiscal 2013 to the National Retirement Fund (EIN #13-6130178) and was listed in the plan’s Form 5500 as providing more than 5% of the total contributions for the plan year ending December 31, 2013. Based on information TJX received from the plan, the Pension Protection Act Zone Status of the National Retirement Fund is Critical and a rehabilitation plan has been implemented.

The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans are different from the risks of single-employer pension plans in certain respects, including the following: (a) assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers; (b) if a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers; (c) if we cease to have an obligation to contribute to a multiemployer plan in which we had been a contributing employer, we may be required to pay to the plan an amount based on our allocable share of the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

Postretirement Medical: TJX has a postretirement medical plan that provides limited postretirement medical benefits to retirees who are eligible for the defined benefit plan and who retired at age 55 or older with ten or more years of service. During fiscal 2006, TJX eliminated this benefit for all active associates and modified the benefit that was offered to retirees enrolled in the plan at that time.

TJX paid $174,000 of benefits in fiscal 2015 and will pay similar amounts over the next several years. The postretirement medical liability as of January 31, 2015 is estimated at $1.1 million, which is reflected on the balance sheet as a current liability of $167,000 and a long-term liability of $932,000.

The amendment to plan benefits in fiscal 2006 resulted in a negative plan amendment of $46.8 million which is being amortized into income over the average remaining life of the active plan participants. The unamortized balance of $9.4 million as of January 31, 2015 is included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of which approximately $3.5 million will be amortized into income in fiscal 2016. During fiscal 2015, there was a pre-tax net benefit of $3.5 million reflected in the consolidated statements of income as it relates to this postretirement medical plan.

 

F-26


Note K.    Long-Term Debt and Credit Lines

The table below presents long-term debt, exclusive of current installments, as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014. All amounts are net of unamortized debt discounts.

 

In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
 

General corporate debt:

     

4.20% senior unsecured notes, redeemed on July 8, 2014 (effective interest rate of 4.20% after reduction of unamortized debt discount of $8 in fiscal 2014)

   $       $ 399,992   

6.95% senior unsecured notes, maturing April 15, 2019 (effective interest rate of 6.98% after reduction of unamortized debt discount of $294 and $364 in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     374,706         374,636   

2.50% senior unsecured notes, maturing May 15, 2023 (effective interest rate of 2.51% after reduction of unamortized debt discount of $367 and $412 in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively)

     499,633         499,588   

2.75% senior unsecured notes, maturing June 15, 2021 (effective interest rate of 2.76% after reduction of unamortized debt discount of $475 in fiscal 2015)

     749,525           

Long-term debt

   $ 1,623,864       $ 1,274,216   

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt, exclusive of current installments at January 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

In thousands    Long-Term
Debt
 

Fiscal Year

  

2017

   $   

2018

       

2019

       

2020

     375,000   

Later years

     1,250,000   

Less amount representing unamortized debt discount

     (1,136

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt

   $ 1,623,864   

At January 31, 2015, TJX had outstanding $750 million aggregate principal amount of 2.75% seven-year notes, due June 2021. TJX entered into rate-lock agreements to hedge the underlying treasury rate of all of the 2.75% notes prior to their issuance. The agreements were accounted for as cash flow hedges and the pre-tax realized loss of $7.9 million was recorded as a component of other comprehensive income and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes, resulting in an effective fixed interest rate of 2.91%. On July 8, 2014 TJX used a portion of the proceeds of the 2.75% seven-year notes to redeem the 4.20% notes and recorded a pre-tax loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $16.8 million, which includes $16.4 million of redemption premium and $0.4 million to write off unamortized debt expenses and discount.

At January 31, 2015, TJX also had outstanding $500 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% ten-year notes due May 2023 and $375 million aggregate principal amount of 6.95% ten-year notes due April 2019. TJX entered into rate-lock agreements to hedge the underlying treasury rate of $250 million of the 2.50% notes and all of the 6.95% notes. The costs of these agreements are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the respective notes, resulting in an effective fixed interest rate of 2.57% for the 2.50% notes and 7.00% for the 6.95% notes.

At January 31, 2015, TJX had two $500 million revolving credit facilities, one which matures in June 2017 and one which matures in May 2016. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 and during the years then ended, there were no amounts outstanding under these facilities. At January 31, 2015 the agreements require quarterly payments on the unused committed amounts of 8.0 basis points for the agreement maturing in 2017 and 12.5 basis points for the agreement maturing in 2016. These rates are based on the credit ratings of TJX’s long-term debt and would vary with specified changes in the credit ratings. These agreements have no compensating balance requirements and have various covenants. Each of these facilities requires TJX to maintain a ratio of funded debt and four-times consolidated rentals to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, consolidated rentals, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDAR”) of not more that 2.75 to 1.00 on a rolling four-quarter basis. TJX was in compliance with all covenants related to its credit facilities at the end of all periods presented.

 

F-27


As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, TJX’s foreign subsidiaries had uncommitted credit facilities. TJX Canada had two credit lines, a C$10 million facility for operating expenses and a C$10 million letter of credit facility. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and during the years then ended there were no amounts outstanding on the Canadian credit line for operating expenses. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, TJX Europe had a credit line of £ 20 million. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and during the years then ended there were no amounts outstanding on this U.K. credit line.

Note L.    Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, components of income before income taxes are as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
     February 2,
2013
 
     (53 weeks)  

United States

   $ 2,943,745       $ 2,746,925       $ 2,517,696   

Foreign

     606,139         572,564         559,655   

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 3,549,884       $ 3,319,489       $ 3,077,351   

The provision for income taxes includes the following:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 
     (53 weeks)  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ 896,672       $ 815,811      $ 842,149   

State

     180,616         177,009        162,200   

Foreign

     155,398         136,626        153,083   

Deferred:

       

Federal

     87,057         73,206        22,394   

State

     14,231         5,928        1,583   

Foreign

     782         (26,487     (10,745

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,334,756       $ 1,182,093      $ 1,170,664   

 

F-28


TJX had net deferred tax (liabilities) assets as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands   

January 31,

2015

    February 1,
2014
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 18,305      $ 25,711   

Reserves for lease obligations and computer intrusion

     16,242        29,108   

Pension, stock compensation, postretirement and employee benefits

     351,171        280,381   

Leases

     47,464        43,966   

Other

     74,451        66,984   

Total gross deferred tax assets

     507,633        446,150   

Valuation allowance

     (5,122     (4,359

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 502,511      $ 441,791   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 474,179      $ 432,262   

Capitalized inventory

     50,536        48,612   

Tradename/intangibles

     47,443        45,528   

Undistributed foreign earnings

     181,822        217,916   

Other

     8,884        10,397   

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 762,864      $ 754,715   

Net deferred tax (liability)

   $ (260,353   $ (312,924

Current asset

   $ 137,617      $ 101,639   

Non-current asset

     24,546        31,508   

Non-current liability

     (422,516     (446,071

Total

   $ (260,353   $ (312,924

TJX has provided for deferred U.S. taxes on all undistributed earnings through January 31, 2015 from its subsidiaries in Canada, Puerto Rico, Italy, India, Hong Kong, and Australia. For all other foreign subsidiaries, no income taxes have been provided on the approximately $566.6 million of undistributed earnings as of January 31, 2015 because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the business. A determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable because of the complexities associated with the hypothetical calculations.

As of January 31, 2015, TJX had available for state income tax purposes net operating loss carryforwards of $61.5 million which expire, if unused, in the years 2016 through 2034. As of February 1, 2014, TJX had available for state income tax purposes net operating loss carryforwards of $35.9 million. TJX has analyzed the realization of the state net operating loss carryforwards on an individual state basis. For those states where the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized, a valuation allowance of $5.1 million has been provided for the deferred tax asset as of January 31, 2015, and $4.4 million as of February 1, 2014.

As of January 31, 2015, TJX had available for foreign income tax purposes (primarily related to Germany and Poland) net operating loss carryforwards of $48.3 million, of which $2.8 million will expire, if unused, in the years 2016 through 2018. The remaining loss carryforwards do not expire. As of February 1, 2014, TJX had available for foreign income tax purposes (primarily related to Germany and Poland) net operating loss carryforwards of $77.1 million.

 

F-29


The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and TJX’s worldwide effective income tax rate is reconciled below:

 

   

   Fiscal Year Ended  
       January 31,            
2015             
    February 1,            
2014             
    February 2,            
2013             
 
                 (53 weeks)              

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Effective state income tax rate

     3.6        3.6        3.5   

Impact of foreign operations

     (0.9     (0.8     (0.3

All other

     (0.1     (2.2     (0.2

Worldwide effective income tax rate

     37.6     35.6     38.0

TJX’s effective income tax rate increased for fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to the impact of last year’s tax benefits of approximately $80 million, primarily due to a reduction in our reserve for uncertain tax positions as a result of settlements with state taxing authorities and the reversal of valuation allowances against foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

TJX had net unrecognized tax benefits (net of federal benefit on state issues) of $32.7 million as of January 31, 2015, $26.2 million as of February 1, 2014 and $125.3 million as of February 2, 2013.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands   

January 31,

2015

   

February 1,

2014

   

February 2,

2013

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 48,680      $ 148,777      $ 144,505   

Additions for uncertain tax positions taken in current year

     4,771        4,212        1,949   

Additions for uncertain tax positions taken in prior years

     5,278        5,096        3,009   

Reductions for uncertain tax positions taken in prior years

     (2,747     (69,292       

Reductions resulting from lapse of statute of limitations

            (317     (129

Settlements with tax authorities

     (363     (39,796     (557

Balance at end of year

   $ 55,619      $ 48,680      $ 148,777   

Included in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits are items that will impact future effective tax rates upon recognition. These items amounted to $34.8 million as of January 31, 2015, $27.8 million as of February 1, 2014 and $129.0 million as of February 2, 2013.

TJX is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state, local and foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S., fiscal years through 2010 are no longer subject to examination. In Canada, the fiscal years through 2006 are no longer subject to examination. In all other jurisdictions, the tax years through fiscal 2006 are no longer subject to examination.

TJX’s accounting policy is to classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters as part of income tax expense. The amount of interest and penalties expensed was $1.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2015, $4.0 million for the year ended February 1, 2014 and $4.7 million for the year ended February 2, 2013. The accrued amounts for interest and penalties are $10.1 million as of January 31, 2015, $8.1 million as of February 1, 2014 and $38.6 million as of February 2, 2013.

Based on the final resolution of tax examinations, judicial or administrative proceedings, changes in facts or law, expirations of statute of limitations in specific jurisdictions or other resolutions of, or changes in, tax positions, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits for certain tax positions taken on previously filed tax returns may change materially from those represented on the financial statements as of January 31, 2015. During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that such circumstances may occur that would have a material effect on previously unrecognized tax benefits. As a result, the total net amount of unrecognized tax benefits may decrease, which would reduce the provision for taxes on earnings by a range estimated at $0 million to $14.4 million.

 

F-30


Note M.    Commitments

TJX is committed under long-term leases related to its continuing operations for the rental of real estate and fixtures and equipment. Most of TJX’s leases are store operating leases with ten-year terms and options to extend for one or more five-year periods in the U.S. and Canada and ten to fifteen year terms in Europe, some of which have options to extend. Many of the Company’s leases contain escalation clauses and we have the right to terminate some of the leases before the expiration date under specified circumstances and some with specified payments. In addition, TJX is generally required to pay insurance, real estate taxes and other operating expenses including, in some cases, rentals based on a percentage of sales. These expenses in the aggregate were approximately one-third of the total minimum rent in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 and are not included in the table below.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for continuing operations as of January 31, 2015:

 

In thousands    Operating
Leases
 

Fiscal Year

  

2016

   $ 1,303,196   

2017

     1,198,498   

2018

     1,055,838   

2019

     924,690   

2020

     778,074   

Later years

     2,348,705   

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 7,609,001   

Rental expense under operating leases for continuing operations amounted to $1,321.6 million for fiscal 2015, $1,238.2 million for fiscal 2014 and $1,171.6 million for fiscal 2013. Rental expense includes contingent rent and is reported net of sublease income. Contingent rent paid was $15.2 million in fiscal 2015, $15.7 million in fiscal 2014 and $15.0 million in fiscal 2013. Sublease income was $0.8 million in fiscal 2015, $0.9 million in fiscal 2014 and in fiscal 2013. The total net present value of TJX’s minimum operating lease obligations approximated $6,499.2 million as of January 31, 2015.

We have entered into a lease agreement for the construction and occupancy of a new home office facility in Canada. We are deemed the owner of the construction project for accounting purposes and therefore the construction costs incurred to date by the lessor of $60.7 million are included as a construction in progress asset along with a related liability of the same amount on our balance sheet. The asset is included in “land and buildings” and the liability is included in “other long-term liabilities.” Upon completion of the project, a sale-leaseback analysis is performed to determine if the Company can record a sale to remove the assets and related obligation and record the lease as either an operating or capital lease obligation. If the Company is precluded from derecognizing the assets when construction is complete due to continuing involvement beyond a normal leaseback, the lease is accounted for as a financing transaction and the recorded asset and related financing obligation remain on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Accordingly, the asset is depreciated over its estimated useful life in accordance with the Company’s policy and a portion of the lease payments is allocated to ground rent and treated as an operating lease. The portion of the lease payment allocated to ground rental expense is based on the fair value of the land at the commencement of construction. Lease payments allocated to the building are recognized as reductions to the financing obligation and interest expense. This transaction is disclosed in supplemental cash flow information as a non-cash investing and financing activity.

TJX had outstanding letters of credit totaling $42.9 million as of January 31, 2015 and $55.3 million as of February 1, 2014. Letters of credit are issued by TJX primarily for the purchase of inventory.

 

F-31


Note N.    Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities, Current and Long Term

The major components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities are as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
 

Employee compensation and benefits, current

   $ 470,887       $ 479,003   

Computer Intrusion reserve

     7,616         12,854   

Reserve for former operations, short term

     6,965         14,586   

Rent, utilities and occupancy, including real estate taxes

     205,819         179,953   

Merchandise credits and gift certificates

     274,557         246,438   

Insurance

     38,514         34,364   

Sales tax collections and V.A.T. taxes

     118,821         102,572   

All other current liabilities

     672,943         612,064   

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 1,796,122       $ 1,681,834   

All other current liabilities include accruals for advertising, property additions, dividends, freight, interest, reserve for sales returns, expense payables, purchased services and other items, each of which is individually less than 5% of current liabilities.

The major components of other long-term liabilities are as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
     February 1,
2014
 

Employee compensation and benefits, long term

   $ 460,086       $ 334,847   

Reserve for former operations, long term

     7,609         16,777   

Accrued rent

     203,216         195,586   

Landlord allowances

     97,861         106,151   

Tax reserve, long term

     28,088         50,227   

Financing lease obligation

     60,733           

All other long-term liabilities

     30,544         29,411   

Other long-term liabilities

   $ 888,137       $ 732,999   

Note O.    Contingent Obligations and Contingencies

Contingent Obligations: TJX has contingent obligations on leases, for which it was a lessee or guarantor, which were assigned to third parties without TJX being released by the landlords. Over many years, TJX has assigned numerous leases that we originally leased or guaranteed to a significant number of third parties. With the exception of leases of former businesses for which TJX has reserved, we have rarely had a claim with respect to assigned leases, and accordingly, we do not expect that such leases will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. TJX does not generally have sufficient information about these leases to estimate our potential contingent obligations under them, which could be triggered in the event that one or more of the current tenants does not fulfill their obligations related to one or more of these leases.

TJX also has contingent obligations in connection with certain assigned or sublet properties that TJX is able to estimate. We estimate that the undiscounted obligations of (i) leases of former operations not included in our reserve for former operations and (ii) properties of our former operations if the subtenants do not fulfill their obligations, are approximately $69 million as of January 31, 2015. We believe that most or all of these contingent obligations will not revert to us and, to the extent they do, will be resolved for substantially less due to mitigating factors including our expectation to further sublet.

TJX is a party to various agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to breach of warranty or losses related to such matters as title to assets sold, specified environmental matters or certain income taxes. These obligations are typically limited in time and amount. There are no amounts reflected in our balance sheets with respect to these contingent obligations.

 

F-32


Contingencies: TJX is subject to certain legal proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. In addition, TJX is a defendant in several lawsuits filed in federal and state courts brought as putative class or collective actions on behalf of various groups of current and former salaried and hourly associates in the U.S. The lawsuits allege violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and of state wage and hour and other labor statutes, including alleged misclassification of positions as exempt from overtime, alleged entitlement to additional wages for alleged off-the-clock work by hourly employees and alleged failure to pay all wages due upon termination. The lawsuits are in various procedural stages and seek unspecified monetary damages, injunctive relief and attorneys’ fees. At this time, TJX is not able to predict the outcome of these lawsuits or the amount of any loss that may arise from them.

Note P.    Supplemental Cash Flows Information

The cash flows required to satisfy obligations of former operations discussed in Note C are classified as a reduction in cash provided by operating activities. There are no remaining operating activities relating to these operations.

TJX’s cash payments for interest and income taxes and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended  
In thousands    January 31,
2015
    February 1,
2014
    February 2,
2013
 
     (53 weeks)  

Cash paid for:

      

Interest on debt

   $ 66,265      $ 52,196      $ 45,653   

Income taxes

     1,091,128        1,240,377        971,732   

Changes in accrued expenses due to:

      

Dividends payable

   $ 17,377      $ 19,380      $ 12,291   

Property additions

     8,254        (6,432     33,615   

Non-cash investing and financing activity:

      

Construction in progress

   $ (60,733   $      $   

Financing lease obligation

     60,733                 

Note Q.    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Presented below is selected quarterly consolidated financial data for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 which was prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein on a consistent basis.

 

In thousands except per share amounts   

First

Quarter

     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
 

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

           

Net sales

   $ 6,491,176       $ 6,917,212       $ 7,366,066       $ 8,303,953   

Gross earnings (1)

     1,813,176         1,981,356         2,162,437         2,344,916   

Net income

     454,317         517,624         594,957         648,230   

Basic earnings per share

     0.65         0.75         0.86         0.95   

Diluted earnings per share

     0.64         0.73         0.85         0.93   

Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2014

           

Net sales

   $ 6,189,609       $ 6,442,424       $ 6,981,876       $ 7,808,787   

Gross earnings (1)

     1,756,076         1,855,685         2,047,411         2,158,487   

Net income

     452,890         479,559         622,655         582,292   

Basic earnings per share

     0.63         0.67         0.88         0.82   

Diluted earnings per share

     0.62         0.66         0.86         0.81   

 

(1) Gross earnings equal net sales less cost of sales, including buying and occupancy costs.

 

F-33

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

DATED JANUARY 30, 2015

BETWEEN CAROL MEYROWITZ AND THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.


INDEX

 

         PAGE  

1.

  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT.      1   

2.

  SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.      1   

3.

  COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.      2   

4.

  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.      4   

5.

  BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.      4   

6.

  OTHER TERMINATION.      6   

7.

  CHANGE OF CONTROL.      7   

8.

  AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.      7   

9.

  ASSIGNMENT.      11   

10.

  NOTICES.      11   

11.

  CERTAIN EXPENSES.      11   

12.

  WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS.      12   

13.

  RELEASE.      12   

14.

  GOVERNING LAW.      13   

15.

  ARBITRATION.      13   

16.

  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.      13   

17.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.      14   

EXHIBIT A Certain Definitions

     A-1   

EXHIBIT B Definition of “Change of Control”

     B-1   

EXHIBIT C Change of Control Benefits

     C-1   

 

-i-


CAROL MEYROWITZ

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated January 30, 2015 between Carol Meyrowitz (“Executive”) and The TJX Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal office is in Framingham, Massachusetts 01701(the “Company”).

RECITALS

The Company and Executive intend that Executive shall be employed by the Company on the terms set forth below and, to that end, deem it desirable and appropriate to enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall become effective on February 1, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). Upon effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive dated February 1, 2013 (the “Prior Agreement”) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. Prior to the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except that execution of this Agreement shall constitute, for purposes of the first sentence of Section 5(b) of the Prior Agreement, a mutual agreement by the parties to continue Executive’s employment beyond January 31, 2015. Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive’s employment hereunder shall continue on the terms provided herein until January 28, 2017 (the “End Date”). The period of Executive’s employment by the Company from and after the Effective Date, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Employment Period.” This Agreement is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A and shall be construed accordingly.

2. SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Nature of Services . Executive shall diligently perform the duties and responsibilities of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and such other duties and responsibilities as shall from time to time be specified by the Board, subject to the last sentence of Section 2(b).

(b) Extent of Services . Except for illnesses and vacation periods, Executive shall devote such working time and attention as are required to perform her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and her best efforts to the performance of such duties and responsibilities. Executive may (i) make any passive investments where she is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial efforts, (ii) subject to approval by the Board or a committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), participate in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations, or (iii) subject to approval by the Board or a


committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), hold directorships in public companies, except only that the Board or such committee shall have the right to limit such services as a director or such participation in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations whenever the Board or such committee shall believe that the time spent on such activities infringes in any material respect upon the time required by Executive for the performance of her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or is otherwise incompatible with those duties and responsibilities. The parties hereto acknowledge their mutual understanding that, consistent with the time commitment described in prior agreements, Executive has delegated and is expected to continue to delegate certain day-to-day responsibilities while retaining responsibility for all executive functions associated with her duties and responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary . Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate hereinafter specified, such Base Salary to be paid in the same manner and at the same times as the Company shall pay base salary to other executive employees. The rate at which Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid shall be $1,575,000 per year or such other rate (not less than $1,575,000 per year) as the Committee may determine after Committee review not less frequently than annually.

(b) Existing Awards . Reference is made to outstanding awards to Executive of stock options and of performance-based restricted stock made prior to the Effective Date under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (as it may be amended and including any successor, the “Stock Incentive Plan”), to the award opportunity granted to Executive for FYE 2015 under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”), and to award opportunities granted to Executive under the Company’s Long Range Performance Incentive Plan (“LRPIP”) for cycles beginning before the Effective Date. Each of such awards outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue for such period or periods and in accordance with such terms as are set out in the applicable grant, award certificate, award agreement and other governing documents relating to such awards and shall not be affected by the terms of this Agreement except as provided in Section 3(c)(i) and (ii) below or as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(c) New Awards . During the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to participate in awards under the Stock Incentive Plan, MIP and LRPIP at a level commensurate with her position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee, including, without limitation, an award of performance based restricted stock under the Stock Incentive Plan granted to Executive in connection with the execution of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of which are set forth in the award certificate evidencing such award. Without limiting such other rights as Executive may have under awards granted under the Stock Incentive Plan:

(i) If Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated by the Company other than for Cause prior to January 28, 2017, subject to Section 8 below, any stock options held by Executive immediately prior to such termination will vest to the extent not previously vested and will thereafter remain exercisable only for such post-termination exercise period as is provided under the terms of the award; and

 

-2-


(ii) With respect to Stock Incentive Plan awards described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and this Section 3(c) (New Awards), Executive will be entitled to tender shares of Company common stock not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan, or to have shares of stock deliverable under the awards held back, in satisfaction of the minimum withholding taxes required in respect of income realized in connection with the awards.

From and after the Effective Date, each award opportunity granted to Executive under MIP shall have a target award level that is no less than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of Executive’s Base Salary earned for the applicable fiscal year, and each award opportunity granted to Executive under LRPIP shall have a target award level that is no less than one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect at the time of such grant, determined in accordance with MIP and LRPIP.

(d) Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans . Executive shall be entitled during the Employment Period to participate in the Company’s tax-qualified retirement and profit-sharing plans, in SERP (Category B benefits or Category C benefits, whichever are greater), and in the ESP, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the amendment and termination provisions thereof); provided , that, subject to the foregoing, Executive’s accrued benefit under SERP shall at all times be fully vested; further provided , that Executive’s Category B benefits under SERP, when determined in accordance with the normal timing and payment-eligibility rules of SERP, shall be determined (if such methodology would produce a greater benefit for Executive) using as an interest assumption for purposes of Section 7.2(c)(i) of SERP the average of the Interest Rates for the calendar year in which Executive retires and the two preceding calendar years; and further provided , that Executive shall not be entitled to matching credits under ESP. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Executive is credited with the maximum number of years of service (20) taken into account in determining Category B benefits under SERP.

(e) Policies and Fringe Benefits . Executive shall be subject to Company policies applicable to its executives generally and shall be entitled to receive an automobile allowance commensurate with her position and all such other fringe benefits as the Company shall from time to time make available to other executives generally (subject to the terms of any applicable fringe benefit plan).

(f) Other . The Company is entitled to terminate Executive’s employment notwithstanding the fact that Executive may lose entitlement to benefits under the arrangements described above. Upon termination of her employment, Executive shall have no claim against the Company for loss arising out of ineligibility to exercise any stock options granted to her or otherwise in relation to any of the stock options or other stock-based awards granted to Executive, and the rights of Executive shall be determined solely by the rules of the relevant plan and award document. The Board or a committee thereof may approve a change in employment terms if requested by Executive. In the event a material change in employment terms is so

 

-3-


requested and approved, Executive’s unvested equity awards and other unearned pay and incentive awards may be adjusted downward (including through forfeiture), or new awards granted, in the discretion of the Committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not be construed as limiting the Committee’s authority under the terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company.

4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.

(a) The Company shall have the right to end Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause.

(b) Executive’s employment shall terminate upon written notice by the Company to Executive (or, if earlier, to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, upon the expiration of the twenty-nine (29)-month period commencing upon Executive’s absence from work) if, by reason of Disability, Executive is unable to perform her duties for at least six continuous months. Any termination pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be treated for purposes of Section 5 and the definition of “Change of Control Termination” at subsection (f) of Exhibit A as a termination by reason of Disability.

(c) Whenever her employment shall terminate, Executive shall resign (or, in the absence of an affirmative resignation, shall be deemed to have resigned) all offices or other positions she shall hold with the Company and any affiliated corporations, including all positions on the Board. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employment Period shall terminate upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR UPON EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT.

(a) Certain Terminations Prior to the End Date . If the Employment Period shall have terminated prior to the End Date by reason of (I) death or Disability of Executive, (II) termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause or (III) a Constructive Termination, then all compensation and benefits for Executive shall be as follows:

(i) For a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Date of Termination (the “termination period”), the Company will pay to Executive or her legal representative, without reduction for compensation earned from other employment or self employment, continued Base Salary at the rate in effect at termination of employment in accordance with its regular payroll practices for executive employees of the Company (but not less frequently than monthly); provided , that if Executive is a Specified Employee at the relevant time, the Base Salary that would otherwise be payable during the six-month period beginning on the Date of Termination shall instead be accumulated and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after such date (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death); and further provided, that if Executive is eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under this clause shall be reduced by the amount of the long-term disability benefits which are payable to Executive under such plan.

 

-4-


(ii) If Executive elects so-called “COBRA” continuation of group health plan coverage provided pursuant to Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, there shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above, during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period, an amount (grossed up for federal and state income taxes) equal to the participant cost of such coverage, except to the extent that Executive shall obtain no less favorable coverage from another employer or from self-employment, in which case such additional payments shall cease immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be eligible for continuation of group health plan coverage from and after the Date of Termination except for any “COBRA” continuation as described in this Section 5(a)(ii).

(iii) The Company will pay to Executive or her legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, (A) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus (B) any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination. These amounts will be paid at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid.

(iv) For any MIP performance period in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the close of the fiscal year to which such MIP award relates, the Company will pay to Executive or her legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the MIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had she continued in office through the end of such fiscal year, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) plus the number of days during such fiscal year prior to termination, and the denominator of which is seven hundred and thirty (730); provided, however , that if the Employment Period shall have terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this clause (iv) shall not apply and Executive instead shall be entitled to the MIP benefit described in Section 5(a)(viii) below.

(v) For each LRPIP cycle in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other LRPIP awards for such cycle are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the close of the last of the Company’s fiscal years in such cycle, the Company will pay to Executive or her legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the LRPIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had she continued in office through the end of such cycle, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in such cycle completed prior to termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of full months in such cycle.

 

-5-


(vi) In addition, Executive or her legal representative shall be entitled to the Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Awards), in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement, and to payment of her vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(d) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP.

(vii) If termination occurs by reason of Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to such compensation, if any, as is payable pursuant to the Company’s long-term disability plan. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan as well as payments under Section 5(a)(i) above, and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under Section 5(a)(i) above (determined without regard to the second proviso set forth therein), she shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company.

(viii) If termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to an amount equal to Executive’s MIP Target Award for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or if MIP Target Awards for such fiscal year have not yet been granted as of the Date of Termination, Executive’s MIP Target Award for the prior fiscal year), without proration. This amount will be paid at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid.

(ix) Except as expressly set forth above or as required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to continue participation during the termination period in any employee benefit or fringe benefit plans, except for continuation of any automobile allowance which shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period.

(b) Termination on the End Date . Unless earlier terminated or except as otherwise mutually agreed by Executive and the Company, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate on the End Date. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company on the End Date, Executive shall be treated as having been terminated under Section 5(a)(II) on the day immediately preceding the End Date and shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in Section 5(a) in respect of such a termination, subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the other provisions of this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 8.

6. OTHER TERMINATION.

(a) Voluntary termination of employment . If Executive terminates her employment voluntarily, Executive or her legal representative shall be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) to any Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) or Section 3(c) (New Awards) and to any vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(d) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP. In addition,

 

-6-


the Company will pay to Executive or her legal representative any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination, in each case at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid. In addition, provided that Executive gives the Company at least ninety (90) days’ advance written notice of termination, Executive’s voluntary termination occurring prior to the End Date shall be treated as a termination described in Section 5(a)(II) solely for purposes of the following payments and benefits (and not for purposes of any other provision of Section 5): Section 5(a)(i), Section 5(a)(ii), Section 5(a)(v) (except that, for purposes of applying Section 5(a)(v) to a voluntary termination described in this sentence, instead of using the proration fraction described in Section 5(a)(v)(B), the LRPIP benefit, if any, for each cycle shall be prorated using a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full fiscal years in such cycle completed prior to the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is the number of fiscal years in such cycle), and any automobile allowance described in Section 5(a)(ix); provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that Executive shall not be entitled under this Section 6(a) to any acceleration of awards under the Stock Incentive Plan (under Section 3(c)(i) or otherwise) or any amounts in respect of MIP performance periods that begin before and end after the Date of Termination. No other benefits shall be paid under this Agreement upon a voluntary termination of employment.

(b) Termination for Cause . If the Company should end Executive’s employment for Cause, all compensation and benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement shall cease, other than (x) such vested amounts as are credited to Executive’s account (but not received) under the ESP and the frozen GDCP in accordance with the terms of those programs; (y) any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under the Company’s tax-qualified plans; and (z) Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, to which Executive may be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) under Sections 3(b) (Existing Awards) and 3(c) (New Awards). The Company does not waive any rights it may have for damages or for injunctive relief.

7. CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon and following a Change of Control occurring during the Employment Period, (i) Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall continue indefinitely without regard to the End Date, Section 5(b) or Section 6(a), subject, however, to termination by either party or by reason of Executive’s death or Disability in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) the provisions of Section 5 shall cease to apply in respect of any termination of employment described therein that occurs during the Standstill Period (but the provisions of Section C.1 of Exhibit C (including any reference to Section 5 therein) shall apply in respect of any such termination that qualifies as a Change of Control Termination). Additional provisions that may be relevant upon and following a Change of Control are found in Exhibit C.

8. AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.

(a) During the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Nonsolicitation Period”), Executive shall not, and shall not direct any other individual or entity to, directly or indirectly (including as a partner, shareholder, joint venturer or other investor) (i) hire, offer to hire, attempt to hire or assist in the hiring of, any protected

 

-7-


person as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or other service provider, (ii) recommend any protected person for employment or other engagement with any person or entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) solicit for employment or other engagement any protected person, or seek to persuade, induce or encourage any protected person to discontinue employment or engagement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or recommend to any protected person any employment or engagement other than with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iv) accept services of any sort (whether for compensation or otherwise) from any protected person, or (v) participate with any other person or entity in any of the foregoing activities. Any individual or entity to which Executive provides services (as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or otherwise) or in which Executive is a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor, excluding interests in the common stock of any publicly traded corporation of one percent (1%) or less, and any individual or entity that is affiliated with any such individual or entity, shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be presumed to have acted at the direction of Executive with respect to any “protected person” who worked with Executive at any time during the six (6) months prior to termination of the Employment Period. A “protected person” is a person who at the time of termination of the Employment Period, or within six (6) months prior thereto, is or was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either in a position of Assistant Vice President or higher, or in a salaried position in any merchandising group. As to (I) each “protected person” to whom the foregoing applies, (II) each subcategory of “protected person,” as defined above, (III) each limitation on (A) employment or other engagement, (B) solicitation and (C) unsolicited acceptance of services, of each “protected person” and (IV) each month of the period during which the provisions of this subsection (a) apply to each of the foregoing, the provisions set forth in this subsection (a) shall be deemed to be separate and independent agreements. In the event of unenforceability of any one or more such agreement(s), such unenforceable agreement(s) shall be deemed automatically reformed in order to allow for the greatest degree of enforceability authorized by law or, if no such reformation is possible, deleted from the provisions hereof entirely, and such reformation or deletion shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision of this subsection (a) or any other term of this Agreement.

(b) During the course of her employment, Executive will have learned vital trade secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and will have access to confidential and proprietary information and business plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Therefore, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Noncompetition Period”), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, be a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor (disregarding in this connection passive ownership for investment purposes of common stock representing one percent (1%) or less of the voting power or value of any publicly traded corporation) in, serve as a director or manager of, be engaged in any employment, consulting, or fees-for-services relationship or arrangement with, or advise with respect to the organization or conduct of, or any investment in, any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined or any Person that engages in any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined, nor shall Executive undertake any planning to engage in any such activities. The term “competitive business” (i) shall mean any business (however organized or conducted, including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business) that competes with a business in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged, or in which the Company or any Subsidiary was planning to engage, at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date on which the Employment Period ends, and (ii) shall

 

-8-


conclusively be presumed to include, but shall not be limited to, (A) any business designated as a competitive business in the Committee Resolution, including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business of any such business, and (B) any other off-price, promotional, or warehouse-club-type retail business, however organized or conducted (including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business), that sells apparel, footwear, home fashions, home furnishings, jewelry, accessories, or any other category of merchandise sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the termination of the Employment Period. For purposes of this subsection (b), a “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, and reference to any Person (the “first Person”) shall be deemed to include any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive will not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Section 8(b) merely by reason of serving as a director on the board of directors of a company approved for this purpose by the Board or a committee thereof (such service, a “permitted outside directorship”) or merely by reason of being engaged, after the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, in an employment, consulting or other fees-for-services arrangement with an entity that manages a private equity, venture capital or leveraged buyout fund that in turn invests in one or more businesses deemed competitors of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Section 8(b), provided that (I) such fund is not intended to, and does not in fact, invest primarily in a “specified competitive business” with respect to the Company as hereinafter defined, and (II) Executive demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that her arrangement with such entity will not involve the provision of employment, consulting or other services, directly or indirectly, to any “specified competitive business” with respect to the Company or to the fund with respect to its investment or proposed investment in any “specified competitive business” with respect to the Company and that she will not participate in any meetings, discussions, or interactions in which any such business or any such proposed investment is proposed or is likely to be discussed. For purposes of the foregoing, a business shall be deemed a “specified competitive business” with respect to the Company if and only if (aa) it shall be regarded as a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries by retailers generally, or (bb) it shall be a business designated as a competitive business in the Committee Resolution, or (cc) it shall operate an off-price apparel, off-price footwear, off-price jewelry, off-price accessories, off-price home furnishings and/or off-price home fashions business, including any such business that is store-based, catalogue-based, or an on-line, “e-commerce” or other off-price internet-based business. If, at any time, pursuant to action of any court, administrative, arbitral or governmental body or other tribunal, the operation of any part of this subsection shall be determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, then the coverage of this subsection shall be deemed to be reformed and restricted as to substantive reach, duration, geographic scope or otherwise, as the case may be, to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make this paragraph lawful and enforceable to the greatest extent possible in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made.

(c) Executive shall never use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than as required by applicable law or during the Employment Period for the proper performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Subsidiaries. This restriction shall continue to apply after Executive’s employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. All documents, records

 

-9-


and files, in any media, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries and any copies (“Documents”), whether or not prepared by Executive, are the exclusive property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive must diligently safeguard all Documents, and must surrender to the Company at such time or times as the Company may specify all Documents then in Executive’s possession or control. In addition, upon termination of employment for any reason other than the death of Executive, Executive shall immediately return all Documents, and shall execute a certificate representing and warranting that she has returned all such Documents in Executive’s possession or under her control.

(d) If, during the Employment Period or at any time following termination of the Employment Period, regardless of the reason for such termination, Executive breaches any provision of this Section 8, the Company’s obligation, if any, to pay benefits under Section 5 hereof, including without limitation any SERP benefits, shall forthwith cease and Executive shall immediately forfeit and disgorge to the Company, with interest at the prime rate in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, all of the following: (i) any benefits theretofore paid to Executive under Section 5, including without limitation any SERP benefits; (ii) any unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights held by Executive; (iii) if any other stock-based award vested in connection with or following termination of the Employment Period, or at any time subsequent to such breach, the value of such stock-based award at time of vesting plus any additional gain realized on a subsequent sale or disposition of the award or the underlying stock; and (iv) in respect of each stock option or stock appreciation right exercised by Executive within six (6) months prior to any such breach or subsequent thereto and prior to the forfeiture and disgorgement required by this Section 8(d), the excess over the exercise price (or base value, in the case of a stock appreciation right) of the greater of (A) the fair market value at time of exercise of the shares of stock subject to the award, or (B) the number of shares of stock subject to such award multiplied by the per-share proceeds of any sale of such stock by Executive.

(e) Executive shall notify the Company immediately upon securing employment or becoming self-employed at any time within the Noncompetition Period or the Nonsolicitation Period, and shall provide to the Company such details concerning such employment or self-employment as it may reasonably request in order to ensure compliance with the terms hereof.

(f) Executive hereby advises the Company that Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed on Executive under this Section 8, and agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, confidential information and other legitimate business interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent Executive from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which Executive is bound by them. Executive agrees that Executive will never assert, or permit to be asserted on her behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that, were Executive to breach any of the provisions of this Section 8, the harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries would be irreparable. Executive therefore agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it and notwithstanding Section 15, have the right to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and will additionally

 

-10-


be entitled to an award of attorney’s fees incurred in connection with enforcing its rights hereunder. Executive further agrees that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Finally, Executive agrees that the Noncompetition Period and the Nonsolicitation Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which Executive is in violation of any of the terms of this Section 8, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

(g) Executive agrees that if any of the restrictions in this Section 8 is held to be void or ineffective for any reason but would be held to be valid and effective if part of its wording were deleted, that restriction shall apply with such deletions as may be necessary to make it valid and effective. Executive further agrees that the restrictions contained in each subsection of this Section 8 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and shall each be capable of being severed without prejudice to the other restrictions or to the remaining provisions.

(h) Executive expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ Executive may be transferred, without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer. Executive further agrees that no changes in the nature or scope of her employment with the Company will operate to extinguish the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8, or otherwise require the parties to re-sign this Agreement

(i) The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and the termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason or reasons therefor, and shall be binding on Executive regardless of any breach by the Company of any other provision of this Agreement.

9. ASSIGNMENT. The rights and obligations of the Company shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The rights and obligations of Executive are not assignable except only that stock issuable, awards and payments payable to her after her death shall be made to her estate except as otherwise provided by the applicable plan or award documentation, if any.

10. NOTICES. All notices and other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by mailing the same by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. If sent to the Company the same shall be mailed to the Company at 770 Cochituate Road, Framingham, Massachusetts 01701, Attention: Chairman of the Executive Compensation Committee, or other such address as the Company may hereafter designate by notice to Executive, with a copy to the Company’s General Counsel at the same address; and if sent to Executive, the same shall be mailed to Executive at her address as set forth in the records of the Company or at such other address as Executive may hereafter designate by notice to the Company.

11. CERTAIN EXPENSES. The Company shall bear the reasonable fees and costs of Executive’s legal and financial advisors incurred in negotiating this Agreement.

 

-11-


12. WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, and (b) to the extent any payment hereunder that is payable by reason of termination of Executive’s employment constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and would otherwise have been required to be paid during the six (6)-month period following such termination of employment, it shall instead (unless at the relevant time Executive is no longer a Specified Employee) be delayed and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death). The parties hereto acknowledge that in addition to any delay required under Section 12(b), it may be desirable, in view of regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A, to amend provisions of this Agreement to avoid the acceleration of tax or the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A and that the Company will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any such amendments which in its determination are (i) feasible and necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A for Executive, and (ii) not adverse to the interests of the Company. Executive acknowledges that she has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with her advisors and agrees that except for the payments described in Section 5(a)(ii) and Section C.1(b) of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to make Executive whole for any taxes that may become due or payable by reason of this Agreement or any payment, benefit or entitlement hereunder.

13. RELEASE. Except for payment of any accrued and unpaid Base Salary and subject to such exceptions as the Company in its discretion may determine for the payment of other amounts accrued and vested prior to the Date of Termination, any obligation of the Company to provide compensation or benefits under Section 5, Section 6(a) or Section C.1 of Exhibit C of this Agreement, and (to the extent permitted by law) any vesting of unvested compensation or benefits in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment, are expressly conditioned on Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of an effective release of claims (in the form of release approved by the Committee on February 1, 2013) as to which all applicable rights of revocation, as determined by the Company, shall have expired prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) calendar day following the Date of Termination (any such timely and irrevocable release, the “Release of Claims”); provided , that in the event of Executive’s death or incapacity where for unanticipated reasons it is not reasonably practicable for Executive or her representative to give an irrevocable Release of Claims within such period, the Committee shall consider an extension of the period for delivery of an irrevocable Release of Claims on a basis that in the Committee’s reasonable determination is consistent with Section 409A and adequately protects the interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the requirements of this Section 13 shall not apply to any stock options granted to Executive prior to January 28, 2011. Any compensation and benefits that are conditioned on the delivery of the Release of Claims under this Section 13 and that otherwise would have been payable prior to such sixtieth (60 th ) calendar day (determined, for the avoidance of doubt, after taking into account any other required delays in payment, including any six-month delay under Section 12) shall, if the Release of Claims is delivered, instead be paid on such sixtieth (60 th ) day, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement regarding the time of such payments.

 

-12-


14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

15. ARBITRATION. In the event that there is any claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of or relating to your employment, compensation or benefits with the Company or the termination thereof, including any claim for discrimination under any local, state, or federal employment discrimination law (including, but not limited to, M.G.L. c.151B), and the parties hereto shall not have resolved such claim or dispute within sixty (60) days after written notice from one party to the other setting forth the nature of such claim or dispute, then such claim or dispute shall (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(f)) be settled exclusively by binding arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures applicable at the time of commencement of the arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto or, in the absence of such agreement, by an arbitrator selected according to such Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either the Company or Executive shall request, such arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three arbitrators, one selected by the Company, one selected by Executive and the third selected by agreement of the first two, or, in the absence of such agreement, in accordance with such Rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator(s) shall be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof upon the application of either party.

16. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. All references in the Agreement to termination of employment, a termination of the Employment Period, or separation from service, and correlative terms, that result in the payment or vesting of any amounts or benefits that constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be construed to require a Separation from Service, and the Date of Termination in any such case shall be construed to mean the date of the Separation from Service.

 

-13-


17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including Exhibits (which are hereby incorporated by reference), represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, between them.

 

 /s/ Carol Meyrowitz

Executive
THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.
By:

 /s/ Bernard Cammarata

Chairman of the Board

 

-14-


EXHIBIT A

Certain Definitions

(a) “Base Salary” means, for any period, the amount described in Section 3(a).

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means dishonesty by Executive in the performance of her duties, conviction of a felony (other than a conviction arising solely under a statutory provision imposing criminal liability upon Executive on a per se basis due to the Company offices held by Executive, so long as any act or omission of Executive with respect to such matter was not taken or omitted in contravention of any applicable policy or directive of the Board), gross neglect of duties (other than as a result of Disability), or conflict of interest which conflict shall continue for thirty (30) days after the Company gives written notice to Executive requesting the cessation of such conflict.

In respect of any termination during a Standstill Period, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause until the later to occur of (i) the 30th day after notice of termination is given and (ii) the delivery to Executive of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Company’s directors at a meeting called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive), and at which Executive together with her counsel was given an opportunity to be heard, finding that Executive was guilty of conduct described in the definition of “Cause” above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, however, that the Company may suspend Executive and withhold payment of her Base Salary from the date that notice of termination is given until the earliest to occur of (A) termination of Executive for Cause effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall not be entitled to her Base Salary for such period), (B) a determination by a majority of the Company’s directors that Executive was not guilty of the conduct described in the definition of “Cause” effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall be reinstated and paid any of her previously unpaid Base Salary for such period), or (C) ninety (90) days after notice of termination is given (in which case Executive shall then be reinstated and paid any of her previously unpaid Base Salary for such period). If Base Salary is withheld and then paid pursuant to clause (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the amount thereof shall be accompanied by simple interest, calculated on a daily basis, at a rate per annum equal to the prime or base lending rate, as in effect at the time, of the Company’s principal commercial bank. The Company shall exercise its discretion under this paragraph consistent with the requirements of Section 409A or the requirements for exemption from Section 409A.

(d) “Change in Control Event” means a “change in control event” (as that term is defined in section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) with respect to the Company.

(e) “Change of Control” has the meaning given it in Exhibit B.

 

A-1


(f) “Change of Control Termination” means the termination of Executive’s employment during a Standstill Period (1) by the Company other than for Cause, or (2) by Executive for good reason, or (3) by reason of death or Disability.

For purposes of this definition, termination for “good reason” shall mean the voluntary termination by Executive of her employment within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the occurrence without Executive’s express written consent of any one of the events described below; provided, that Executive gives notice to the Company within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of any such event or condition, requesting that the pertinent event or condition described therein be remedied, and the situation remains unremedied upon expiration of the thirty (30)-day period commencing upon receipt by the Company of such notice:

 

  (I) the assignment to her of any duties inconsistent with her positions, duties, responsibilities, and status with the Company immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to reelect her to such positions, except in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for good reason, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminishment or any material adverse change (including a material increase in overall time commitment) in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or

 

  (II) if Executive’s rate of Base Salary for any fiscal year is less than 100% of the rate of Base Salary paid to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control or if Executive’s total cash compensation opportunities, including salary and incentives, for any fiscal year are less than 100% of the total cash compensation opportunities made available to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control; or

 

  (III) the failure of the Company to continue in effect any benefits or perquisites, or any pension, life insurance, medical insurance or disability plan in which Executive was participating immediately prior to the Change of Control unless the Company provides Executive with a plan or plans that provide substantially similar benefits, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect Executive’s participation in or materially reduce Executive’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to the Change of Control; or

 

  (IV) any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause during a Standstill Period which is not effected in compliance with paragraph (c) above; or

 

  (V) any relocation of Executive of more than forty (40) miles from the place where Executive was located at the time of the Change of Control; or

 

A-2


  (VI) any other breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

  (VII) the Company sells or otherwise disposes of, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 30% of the assets (taken at asset value as stated on the books of the Company determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) or earning power of the Company (on an individual basis) or the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to any other Person or Persons (as those terms are defined in Exhibit B).

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board.

(i) “Committee Resolution” means the designation of competitive businesses most recently adopted by the Committee at or prior to the date of execution of this Agreement for purposes of the restrictive covenants applicable to Executive, whether or not such designation also applies to other employees of the Company generally.

(j) “Constructive Termination” means a termination of employment by Executive occurring within one hundred twenty (120) days of a requirement by the Company that Executive relocate, without her prior written consent, more than forty (40) miles from the current corporate headquarters of the Company, but only if (i) Executive shall have given to the Company notice of intent to terminate within sixty (60) days following notice to Executive of such required relocation and (ii) the Company shall have failed, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to withdraw its notice requiring Executive to relocate. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the one hundred twenty (120) day period shall commence upon the end of the thirty (30)-day cure period, if the Company fails to cure within such period.

(k) “Date of Termination” means the date on which Executive’s employment terminates.

(l) “Disabled”/“Disability” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that (i) can be expected either to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six months and (ii) causes Executive to be unable to perform the duties of her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Committee.

(m) “End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement.

(n) “ESP” means the Company’s Executive Savings Plan.

(o) “GDCP” means the Company’s General Deferred Compensation Plan.

(p) “LRPIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

(q) “MIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

 

A-3


(r) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

(s) “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of such Treasury Regulations. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(t) “SERP” means the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

(u) “Specified Employee” shall mean an individual determined by the Committee or its delegate to be a specified employee as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining “specified employee” status. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(v) “Standstill Period” means the period commencing on the date of a Change of Control and continuing until the close of business on the last business day of the 24th calendar month following such Change of Control.

(w) “Stock Incentive Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(i) of the Agreement.

(x) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

Definition of “Change of Control”

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) there occurs a change of control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (as amended in 2004) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or in any other filing under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no transaction shall be deemed to be a Change of Control (i) if the person or each member of a group of persons acquiring control is excluded from the definition of the term “Person” hereunder or (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to such occurrence, if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring control; or

(b) any Person other than the Company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or such a subsidiary becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company’s Common Stock and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the date such Person became a 20% owner are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to the acquisition of such 20% ownership, such acquisition of ownership shall not constitute a Change of Control if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring such ownership; or

(c) there occurs any solicitation or series of solicitations of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Company’s Board of Directors and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the commencement of such solicitation or series of solicitations are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; or

(d) the Company executes an agreement of acquisition, merger or consolidation which contemplates that (i) after the effective date provided for in the agreement, all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by another Person and (ii) individuals who are directors of the Company when such agreement is executed shall not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the survivor or successor entity immediately after the effective date provided for in such agreement; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no transaction shall constitute a Change of Control if, immediately after such transaction, Executive or any Executive Related Party shall own equity securities of any surviving corporation (“Surviving Entity”) having a fair value as a percentage of the fair value of the equity securities of such Surviving Entity greater than 125% of the fair value of the equity securities of the Company owned by Executive and any Executive Related Party immediately prior to such transaction, expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (for purposes of this paragraph ownership of equity securities shall be determined in the same manner as

 

B-1


ownership of Common Stock); and provided, further, that, for purposes of this paragraph (d), a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have taken place unless and until the acquisition, merger or consolidation contemplated by such agreement is consummated (but immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of execution of such agreement).

In addition, for purposes of this Exhibit B the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Common Stock” shall mean the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company plus, for purposes of determining the stock ownership of any Person, the number of unissued shares of Common Stock which such Person has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Common Stock shall not include shares of Preferred Stock or convertible debt or options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company shall expressly so determine in any future transaction or transactions.

A Person shall be deemed to be the “owner” of any Common Stock:

(i) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(ii) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner” for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(iii) which such Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989), has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

“Person” shall have the meaning used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989.

An “Executive Related Party” shall mean any affiliate or associate of Executive other than the Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. The terms “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (the term “registrant” in the definition of “associate” meaning, in this case, the Company).

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

Change of Control Benefits

C.1. Benefits Upon a Change of Control Termination . Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits described in this Section C.1 in the event of a Change of Control Termination.

(a) The Company shall pay to Executive:

(1)(A) as hereinafter provided, an amount equal to the sum of (i) two times her Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher, plus (ii) two times the target award opportunity most recently granted to Executive prior to the Change of Control under MIP, which opportunity (if expressed as a percentage of Base Salary) shall be determined by reference to Executive’s Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher; plus (B) within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination, the accrued and unpaid portion of her Base Salary through the Date of Termination, subject to the following. If Executive is eligible for long-term disability compensation benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under (1)(A)(i) above shall be reduced by the annual long-term disability compensation benefit for which Executive is eligible under such plan for the two-year period over which the amount payable under (1)(A)(i) above is measured. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan as well as payments under the first sentence of this subsection (a), and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under the first sentence of this subsection (a) (determined without regard to the second sentence of this subsection (a)), she shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company; and

(2) as hereinafter provided, and in lieu of any other benefits under SERP, an amount equal to the present value of the payments that Executive would have been entitled to receive under SERP as a Category B or C participant (determined after taking into account Section 3(d) of the Agreement), whichever is greater, applying the following rules and assumptions:

(A) The monthly benefit under SERP determined using the foregoing criteria shall be multiplied by twelve (12) to determine an annual benefit; and

(B) The tentative present value of such annual benefit shall be determined by multiplying the result in (A) by the appropriate actuarial factor, using the most recently published interest and mortality rates published by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation which are effective for plan terminations occurring on the Date of Termination, using Executive’s age to the nearest year determined as of that date. The appropriate factor shall be that based on the most recently published “PBGC Actuarial Value of $1.00 Per Year Deferred to Age [X] and

 

C-1


Payable for Life Thereafter — Healthy Lives,” where “Age [X]” is Executive’s age to the nearest year at the Date of Termination. The benefit determined under this clause (B) shall be the greater of (i) the tentative present value determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause (B), and (ii) the amount of Executive’s SERP benefit (for the avoidance of doubt, after taking into account the vesting, service crediting, and interest rate rules of Section 3(d) of the Agreement) assuming payment under Section 7.2(a)(ii) of SERP, determined without regard to the first two sentences of this clause (B) and without regard to any election of another form of benefit, or any delay, under Section 7.2(b) of SERP.

(C) The benefit determined under (B) above shall be reduced by the value of any portion of Executive’s SERP benefit already paid or provided to her in cash or through the transfer of an annuity contract.

If the Change of Control Termination occurs in connection with a Change of Control that is also a Change in Control Event, the amounts described in clause (1)(A) and clause (2) of this Section C.1.(a) shall be paid in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), unless Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, in which case the amount described in this subsection (a) shall instead be paid thirty (30) days following the date of the Change of Control Termination. If the Change of Control Termination occurs more than two years after a Change in Control Event or in connection with a Change of Control that is not a Change in Control Event, the amounts described in clause (1)(A) and clause (2) of this Section C.1(a) shall be paid, except as otherwise required by Section 12 of the Agreement, in the same manner as Base Salary continuation and any SERP benefits, as applicable, would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a).

(b) Until the second anniversary of the Date of Termination, the Company shall maintain in full force and effect for the continued benefit of Executive and her family all life insurance and medical insurance plans and programs in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Change of Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, on a basis not less favorable, in the case of group health plan coverage, than as described in Section 5(a)(ii)), provided, that Executive’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs. In the event that Executive is ineligible to participate in such plans or programs, or if the Company in its discretion determines that continued participation on such basis could give rise to a tax or penalty, the Company shall provide for a comparable alternative arrangement (which may consist of a cash payment) in lieu of continued coverage, any such arrangement, to the extent taxable to Executive, to be provided on a basis that to the maximum extent possible consistent with the intent of this subsection (b) and with Section C.2 is tax neutral to Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations hereunder with respect to life or medical coverage or benefits shall be deemed satisfied to the extent (but only to the extent) of any such coverage or benefits provided by another employer.

(c) On the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay to Executive or her estate, in lieu of any automobile allowance, the present value of the automobile

 

C-2


allowance (at the rate in effect prior to the Change of Control (or immediately prior to the Date of Termination if greater)) it would have paid for the two years following the Change of Control Termination (or until the earlier date of Executive’s death, if Executive dies prior to the date of the payment under this Section C.1(c)); provided , that if the Change of Control is not a Change of Control Event, such amount shall instead be paid in the same manner as Executive’s automobile allowance would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a); and further provided , that if Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, any lump sum payable under this Section C.1(c) shall instead by paid within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination.

C.2. Payment Adjustment . Payments under this Exhibit C shall be made without regard to whether the deductibility of such payments (or any other payments or benefits to or for the benefit of Executive) would be limited or precluded by Section 280G of the Code (“Section 280G”) and without regard to whether such payments (or any other payments or benefits) would subject Executive to the federal excise tax levied on certain “excess parachute payments” under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”); provided , that if the total of all payments to or for the benefit of Executive, after reduction for all federal taxes (including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code) with respect to such payments (“Executive’s total after-tax payments”), would be increased by the limitation or elimination of any payment under Section C.1. or Section C.3. of this Exhibit, or by an adjustment to the vesting of any equity-based or other awards that would otherwise vest on an accelerated basis in connection with the Change of Control, amounts payable under Section C.1. and Section C.3. of this Exhibit shall be reduced and the vesting of equity-based and other awards shall be adjusted to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to maximize Executive’s total after-tax payments. Any reduction in payments or adjustment of vesting required by the preceding sentence shall be applied, first, against any benefits payable under Section C.1(a)(1)(A) of this Exhibit, then against any benefits payable under Section C.3 of this Exhibit, then against the vesting of any performance-based restricted stock awards that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, then against the vesting of any other equity-based awards, if any, that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, and finally against all other payments, if any. The determination as to whether Executive’s payments and benefits include “excess parachute payments” and, if so, the amount and ordering of any reductions in payment required by the provisions of this Section C.2 shall be made at the Company’s expense by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or by such other certified public accounting firm as the Committee may designate prior to a Change of Control (the “accounting firm”). In the event of any underpayment or overpayment hereunder, as determined by the accounting firm, the amount of such underpayment or overpayment shall forthwith and in all events within thirty (30) days of such determination be paid to Executive or refunded to the Company, as the case may be, with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

C.3. Settlement of MIP and LRPIP . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Executive’s interest in MIP and LRPIP shall be settled automatically by the payment to Executive, in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control, of an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s target award opportunities with respect to each award granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP for the fiscal year (in the case of MIP), and any performance cycle (in the case of LRPIP), that begins before and ends after the date of the Change of Control; provided , that for purposes of this Section C.3, unless Executive has been granted new award

 

C-3


opportunities under MIP for such fiscal year and under LRPIP for the performance cycle commencing with such fiscal year, Executive’s most recent target award opportunities under MIP and LRPIP shall be deemed to have been granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP with respect to such fiscal year and such performance cycle, respectively.

C.4 Other Benefits . In addition to the amounts that may be payable under Sections C.1 or C.3 (but without duplication of any payments or benefits to which Executive may be entitled under any provision of this Agreement, and subject to Section C.2), upon and following a Change of Control Executive or her legal representative shall be entitled to: (i) her Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, under Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Awards); and (ii) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP with respect to any fiscal year completed prior to the Change of Control, or under LRPIP with respect to any performance cycle completed prior to the Change of Control; and (iii) the payment of her vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(d) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP.

C.5. Noncompetition; No Mitigation of Damages; etc .

(a) Noncompetition . Upon a Change of Control, any agreement by Executive not to engage in competition with the Company subsequent to the termination of her employment, whether contained in an employment agreement or other agreement, shall no longer be effective.

(b) No Duty to Mitigate Damages . Executive’s benefits under this Exhibit C shall be considered severance pay in consideration of her past service and her continued service from the date of this Agreement, and her entitlement thereto shall neither be governed by any duty to mitigate her damages by seeking further employment nor offset by any compensation which she may receive from future employment.

(c) Legal Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses, including but not limited to counsel fees, stenographer fees, printing costs, etc. reasonably incurred by Executive in contesting or disputing that the termination of her employment during a Standstill Period is for Cause or other than for good reason (as defined in the definition of Change of Control Termination) or obtaining any right or benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement following a Change of Control. Any amount payable under this Agreement that is not paid when due shall accrue interest at the prime rate as from time to time in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, until paid in full. All payments and reimbursements under this Section shall be made consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

(d) Notice of Termination . During a Standstill Period, Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company only upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Executive.

 

C-4

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

DATED JANUARY 30, 2015

BETWEEN RICHARD SHERR AND THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.


INDEX

 

          PAGE  

1.

   EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT.      1   

2.

   SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.      1   

3.

   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.      2   

4.

   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.      3   

5.

   BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR UPON EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT.      3   

6.

   OTHER TERMINATION.      6   

7.

   CHANGE OF CONTROL.      6   

8.

   AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.      6   

9.

   ASSIGNMENT.      10   

10.

   NOTICES.      10   

11.

   WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS.      10   

12.

   RELEASE.      10   

13.

   GOVERNING LAW.      11   

14.

   ARBITRATION.      11   

15.

   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.      11   

16.

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.      12   
EXHIBIT A Certain Definitions      A-1   
EXHIBIT B Definition of “Change of Control”      B-1   
EXHIBIT C Change of Control Benefits      C-1   

 

-i-


RICHARD SHERR

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated January 30, 2015 between Richard Sherr (“Executive”) and The TJX Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal office is in Framingham, Massachusetts 01701 (the “Company”).

RECITALS

The Company and Executive intend that Executive shall be employed by the Company on the terms set forth below and, to that end, deem it desirable and appropriate to enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall become effective on February 1, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). Upon effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive dated January 29, 2012 (the “Prior Agreement”) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. Prior to the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except that execution of this Agreement shall constitute, for purposes of the first sentence of Section 5(b) of the Prior Agreement, a mutual agreement by the parties to continue Executive’s employment beyond January 31, 2015. Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive’s employment hereunder shall continue on the terms provided herein until February 3, 2018 (the “End Date”). The period of Executive’s employment by the Company from and after the Effective Date, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Employment Period.” This Agreement is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A and shall be construed accordingly.

2. SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Nature of Services . Executive shall diligently perform such duties and assume such responsibilities as shall from time to time be specified by the Company.

(b) Extent of Services . Except for illnesses and vacation periods, Executive shall devote substantially all his working time and attention and his best efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. However, Executive may (i) make any passive investments where he is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial efforts, (ii) subject to approval by the Board or a committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), participate in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations, or (iii) subject to approval by the Board or a committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), hold directorships in public

 

-1-


companies, except only that the Board or such committee shall have the right to limit such services as a director or such participation in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations whenever the Board or such committee shall believe that the time spent on such activities infringes in any material respect upon the time required by Executive for the performance of his duties under this Agreement or is otherwise incompatible with those duties.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary . Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate hereinafter specified, such Base Salary to be paid in the same manner and at the same times as the Company shall pay base salary to other executive employees. The rate at which Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid shall be $820,000 per year or such other rate (not less than $820,000 per year) as the Committee may determine after Committee review not less frequently than annually.

(b) Existing Awards . Reference is made to outstanding awards to Executive of stock options and of performance-based restricted stock made prior to the Effective Date under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (as it may be amended and including any successor, the “Stock Incentive Plan”), to the award opportunity granted to Executive for FYE 2015 under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”), and to award opportunities granted to Executive under the Company’s Long Range Performance Incentive Plan (“LRPIP”) for cycles beginning before the Effective Date. Each of such awards outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue for such period or periods and in accordance with such terms as are set out in the applicable grant, award certificate, award agreement and other governing documents relating to such awards and shall not be affected by the terms of this Agreement except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(c) New Stock Awards . Consistent with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan, during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to stock-based awards under the Stock Incentive Plan at levels commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee. With respect to Stock Incentive Plan awards described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and this Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards), Executive will be entitled to tender shares of Company common stock not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan, or to have shares of stock deliverable under the awards held back, in satisfaction of the minimum withholding taxes required in respect of income realized in connection with the awards.

(d) LRPIP . During the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to participate in annual grants under LRPIP at a level commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee.

(e) MIP . During the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to participate in annual awards under MIP at a level commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee.

(f) Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans . Executive shall be entitled during the Employment Period to participate in the Company’s tax-qualified retirement and profit-sharing plans, and in the ESP, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the amendment and termination provisions thereof).

 

-2-


(g) Policies and Fringe Benefits . Executive shall be subject to Company policies applicable to its executives generally and shall be entitled to receive all such fringe benefits as the Company shall from time to time make available to other executives generally (subject to the terms of any applicable fringe benefit plan).

(h) Other . The Company is entitled to terminate Executive’s employment notwithstanding the fact that Executive may lose entitlement to benefits under the arrangements described above. Upon termination of his employment, Executive shall have no claim against the Company for loss arising out of ineligibility to exercise any stock options granted to him or otherwise in relation to any of the stock options or other stock-based awards granted to Executive, and the rights of Executive shall be determined solely by the rules of the relevant award document and plan.

4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.

(a) The Company shall have the right to end Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause.

(b) Executive’s employment shall terminate upon written notice by the Company to Executive (or, if earlier, to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, upon the expiration of the twenty-nine (29)-month period commencing upon Executive’s absence from work) if, by reason of Disability, Executive is unable to perform his duties for at least six continuous months. Any termination pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be treated for purposes of Section 5 and the definition of “Change of Control Termination” at subsection (f) of Exhibit A as a termination by reason of Disability.

(c) Whenever his employment shall terminate, Executive shall resign (or, in the absence of an affirmative resignation, shall be deemed to have resigned) all offices or other positions he shall hold with the Company and any affiliated corporations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employment Period shall terminate upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR UPON EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT.

(a) Certain Terminations Prior to the End Date . If the Employment Period shall have terminated prior to the End Date by reason of (I) death or Disability of Executive, (II) termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause or (III) a Constructive Termination, then all compensation and benefits for Executive shall be as follows:

(i) For a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Date of Termination (the “termination period”), the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without reduction for compensation earned from other employment or self employment, continued Base Salary at the rate in effect at termination of employment in accordance with its regular payroll practices for executive employees of the Company (but not less frequently than monthly); provided , that if Executive is a Specified Employee at the relevant time, the Base Salary that would otherwise be payable during the six-month

 

-3-


period beginning on the Date of Termination shall instead be accumulated and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after such date (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death); and further provided , that if Executive is eligible for long-term disability compensation benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under this clause shall be paid at a rate equal to the excess of (a) the rate of Base Salary in effect at termination of employment, over (b) the long-term disability compensation benefits for which Executive is approved under such plan.

(ii) If Executive elects so-called “COBRA” continuation of group health plan coverage provided pursuant to Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, there shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above, during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period, an amount (grossed up for federal and state income taxes) equal to the participant cost of such coverage, except to the extent that Executive shall obtain no less favorable coverage from another employer or from self-employment in which case such additional payments shall cease immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be eligible for continuation of group health plan coverage from and after the Date of Termination except for any “COBRA” continuation as described in this Section 5(a)(ii).

(iii) The Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, (A) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus (B) any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination. These amounts will be paid at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid.

(iv) For any MIP performance period in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the close of the fiscal year to which such MIP award relates, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the MIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had he continued in office through the end of such fiscal year, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) plus the number of days during such fiscal year prior to termination, and the denominator of which is seven hundred and thirty (730); provided, however , that if the Employment Period shall have terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this clause (iv) shall not apply and Executive instead shall be entitled to the MIP benefit described in Section 5(a)(viii) below.

(v) For each LRPIP cycle in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other LRPIP awards for such cycle are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the

 

-4-


close of the last of the Company’s fiscal years in such cycle, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the LRPIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had he continued in office through the end of such cycle, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in such cycle completed prior to termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of full months in such cycle.

(vi) In addition, Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to the Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards), in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement, and to payment of his vested benefits, if any, under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP.

(vii) If termination occurs by reason of Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to such compensation, if any, as is payable pursuant to the Company’s long-term disability plan. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability compensation payments under a long-term disability plan of the Company as well as payments under Section 5(a)(i) above, and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under Section 5(a)(i) above (determined without regard to the second proviso set forth therein), he shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company.

(viii) If termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to an amount equal to Executive’s MIP Target Award for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or if MIP Target Awards for such fiscal year have not yet been granted as of the Date of Termination, Executive’s MIP Target Award for the prior fiscal year), without proration. This amount will be paid at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid.

(ix) Except as expressly set forth above or as required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to continue participation during the termination period in any employee benefit or fringe benefit plans, except for continuation of any automobile allowance which shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period.

(b) Termination on the End Date . Unless earlier terminated or except as otherwise mutually agreed by Executive and the Company, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate on the End Date. Unless the Company in connection with such termination shall offer to Executive continued service in a position on reasonable terms, Executive shall be treated as having been terminated under Section 5(a)(II) on the day immediately preceding the End Date and shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in Section 5(a) in respect of such a termination, subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the other provisions of this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 8. If the Company in connection with such termination offers to Executive continued service in a position on reasonable terms, and Executive declines

 

-5-


such service, he shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having terminated his employment voluntarily on the End Date and he shall be entitled only to those benefits to which he would be entitled under Section 6(a) (“Voluntary termination of employment”). For purposes of the two preceding sentences, “service in a position on reasonable terms” shall mean service in a position comparable to the position in which Executive was serving immediately prior to the End Date, as reasonably determined by the Committee.

6. OTHER TERMINATION.

(a) Voluntary termination of employment . If Executive terminates his employment voluntarily, Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) to any Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) or Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards) and to any vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP. In addition, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination, in each case at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid. No other benefits shall be paid under this Agreement upon a voluntary termination of employment.

(b) Termination for Cause . If the Company should end Executive’s employment for Cause all compensation and benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement shall cease, other than (x) such vested amounts as are credited to Executive’s account (but not received) under the ESP and the frozen GDCP in accordance with the terms of those programs; (y) any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under the Company’s tax-qualified plans; and (z) Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, to which Executive may be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) under Sections 3(b) (Existing Awards) and 3(c) (New Stock Awards). The Company does not waive any rights it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

7. CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon and following a Change of Control occurring during the Employment Period, (i) Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall continue indefinitely without regard to the End Date or Section 5(b), subject, however, to termination by either party or by reason of Executive’s death or Disability in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) the provisions of Section 5 shall cease to apply in respect of any termination of employment described therein that occurs during the Standstill Period (but the provisions of Section C.1 of Exhibit C (including any reference to Section 5 therein) shall apply in respect of any such termination that qualifies as a Change of Control Termination). Additional provisions that may be relevant upon and following a Change of Control are found in Exhibit C.

8. AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.

(a) During the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Nonsolicitation Period”), Executive shall not, and shall not direct any other individual or entity to, directly or indirectly (including as a partner, shareholder, joint venturer or other investor)

 

-6-


(i) hire, offer to hire, attempt to hire or assist in the hiring of, any protected person as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or other service provider, (ii) recommend any protected person for employment or other engagement with any person or entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) solicit for employment or other engagement any protected person, or seek to persuade, induce or encourage any protected person to discontinue employment or engagement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or recommend to any protected person any employment or engagement other than with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iv) accept services of any sort (whether for compensation or otherwise) from any protected person, or (v) participate with any other person or entity in any of the foregoing activities. Any individual or entity to which Executive provides services (as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or otherwise) or in which Executive is a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor, excluding interests in the common stock of any publicly traded corporation of one percent (1%) or less, and any individual or entity that is affiliated with any such individual or entity, shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be presumed to have acted at the direction of Executive with respect to any “protected person” who worked with Executive at any time during the six (6) months prior to termination of the Employment Period. A “protected person” is a person who at the time of termination of the Employment Period, or within six (6) months prior thereto, is or was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either in a position of Assistant Vice President or higher, or in a salaried position in any merchandising group. As to (I) each “protected person” to whom the foregoing applies, (II) each subcategory of “protected person,” as defined above, (III) each limitation on (A) employment or other engagement, (B) solicitation and (C) unsolicited acceptance of services, of each “protected person” and (IV) each month of the period during which the provisions of this subsection (a) apply to each of the foregoing, the provisions set forth in this subsection (a) shall be deemed to be separate and independent agreements. In the event of unenforceability of any one or more such agreement(s), such unenforceable agreement(s) shall be deemed automatically reformed in order to allow for the greatest degree of enforceability authorized by law or, if no such reformation is possible, deleted from the provisions hereof entirely, and such reformation or deletion shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision of this subsection (a) or any other term of this Agreement.

(b) During the course of his employment, Executive will have learned vital trade secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and will have access to confidential and proprietary information and business plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Therefore, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Noncompetition Period”), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, be a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor (disregarding in this connection passive ownership for investment purposes of common stock representing one percent (1%) or less of the voting power or value of any publicly traded corporation) in, serve as a director or manager of, be engaged in any employment, consulting, or fees-for-services relationship or arrangement with, or advise with respect to the organization or conduct of, or any investment in, any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined or any Person that engages in any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined, nor shall Executive undertake any planning to engage in any such activities. The term “competitive business” (i) shall mean any business (however organized or conducted, including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business) that competes with a business in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged, or in which the Company or any Subsidiary was planning to engage, at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date on which the Employment Period ends, and (ii) shall conclusively be presumed to include, but shall not be limited to, (A) any

 

-7-


business designated as a competitive business in the Committee Resolution, including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business of any such business, and (B) any other off-price, promotional, or warehouse-club-type retail business, however organized or conducted (including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business), that sells apparel, footwear, home fashions, home furnishings, jewelry, accessories, or any other category of merchandise sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the termination of the Employment Period. For purposes of this subsection (b), a “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, and reference to any Person (the “first Person”) shall be deemed to include any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first Person. If, at any time, pursuant to action of any court, administrative, arbitral or governmental body or other tribunal, the operation of any part of this subsection shall be determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, then the coverage of this subsection shall be deemed to be reformed and restricted as to substantive reach, duration, geographic scope or otherwise, as the case may be, to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make this paragraph lawful and enforceable to the greatest extent possible in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made.

(c) Executive shall never use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than as required by applicable law or during the Employment Period for the proper performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Subsidiaries. This restriction shall continue to apply after Executive’s employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. All documents, records and files, in any media, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries and any copies (“Documents”), whether or not prepared by Executive, are the exclusive property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive must diligently safeguard all Documents, and must surrender to the Company at such time or times as the Company may specify all Documents then in Executive’s possession or control. In addition, upon termination of employment for any reason other than the death of Executive, Executive shall immediately return all Documents, and shall execute a certificate representing and warranting that he has returned all such Documents in Executive’s possession or under his control.

(d) If, during the Employment Period or at any time following termination of the Employment Period, regardless of the reason for such termination, Executive breaches any provision of this Section 8, the Company’s obligation, if any, to pay benefits under Section 5 hereof shall forthwith cease and Executive shall immediately forfeit and disgorge to the Company, with interest at the prime rate in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, all of the following: (i) any benefits theretofore paid to Executive under Section 5; (ii) any unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights held by Executive; (iii) if any other stock-based award vested in connection with or following termination of the Employment Period, or at any time subsequent to such breach, the value of such stock-based award at time of vesting plus any additional gain realized on a subsequent sale or disposition of the award or the underlying stock; and (iv) in respect of each stock option or stock appreciation right exercised by Executive within six (6) months prior to any such breach or subsequent thereto and prior to the forfeiture and disgorgement required by this Section 8(d), the excess over the exercise price (or base value, in the case of a stock appreciation right) of the greater of (A) the fair market value at time of exercise of the shares of stock subject to the award, or (B) the number of shares of stock subject to such award multiplied by the per-share proceeds of any sale of such stock by Executive.

 

-8-


(e) Executive shall notify the Company immediately upon securing employment or becoming self-employed at any time within the Noncompetition Period or the Nonsolicitation Period, and shall provide to the Company such details concerning such employment or self-employment as it may reasonably request in order to ensure compliance with the terms hereof.

(f) Executive hereby advises the Company that Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed on Executive under this Section 8, and agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, confidential information and other legitimate business interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent Executive from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which Executive is bound by them. Executive agrees that Executive will never assert, or permit to be asserted on his behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that, were Executive to breach any of the provisions of this Section 8, the harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries would be irreparable. Executive therefore agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it and notwithstanding Section 14, have the right to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and will additionally be entitled to an award of attorney’s fees incurred in connection with enforcing its rights hereunder. Executive further agrees that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Finally, Executive agrees that the Noncompetition Period and the Nonsolicitation Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which Executive is in violation of any of the terms of this Section 8, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

(g) Executive agrees that if any of the restrictions in this Section 8 is held to be void or ineffective for any reason but would be held to be valid and effective if part of its wording were deleted, that restriction shall apply with such deletions as may be necessary to make it valid and effective. Executive further agrees that the restrictions contained in each subsection of this Section 8 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and shall each be capable of being severed without prejudice to the other restrictions or to the remaining provisions.

(h) Executive expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ Executive may be transferred, without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer. Executive further agrees that no changes in the nature or scope of his employment with the Company will operate to extinguish the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8, or otherwise require the parties to re-sign this Agreement.

 

-9-


(i) The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and the termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason or reasons therefor, and shall be binding on Executive regardless of any breach by the Company of any other provision of this Agreement.

9. ASSIGNMENT. The rights and obligations of the Company shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The rights and obligations of Executive are not assignable except only that stock issuable, awards and payments payable to him after his death shall be made to his estate except as otherwise provided by the applicable plan or award documentation, if any.

10. NOTICES. All notices and other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by mailing the same by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. If sent to the Company the same shall be mailed to the Company at 770 Cochituate Road, Framingham, Massachusetts 01701, Attention: Chairman of the Executive Compensation Committee, or other such address as the Company may hereafter designate by notice to Executive, with a copy to: TJX General Counsel at the same address; and if sent to Executive, the same shall be mailed to Executive at his address as set forth in the records of the Company or at such other address as Executive may hereafter designate by notice to the Company.

11. WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, and (b) to the extent any payment hereunder that is payable by reason of termination of Executive’s employment constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and would otherwise have been required to be paid during the six (6)-month period following such termination of employment, it shall instead (unless at the relevant time Executive is no longer a Specified Employee) be delayed and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death). Executive acknowledges that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his advisors and agrees that except for the payments described in Section 5(a)(ii) of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to make Executive whole for any taxes that may become due or payable by reason of this Agreement or any payment, benefit or entitlement hereunder.

12. RELEASE. Except for payment of any accrued and unpaid Base Salary and subject to such exceptions as the Company in its discretion may determine for the payment of other amounts accrued and vested prior to the Date of Termination, any obligation of the Company to provide compensation or benefits under Section 5 or Section C.1 of Exhibit C of this Agreement, and (to the extent permitted by law) any vesting of unvested compensation or benefits in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment, are expressly conditioned on Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of an effective release of claims (in the form of release approved by the Committee on February 1, 2013) as to which all applicable rights of revocation, as determined by the Company, shall have expired prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the Date of Termination (any such timely and irrevocable release, the “Release of Claims”). Any compensation and benefits that are conditioned on the delivery of the

 

-10-


Release of Claims under this Section 12 and that otherwise would have been payable prior to such sixtieth (60th) calendar day (determined, for the avoidance of doubt, after taking into account any other required delays in payment, including any six-month delay under Section 11) shall, if the Release of Claims is delivered, instead be paid on such sixtieth (60th) day, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement regarding the time of such payments.

13. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

14. ARBITRATION. In the event that there is any claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of or relating to your employment, compensation or benefits with the Company or the termination thereof, including any claim for discrimination under any local, state, or federal employment discrimination law (including, but not limited to, M.G.L. c.151B), and the parties hereto shall not have resolved such claim or dispute within sixty (60) days after written notice from one party to the other setting forth the nature of such claim or dispute, then such claim or dispute shall (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(f)) be settled exclusively by binding arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures applicable at the time of commencement of the arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto or, in the absence of such agreement, by an arbitrator selected according to such Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either the Company or Executive shall request, such arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three arbitrators, one selected by the Company, one selected by Executive and the third selected by agreement of the first two, or, in the absence of such agreement, in accordance with such Rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator(s) shall be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof upon the application of either party.

15. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. All references in the Agreement to termination of employment, a termination of the Employment Period, or separation from service, and correlative terms, that result in the payment or vesting of any amounts or benefits that constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be construed to require a Separation from Service, and the Date of Termination in any such case shall be construed to mean the date of the Separation from Service.

 

-11-


16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including Exhibits (which are hereby incorporated by reference), represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, between them.

 

/s/ Richard N. Sherr

Executive
THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.
By:

/s/ Ernie Hermann

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

Certain Definitions

(a) “Base Salary” means, for any period, the amount described in Section 3(a).

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means dishonesty by Executive in the performance of his duties, conviction of a felony (other than a conviction arising solely under a statutory provision imposing criminal liability upon Executive on a per se basis due to the Company offices held by Executive, so long as any act or omission of Executive with respect to such matter was not taken or omitted in contravention of any applicable policy or directive of the Board), gross neglect of duties (other than as a result of Disability), or conflict of interest which conflict shall continue for thirty (30) days after the Company gives written notice to Executive requesting the cessation of such conflict.

In respect of any termination during a Standstill Period, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause until the later to occur of (i) the 30th day after notice of termination is given and (ii) the delivery to Executive of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Company’s directors at a meeting called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive), and at which Executive together with his counsel was given an opportunity to be heard, finding that Executive was guilty of conduct described in the definition of “Cause” above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, however, that the Company may suspend Executive and withhold payment of his Base Salary from the date that notice of termination is given until the earliest to occur of (A) termination of Executive for Cause effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall not be entitled to his Base Salary for such period), (B) a determination by a majority of the Company’s directors that Executive was not guilty of the conduct described in the definition of “Cause” effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall be reinstated and paid any of his previously unpaid Base Salary for such period), or (C) ninety (90) days after notice of termination is given (in which case Executive shall then be reinstated and paid any of his previously unpaid Base Salary for such period). If Base Salary is withheld and then paid pursuant to clause (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the amount thereof shall be accompanied by simple interest, calculated on a daily basis, at a rate per annum equal to the prime or base lending rate, as in effect at the time, of the Company’s principal commercial bank. The Company shall exercise its discretion under this paragraph consistent with the requirements of Section 409A or the requirements for exemption from Section 409A.

(d) “Change in Control Event” means a “change in control event” (as that term is defined in section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) with respect to the Company.

(e) “Change of Control” has the meaning given it in Exhibit B.

 

A-1


(f) “Change of Control Termination” means the termination of Executive’s employment during a Standstill Period (1) by the Company other than for Cause, or (2) by Executive for good reason, or (3) by reason of death or Disability.

For purposes of this definition, termination for “good reason” shall mean the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the occurrence without Executive’s express written consent of any one of the events described below, provided, that Executive gives notice to the Company within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of any such event or condition, requesting that the pertinent event or condition described therein be remedied, and the situation remains unremedied upon expiration of the thirty (30)-day period commencing upon receipt by the Company of such notice:

 

  (I) the assignment to him of any duties inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities, and status with the Company immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to reelect him to such positions, except in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for good reason, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminishment in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or

 

  (II) if Executive’s rate of Base Salary for any fiscal year is less than 100% of the rate of Base Salary paid to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control or if Executive’s total cash compensation opportunities, including salary and incentives, for any fiscal year are less than 100% of the total cash compensation opportunities made available to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control; or

 

  (III) the failure of the Company to continue in effect any benefits or perquisites, or any pension, life insurance, medical insurance or disability plan in which Executive was participating immediately prior to the Change of Control unless the Company provides Executive with a plan or plans that provide substantially similar benefits, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect Executive’s participation in or materially reduce Executive’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to the Change of Control; or

 

  (IV) any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause during a Standstill Period which is not effected in compliance with paragraph (c) above; or

 

  (V) any relocation of Executive of more than forty (40) miles from the place where Executive was located at the time of the Change of Control; or

 

  (VI) any other breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

A-2


  (VII) the Company sells or otherwise disposes of, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 30% of the assets (taken at asset value as stated on the books of the Company determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) or earning power of the Company (on an individual basis) or the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to any other Person or Persons (as those terms are defined in Exhibit B).

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board.

(i) “Committee Resolution” means the designation of competitive businesses most recently adopted by the Committee at or prior to the date of execution of this Agreement for purposes of the restrictive covenants applicable to Executive, whether or not such designation also applies to other employees of the Company generally.

(j) “Constructive Termination” means a termination of employment by Executive occurring within one hundred twenty (120) days of a requirement by the Company that Executive relocate, without his prior written consent, more than forty (40) miles from the current corporate headquarters of the Company, but only if (i) Executive shall have given to the Company notice of intent to terminate within sixty (60) days following notice to Executive of such required relocation and (ii) the Company shall have failed, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to withdraw its notice requiring Executive to relocate. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the one hundred twenty (120) day period shall commence upon the end of the thirty (30)-day cure period, if the Company fails to cure within such period.

(k) “Date of Termination” means the date on which Executive’s employment terminates.

(l) “Disabled”/“Disability” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that (i) can be expected either to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six months and (ii) causes Executive to be unable to perform the duties of his position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Committee.

(m) “End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement.

(n) “ESP” means the Company’s Executive Savings Plan.

(o) “GDCP” means the Company’s General Deferred Compensation Plan.

(p) “LRPIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(q) “MIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(r) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

 

A-3


(s) “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of such Treasury Regulations. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(t) “Specified Employee” shall mean an individual determined by the Committee or its delegate to be a specified employee as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining “specified employee” status. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(u) “Standstill Period” means the period commencing on the date of a Change of Control and continuing until the close of business on the last business day of the 24th calendar month following such Change of Control.

(v) “Stock Incentive Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(w) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

Definition of “Change of Control”

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) there occurs a change of control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (as amended in 2004) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or in any other filing under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no transaction shall be deemed to be a Change of Control (i) if the person or each member of a group of persons acquiring control is excluded from the definition of the term “Person” hereunder or (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to such occurrence, if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring control; or

(b) any Person other than the Company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or such a subsidiary becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company’s Common Stock and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the date such Person became a 20% owner are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to the acquisition of such 20% ownership, such acquisition of ownership shall not constitute a Change of Control if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring such ownership; or

(c) there occurs any solicitation or series of solicitations of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Company’s Board of Directors and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the commencement of such solicitation or series of solicitations are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; or

(d) the Company executes an agreement of acquisition, merger or consolidation which contemplates that (i) after the effective date provided for in the agreement, all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by another Person and (ii) individuals who are directors of the Company when such agreement is executed shall not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the survivor or successor entity immediately after the effective date provided for in such agreement; provided , however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no transaction shall constitute a Change of Control if, immediately after such transaction, Executive or any Executive Related Party shall own equity securities of any surviving corporation (“Surviving Entity”) having a fair value as a percentage of the fair value of the equity securities of such Surviving Entity greater than 125% of the fair value of the equity securities of the Company owned by Executive and any Executive Related Party immediately prior to such transaction, expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (for purposes of this paragraph ownership of equity securities shall be determined in the same manner as

 

B-1


ownership of Common Stock); and provided, further , that, for purposes of this paragraph (d), a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have taken place unless and until the acquisition, merger, or consolidation contemplated by such agreement is consummated (but immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, merger, or consolidation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of execution of such agreement).

In addition, for purposes of this Exhibit B the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Common Stock” shall mean the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company plus, for purposes of determining the stock ownership of any Person, the number of unissued shares of Common Stock which such Person has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Common Stock shall not include shares of Preferred Stock or convertible debt or options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company shall expressly so determine in any future transaction or transactions.

A Person shall be deemed to be the “owner” of any Common Stock:

(i) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(ii) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner” for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(iii) which such Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989), has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

“Person” shall have the meaning used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989.

An “Executive Related Party” shall mean any affiliate or associate of Executive other than the Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. The terms “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (the term “registrant” in the definition of “associate” meaning, in this case, the Company).

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

Change of Control Benefits

C.1. Benefits Upon a Change of Control Termination . Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits described in this Section C.1 in the event of a Change of Control Termination.

(a) The Company shall pay to Executive (1) as hereinafter provided, an amount equal to the sum of (A) two times his Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher, plus (B) two times the target award opportunity most recently granted to Executive prior to the Change of Control under MIP, which opportunity (if expressed as a percentage of Base Salary) shall be determined by reference to Executive’s Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher; plus (2) within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination, the accrued and unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the Date of Termination, subject to the following. If Executive is eligible for long-term disability compensation benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under (1)(A) above shall be reduced by the annual long-term disability compensation benefit for which Executive is eligible under such plan for the two-year period over which the amount payable under (1)(A) above is measured. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability compensation payments under a long-term disability plan of the Company as well as payments under the first sentence of this subsection (a), and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under the first sentence of this subsection (a) (determined without regard to the second sentence of this subsection (a)), he shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company. If the Change of Control Termination occurs in connection with a Change of Control that is also a Change in Control Event, the amount described under (1) above shall be paid in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), unless Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, in which case the amount described under (1) above shall instead be paid thirty (30) days following the date of the Change of Control Termination. If the Change of Control Termination occurs more than two years after a Change in Control Event or in connection with a Change of Control that is not a Change in Control Event, the amount described under (1) above shall be paid, except as otherwise required by Section 11 of the Agreement, in the same manner as Base Salary continuation would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a).

(b) Until the second anniversary of the Date of Termination, the Company shall maintain in full force and effect for the continued benefit of Executive and his family all life insurance and medical insurance plans and programs in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided, that Executive’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs. In the event that Executive is ineligible to participate in such plans or programs, or if the Company determines in its discretion that continued participation could give rise to a tax or penalty, the Company shall provide for an alternative arrangement (such as a cash payment) in lieu of continued coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations hereunder with respect to life or medical coverage or benefits shall be deemed satisfied to the extent (but only to the extent) of any such coverage or benefits provided by another employer.

 

C-1


(c) On the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay to Executive or his estate, in lieu of any automobile allowance, the present value of the automobile allowance (at the rate in effect prior to the Change of Control) it would have paid for the two years following the Change of Control Termination (or until the earlier date of Executive’s death, if Executive dies prior to the date of the payment under this Section C.1(c)); provided , that if the Change of Control is not a Change of Control Event, such amount shall instead be paid in the same manner as Executive’s automobile allowance would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a); and further provided , that if Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, any lump sum payable under this Section C.1(c) shall instead by paid within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination.

C.2. Payment Adjustment . Payments under this Exhibit C shall be made without regard to whether the deductibility of such payments (or any other payments or benefits to or for the benefit of Executive) would be limited or precluded by Section 280G of the Code (“Section 280G”) and without regard to whether such payments (or any other payments or benefits) would subject Executive to the federal excise tax levied on certain “excess parachute payments” under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”); provided , that if the total of all payments to or for the benefit of Executive, after reduction for all federal taxes (including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code) with respect to such payments (“Executive’s total after-tax payments”), would be increased by the limitation or elimination of any payment under Section C.1 or Section C.3 of this Exhibit, or by an adjustment to the vesting of any equity-based or other awards that would otherwise vest on an accelerated basis in connection with the Change of Control, amounts payable under Section C.1 and Section C.3 of this Exhibit shall be reduced and the vesting of equity-based and other awards shall be adjusted to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to maximize Executive’s total after-tax payments. Any reduction in payments or adjustment of vesting required by the preceding sentence shall be applied, first, against any benefits payable under Section C.1(a)(1) of this Exhibit, then against any benefits payable under Section C.3 of this Exhibit, then against the vesting of any performance-based restricted stock awards that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, then against the vesting of any other equity-based awards, if any, that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, and finally against all other payments, if any. The determination as to whether Executive’s payments and benefits include “excess parachute payments” and, if so, the amount and ordering of any reductions in payment required by the provisions of this Section C.2 shall be made at the Company’s expense by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or by such other certified public accounting firm as the Committee may designate prior to a Change of Control (the “accounting firm”). In the event of any underpayment or overpayment hereunder, as determined by the accounting firm, the amount of such underpayment or overpayment shall forthwith and in all events within thirty (30) days of such determination be paid to Executive or refunded to the Company, as the case may be, with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 

C-2


C.3. Settlement of MIP and LRPIP . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Executive’s interest in MIP and LRPIP shall be settled automatically by the payment to Executive, in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control, of an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s target award opportunities with respect to each award granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP for the fiscal year (in the case of MIP), and any performance cycle (in the case of LRPIP), that begins before and ends after the date of the Change of Control; provided, that for purposes of this Section C.3, unless Executive has been granted new award opportunities under MIP for such fiscal year and under LRPIP for the performance cycle commencing with such fiscal year, Executive’s most recent target award opportunities under MIP and LRPIP shall be deemed to have been granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP with respect to such fiscal year and such performance cycle, respectively.

C.4. Other Benefits . In addition to the amounts that may be payable under Sections C.1 or C.3 (but without duplication of any payments or benefits to which Executive may be entitled under any provision of this Agreement, and subject to Section C.2), upon and following a Change of Control Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to: (i) his Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, under Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards); and (ii) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP with respect to any fiscal year completed prior to the Change of Control, or under LRPIP with respect to any performance cycle completed prior to the Change of Control; and (iii) the payment of his vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans) and any vested benefits under the Company’s frozen GDCP.

C.5. Noncompetition; No Mitigation of Damages; etc .

(a) Noncompetition . Upon a Change of Control, any agreement by Executive not to engage in competition with the Company subsequent to the termination of his employment, whether contained in an employment agreement or other agreement, shall no longer be effective.

(b) No Duty to Mitigate Damages . Executive’s benefits under this Exhibit C shall be considered severance pay in consideration of his past service and his continued service from the date of this Agreement, and his entitlement thereto shall neither be governed by any duty to mitigate his damages by seeking further employment nor offset by any compensation which he may receive from future employment.

(c) Legal Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses, including but not limited to counsel fees, stenographer fees, printing costs, etc. reasonably incurred by Executive in contesting or disputing that the termination of his employment during a Standstill Period is for Cause or other than for good reason (as defined in the definition of Change of Control Termination) or obtaining any right or benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement following a Change of Control. Any amount payable under this Agreement that is not paid when due shall accrue interest at the prime rate as from time to time in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, until paid in full. All payments and reimbursements under this Section shall be made consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

 

C-3


(d) Notice of Termination . During a Standstill Period, Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company only upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Executive.

 

C-4

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

DATED JANUARY 30, 2015

BETWEEN SCOTT GOLDENBERG AND THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.


INDEX

 

         PAGE  

1.

  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT.      1   

2.

  SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.      1   

3.

  COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.      2   

4.

  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.      3   

5.

  BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR UPON EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT      3   

6.

  OTHER TERMINATION.      6   

7.

  CHANGE OF CONTROL.      6   

8.

  AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.      6   

9.

  ASSIGNMENT.      10   

10.

  NOTICES.      10   

11.

  WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS.      10   

12.

  RELEASE.      10   

13.

  GOVERNING LAW.      11   

14.

  ARBITRATION.      11   

15.

  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.      11   

16.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.      12   
EXHIBIT A Certain Definitions      A-1   
EXHIBIT B Definition of “Change of Control”      B-1   
EXHIBIT C Change of Control Benefits      C-1   

 

-i-


SCOTT GOLDENBERG

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated January 30, 2015 between Scott Goldenberg (“Executive”) and The TJX Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation whose principal office is in Framingham, Massachusetts 01701 (the “Company”).

RECITALS

The Company and Executive intend that Executive shall be employed by the Company on the terms set forth below and, to that end, deem it desirable and appropriate to enter into this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall become effective on February 1, 2015 (the “Effective Date”). Upon effectiveness of this Agreement on the Effective Date, the Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive dated January 29, 2012 (the “Prior Agreement”) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. Prior to the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except that execution of this Agreement shall constitute, for purposes of the first sentence of Section 5(b) of the Prior Agreement, a mutual agreement by the parties to continue Executive’s employment beyond January 31, 2015. Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive’s employment hereunder shall continue on the terms provided herein until February 3, 2018 (the “End Date”). The period of Executive’s employment by the Company from and after the Effective Date, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Employment Period.” This Agreement is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A and shall be construed accordingly.

2. SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Nature of Services . Executive shall diligently perform such duties and assume such responsibilities as shall from time to time be specified by the Company.

(b) Extent of Services . Except for illnesses and vacation periods, Executive shall devote substantially all his working time and attention and his best efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. However, Executive may (i) make any passive investments where he is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial efforts, (ii) subject to approval by the Board or a committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), participate in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations, or (iii) subject to approval by the Board or a committee thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or withdrawn), hold directorships in public

 

-1-


companies, except only that the Board or such committee shall have the right to limit such services as a director or such participation in charitable or community activities or in trade or professional organizations whenever the Board or such committee shall believe that the time spent on such activities infringes in any material respect upon the time required by Executive for the performance of his duties under this Agreement or is otherwise incompatible with those duties.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) Base Salary . Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate hereinafter specified, such Base Salary to be paid in the same manner and at the same times as the Company shall pay base salary to other executive employees. The rate at which Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid shall be $675,000 per year or such other rate (not less than $675,000 per year) as the Committee may determine after Committee review not less frequently than annually.

(b) Existing Awards . Reference is made to outstanding awards to Executive of stock options and of performance-based restricted stock made prior to the Effective Date under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (as it may be amended and including any successor, the “Stock Incentive Plan”), to the award opportunity granted to Executive for FYE 2015 under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”), and to award opportunities granted to Executive under the Company’s Long Range Performance Incentive Plan (“LRPIP”) for cycles beginning before the Effective Date. Each of such awards outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue for such period or periods and in accordance with such terms as are set out in the applicable grant, award certificate, award agreement and other governing documents relating to such awards and shall not be affected by the terms of this Agreement except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(c) New Stock Awards . Consistent with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan, during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to stock-based awards under the Stock Incentive Plan at levels commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee. With respect to Stock Incentive Plan awards described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and this Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards), Executive will be entitled to tender shares of Company common stock not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan, or to have shares of stock deliverable under the awards held back, in satisfaction of the minimum withholding taxes required in respect of income realized in connection with the awards.

(d) LRPIP . During the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to participate in annual grants under LRPIP at a level commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee.

(e) MIP . During the Employment Period, Executive will be eligible to participate in annual awards under MIP at a level commensurate with his position and responsibilities and subject to such terms as shall be established by the Committee.

(f) Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans . Executive shall be entitled during the Employment Period to participate in the Company’s tax-qualified retirement and profit-sharing plans, and in the ESP, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the amendment and termination provisions thereof).

 

-2-


(g) Policies and Fringe Benefits . Executive shall be subject to Company policies applicable to its executives generally and shall be entitled to receive all such fringe benefits as the Company shall from time to time make available to other executives generally (subject to the terms of any applicable fringe benefit plan).

(h) Other . The Company is entitled to terminate Executive’s employment notwithstanding the fact that Executive may lose entitlement to benefits under the arrangements described above. Upon termination of his employment, Executive shall have no claim against the Company for loss arising out of ineligibility to exercise any stock options granted to him or otherwise in relation to any of the stock options or other stock-based awards granted to Executive, and the rights of Executive shall be determined solely by the rules of the relevant award document and plan.

4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; IN GENERAL.

(a) The Company shall have the right to end Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause.

(b) Executive’s employment shall terminate upon written notice by the Company to Executive (or, if earlier, to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, upon the expiration of the twenty-nine (29)-month period commencing upon Executive’s absence from work) if, by reason of Disability, Executive is unable to perform his duties for at least six continuous months. Any termination pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be treated for purposes of Section 5 and the definition of “Change of Control Termination” at subsection (f) of Exhibit A as a termination by reason of Disability.

(c) Whenever his employment shall terminate, Executive shall resign (or, in the absence of an affirmative resignation, shall be deemed to have resigned) all offices or other positions he shall hold with the Company and any affiliated corporations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employment Period shall terminate upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.

5. BENEFITS UPON NON-VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR UPON EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT.

(a) Certain Terminations Prior to the End Date . If the Employment Period shall have terminated prior to the End Date by reason of (I) death or Disability of Executive, (II) termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause or (III) a Constructive Termination, then all compensation and benefits for Executive shall be as follows:

(i) For a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Date of Termination (the “termination period”), the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without reduction for compensation earned from other employment or self employment, continued Base Salary at the rate in effect at termination of employment in accordance with its regular payroll practices for executive employees of the Company (but not less frequently than monthly); provided , that if Executive is a Specified Employee at the relevant time, the Base Salary that would otherwise be payable during the six-month

 

-3-


period beginning on the Date of Termination shall instead be accumulated and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after such date (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death); and further provided , that if Executive is eligible for long-term disability compensation benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under this clause shall be paid at a rate equal to the excess of (a) the rate of Base Salary in effect at termination of employment, over (b) the long-term disability compensation benefits for which Executive is approved under such plan.

(ii) If Executive elects so-called “COBRA” continuation of group health plan coverage provided pursuant to Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, there shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above, during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period, an amount (grossed up for federal and state income taxes) equal to the participant cost of such coverage, except to the extent that Executive shall obtain no less favorable coverage from another employer or from self-employment in which case such additional payments shall cease immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be eligible for continuation of group health plan coverage from and after the Date of Termination except for any “COBRA” continuation as described in this Section 5(a)(ii).

(iii) The Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, (A) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus (B) any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination. These amounts will be paid at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid.

(iv) For any MIP performance period in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the close of the fiscal year to which such MIP award relates, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the MIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had he continued in office through the end of such fiscal year, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) plus the number of days during such fiscal year prior to termination, and the denominator of which is seven hundred and thirty (730); provided, however , that if the Employment Period shall have terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, this clause (iv) shall not apply and Executive instead shall be entitled to the MIP benefit described in Section 5(a)(viii) below.

(v) For each LRPIP cycle in which Executive participates that begins before and ends after the Date of Termination, and at the same time as other LRPIP awards for such cycle are paid, but in no event later than by the 15th day of the third month following the

 

-4-


close of the last of the Company’s fiscal years in such cycle, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative, without offset for compensation earned from other employment or self-employment, an amount equal to (A) the LRPIP award, if any, that Executive would have earned and been paid had he continued in office through the end of such cycle, determined without regard to any adjustment for individual performance factors, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in such cycle completed prior to termination of employment and the denominator of which is the number of full months in such cycle.

(vi) In addition, Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to the Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards), in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement, and to payment of his vested benefits, if any, under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans).

(vii) If termination occurs by reason of Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to such compensation, if any, as is payable pursuant to the Company’s long-term disability plan. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability compensation payments under a long-term disability plan of the Company as well as payments under Section 5(a)(i) above, and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under Section 5(a)(i) above (determined without regard to the second proviso set forth therein), he shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company.

(viii) If termination occurs by reason of death or Disability, Executive shall also be entitled to an amount equal to Executive’s MIP Target Award for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or if MIP Target Awards for such fiscal year have not yet been granted as of the Date of Termination, Executive’s MIP Target Award for the prior fiscal year), without proration. This amount will be paid at the same time as other MIP awards for such performance period are paid.

(ix) Except as expressly set forth above or as required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to continue participation during the termination period in any employee benefit or fringe benefit plans, except for continuation of any automobile allowance which shall be added to the amounts otherwise payable under Section 5(a)(i) above during the continuation of such coverage but not beyond the end of the termination period.

(b) Termination on the End Date . Unless earlier terminated or except as otherwise mutually agreed by Executive and the Company, Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate on the End Date. Unless the Company in connection with such termination shall offer to Executive continued service in a position on reasonable terms, Executive shall be treated as having been terminated under Section 5(a)(II) on the day immediately preceding the End Date and shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in Section 5(a) in respect of such a termination, subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the other provisions of this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 8. If the Company in connection with such termination offers to Executive continued service in a position on reasonable terms, and Executive declines such service, he shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having terminated his

 

-5-


employment voluntarily on the End Date and he shall be entitled only to those benefits to which he would be entitled under Section 6(a) (“Voluntary termination of employment”). For purposes of the two preceding sentences, “service in a position on reasonable terms” shall mean service in a position comparable to the position in which Executive was serving immediately prior to the End Date, as reasonably determined by the Committee.

6. OTHER TERMINATION.

(a) Voluntary termination of employment . If Executive terminates his employment voluntarily, Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) to any Stock Incentive Plan benefits described in Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) or Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards) and to any vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans). In addition, the Company will pay to Executive or his legal representative any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment, plus any unpaid amounts owing with respect to LRPIP cycles in which Executive participated and which were completed prior to termination, in each case at the same time as other awards for such prior year or cycle are paid. No other benefits shall be paid under this Agreement upon a voluntary termination of employment.

(b) Termination for Cause . If the Company should end Executive’s employment for Cause all compensation and benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement shall cease, other than (x) such vested amounts as are credited to Executive’s account (but not received) under the ESP in accordance with the terms of those programs; (y) any vested benefits to which Executive is entitled under the Company’s tax-qualified plans; and (z) Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, to which Executive may be entitled (in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of the applicable arrangement) under Sections 3(b) (Existing Awards) and 3(c) (New Stock Awards). The Company does not waive any rights it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

7. CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon and following a Change of Control occurring during the Employment Period, (i) Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall continue indefinitely without regard to the End Date or Section 5(b), subject, however, to termination by either party or by reason of Executive’s death or Disability in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) the provisions of Section 5 shall cease to apply in respect of any termination of employment described therein that occurs during the Standstill Period (but the provisions of Section C.1 of Exhibit C (including any reference to Section 5 therein) shall apply in respect of any such termination that qualifies as a Change of Control Termination). Additional provisions that may be relevant upon and following a Change of Control are found in Exhibit C.

8. AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT OR COMPETE.

(a) During the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Nonsolicitation Period”), Executive shall not, and shall not direct any other individual or entity to, directly or indirectly (including as a partner, shareholder, joint venturer or other investor) (i) hire, offer to hire, attempt to hire or assist in the hiring of, any protected person as an employee,

 

-6-


director, consultant, advisor or other service provider, (ii) recommend any protected person for employment or other engagement with any person or entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) solicit for employment or other engagement any protected person, or seek to persuade, induce or encourage any protected person to discontinue employment or engagement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or recommend to any protected person any employment or engagement other than with the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iv) accept services of any sort (whether for compensation or otherwise) from any protected person, or (v) participate with any other person or entity in any of the foregoing activities. Any individual or entity to which Executive provides services (as an employee, director, consultant, advisor or otherwise) or in which Executive is a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor, excluding interests in the common stock of any publicly traded corporation of one percent (1%) or less, and any individual or entity that is affiliated with any such individual or entity, shall, for purposes of the preceding sentence, be presumed to have acted at the direction of Executive with respect to any “protected person” who worked with Executive at any time during the six (6) months prior to termination of the Employment Period. A “protected person” is a person who at the time of termination of the Employment Period, or within six (6) months prior thereto, is or was employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either in a position of Assistant Vice President or higher, or in a salaried position in any merchandising group. As to (I) each “protected person” to whom the foregoing applies, (II) each subcategory of “protected person,” as defined above, (III) each limitation on (A) employment or other engagement, (B) solicitation and (C) unsolicited acceptance of services, of each “protected person” and (IV) each month of the period during which the provisions of this subsection (a) apply to each of the foregoing, the provisions set forth in this subsection (a) shall be deemed to be separate and independent agreements. In the event of unenforceability of any one or more such agreement(s), such unenforceable agreement(s) shall be deemed automatically reformed in order to allow for the greatest degree of enforceability authorized by law or, if no such reformation is possible, deleted from the provisions hereof entirely, and such reformation or deletion shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision of this subsection (a) or any other term of this Agreement.

(b) During the course of his employment, Executive will have learned vital trade secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and will have access to confidential and proprietary information and business plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Therefore, during the Employment Period and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Noncompetition Period”), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, be a shareholder, member, partner, joint venturer or investor (disregarding in this connection passive ownership for investment purposes of common stock representing one percent (1%) or less of the voting power or value of any publicly traded corporation) in, serve as a director or manager of, be engaged in any employment, consulting, or fees-for-services relationship or arrangement with, or advise with respect to the organization or conduct of, or any investment in, any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined or any Person that engages in any “competitive business” as hereinafter defined, nor shall Executive undertake any planning to engage in any such activities. The term “competitive business” (i) shall mean any business (however organized or conducted, including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business) that competes with a business in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged, or in which the Company or any Subsidiary was planning to engage, at any time during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date on which the Employment Period ends, and (ii) shall conclusively be presumed to include, but shall not be limited to, (A) any business designated as a competitive business in the Committee Resolution, including, without

 

-7-


limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business of any such business, and (B) any other off-price, promotional, or warehouse-club-type retail business, however organized or conducted (including, without limitation, an on-line, “ecommerce” or other internet-based business), that sells apparel, footwear, home fashions, home furnishings, jewelry, accessories, or any other category of merchandise sold by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the termination of the Employment Period. For purposes of this subsection (b), a “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, and reference to any Person (the “first Person”) shall be deemed to include any other Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first Person. If, at any time, pursuant to action of any court, administrative, arbitral or governmental body or other tribunal, the operation of any part of this subsection shall be determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, then the coverage of this subsection shall be deemed to be reformed and restricted as to substantive reach, duration, geographic scope or otherwise, as the case may be, to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make this paragraph lawful and enforceable to the greatest extent possible in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made.

(c) Executive shall never use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than as required by applicable law or during the Employment Period for the proper performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Subsidiaries. This restriction shall continue to apply after Executive’s employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. All documents, records and files, in any media, relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries and any copies (“Documents”), whether or not prepared by Executive, are the exclusive property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive must diligently safeguard all Documents, and must surrender to the Company at such time or times as the Company may specify all Documents then in Executive’s possession or control. In addition, upon termination of employment for any reason other than the death of Executive, Executive shall immediately return all Documents, and shall execute a certificate representing and warranting that he has returned all such Documents in Executive’s possession or under his control.

(d) If, during the Employment Period or at any time following termination of the Employment Period, regardless of the reason for such termination, Executive breaches any provision of this Section 8, the Company’s obligation, if any, to pay benefits under Section 5 hereof shall forthwith cease and Executive shall immediately forfeit and disgorge to the Company, with interest at the prime rate in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, all of the following: (i) any benefits theretofore paid to Executive under Section 5; (ii) any unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights held by Executive; (iii) if any other stock-based award vested in connection with or following termination of the Employment Period, or at any time subsequent to such breach, the value of such stock-based award at time of vesting plus any additional gain realized on a subsequent sale or disposition of the award or the underlying stock; and (iv) in respect of each stock option or stock appreciation right exercised by Executive within six (6) months prior to any such breach or subsequent thereto and prior to the forfeiture and disgorgement required by this Section 8(d), the excess over the exercise price (or base value, in the case of a stock appreciation right) of the greater of (A) the fair market value at time of exercise of the shares of stock subject to the award, or (B) the number of shares of stock subject to such award multiplied by the per-share proceeds of any sale of such stock by Executive.

 

-8-


(e) Executive shall notify the Company immediately upon securing employment or becoming self-employed at any time within the Noncompetition Period or the Nonsolicitation Period, and shall provide to the Company such details concerning such employment or self-employment as it may reasonably request in order to ensure compliance with the terms hereof.

(f) Executive hereby advises the Company that Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed on Executive under this Section 8, and agrees without reservation that each of the restraints contained herein is necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the good will, confidential information and other legitimate business interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries, that each and every one of those restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area; and that these restraints will not prevent Executive from obtaining other suitable employment during the period in which Executive is bound by them. Executive agrees that Executive will never assert, or permit to be asserted on his behalf, in any forum, any position contrary to the foregoing. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that, were Executive to breach any of the provisions of this Section 8, the harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries would be irreparable. Executive therefore agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it and notwithstanding Section 14, have the right to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach without having to post bond, and will additionally be entitled to an award of attorney’s fees incurred in connection with enforcing its rights hereunder. Executive further agrees that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. Finally, Executive agrees that the Noncompetition Period and the Nonsolicitation Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during any period of time in which Executive is in violation of any of the terms of this Section 8, in order that the Company shall have the agreed-upon temporal protection recited herein.

(g) Executive agrees that if any of the restrictions in this Section 8 is held to be void or ineffective for any reason but would be held to be valid and effective if part of its wording were deleted, that restriction shall apply with such deletions as may be necessary to make it valid and effective. Executive further agrees that the restrictions contained in each subsection of this Section 8 shall be construed as separate and individual restrictions and shall each be capable of being severed without prejudice to the other restrictions or to the remaining provisions.

(h) Executive expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and any successor or permitted assign to whose employ Executive may be transferred, without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer. Executive further agrees that no changes in the nature or scope of his employment with the Company will operate to extinguish the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8, or otherwise require the parties to re-sign this Agreement.

(i) The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Employment Period and the termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason or reasons therefor, and shall be binding on Executive regardless of any breach by the Company of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

-9-


9. ASSIGNMENT. The rights and obligations of the Company shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The rights and obligations of Executive are not assignable except only that stock issuable, awards and payments payable to him after his death shall be made to his estate except as otherwise provided by the applicable plan or award documentation, if any.

10. NOTICES. All notices and other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by mailing the same by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. If sent to the Company the same shall be mailed to the Company at 770 Cochituate Road, Framingham, Massachusetts 01701, Attention: Chairman of the Executive Compensation Committee, or other such address as the Company may hereafter designate by notice to Executive, with a copy to: TJX General Counsel at the same address; and if sent to Executive, the same shall be mailed to Executive at his address as set forth in the records of the Company or at such other address as Executive may hereafter designate by notice to the Company.

11. WITHHOLDING; CERTAIN TAX MATTERS. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to Executive shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, and (b) to the extent any payment hereunder that is payable by reason of termination of Executive’s employment constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and would otherwise have been required to be paid during the six (6)-month period following such termination of employment, it shall instead (unless at the relevant time Executive is no longer a Specified Employee) be delayed and paid, without interest, in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death). Executive acknowledges that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his advisors and agrees that except for the payments described in Section 5(a)(ii) of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to make Executive whole for any taxes that may become due or payable by reason of this Agreement or any payment, benefit or entitlement hereunder.

12. RELEASE. Except for payment of any accrued and unpaid Base Salary and subject to such exceptions as the Company in its discretion may determine for the payment of other amounts accrued and vested prior to the Date of Termination, any obligation of the Company to provide compensation or benefits under Section 5 or Section C.1 of Exhibit C of this Agreement, and (to the extent permitted by law) any vesting of unvested compensation or benefits in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment, are expressly conditioned on Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of an effective release of claims (in the form of release approved by the Committee on February 1, 2013) as to which all applicable rights of revocation, as determined by the Company, shall have expired prior to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the Date of Termination (any such timely and irrevocable release, the “Release of Claims”). Any compensation and benefits that are conditioned on the delivery of the Release of Claims under this Section 12 and that otherwise would have been payable prior to such sixtieth (60th) calendar day (determined, for the avoidance of doubt, after taking into account any other required delays in payment, including any six-month delay under Section 11) shall, if the Release of Claims is delivered, instead be paid on such sixtieth (60th) day, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement regarding the time of such payments.

 

-10-


13. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

14. ARBITRATION. In the event that there is any claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of or relating to your employment, compensation or benefits with the Company or the termination thereof, including any claim for discrimination under any local, state, or federal employment discrimination law (including, but not limited to, M.G.L. c.151B), and the parties hereto shall not have resolved such claim or dispute within sixty (60) days after written notice from one party to the other setting forth the nature of such claim or dispute, then such claim or dispute shall (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(f)) be settled exclusively by binding arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures applicable at the time of commencement of the arbitration by an arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto or, in the absence of such agreement, by an arbitrator selected according to such Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either the Company or Executive shall request, such arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three arbitrators, one selected by the Company, one selected by Executive and the third selected by agreement of the first two, or, in the absence of such agreement, in accordance with such Rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator(s) shall be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof upon the application of either party.

15. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. All references in the Agreement to termination of employment, a termination of the Employment Period, or separation from service, and correlative terms, that result in the payment or vesting of any amounts or benefits that constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be construed to require a Separation from Service, and the Date of Termination in any such case shall be construed to mean the date of the Separation from Service.

 

-11-


16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including Exhibits (which are hereby incorporated by reference), represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to the terms of Executive’s employment by the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, between them.

 

 /s/ Scott Goldenberg

Executive
THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.
By:

 /s/ Carol Meyrowitz

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

Certain Definitions

(a) “Base Salary” means, for any period, the amount described in Section 3(a).

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Cause” means dishonesty by Executive in the performance of his duties, conviction of a felony (other than a conviction arising solely under a statutory provision imposing criminal liability upon Executive on a per se basis due to the Company offices held by Executive, so long as any act or omission of Executive with respect to such matter was not taken or omitted in contravention of any applicable policy or directive of the Board), gross neglect of duties (other than as a result of Disability), or conflict of interest which conflict shall continue for thirty (30) days after the Company gives written notice to Executive requesting the cessation of such conflict.

In respect of any termination during a Standstill Period, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause until the later to occur of (i) the 30th day after notice of termination is given and (ii) the delivery to Executive of a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Company’s directors at a meeting called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive), and at which Executive together with his counsel was given an opportunity to be heard, finding that Executive was guilty of conduct described in the definition of “Cause” above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, however, that the Company may suspend Executive and withhold payment of his Base Salary from the date that notice of termination is given until the earliest to occur of (A) termination of Executive for Cause effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall not be entitled to his Base Salary for such period), (B) a determination by a majority of the Company’s directors that Executive was not guilty of the conduct described in the definition of “Cause” effected in accordance with the foregoing procedures (in which case Executive shall be reinstated and paid any of his previously unpaid Base Salary for such period), or (C) ninety (90) days after notice of termination is given (in which case Executive shall then be reinstated and paid any of his previously unpaid Base Salary for such period). If Base Salary is withheld and then paid pursuant to clause (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the amount thereof shall be accompanied by simple interest, calculated on a daily basis, at a rate per annum equal to the prime or base lending rate, as in effect at the time, of the Company’s principal commercial bank. The Company shall exercise its discretion under this paragraph consistent with the requirements of Section 409A or the requirements for exemption from Section 409A.

(d) “Change in Control Event” means a “change in control event” (as that term is defined in section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) with respect to the Company.

(e) “Change of Control” has the meaning given it in Exhibit B.

 

A-1


(f) “Change of Control Termination” means the termination of Executive’s employment during a Standstill Period (1) by the Company other than for Cause, or (2) by Executive for good reason, or (3) by reason of death or Disability.

For purposes of this definition, termination for “good reason” shall mean the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the occurrence without Executive’s express written consent of any one of the events described below, provided, that Executive gives notice to the Company within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of any such event or condition, requesting that the pertinent event or condition described therein be remedied, and the situation remains unremedied upon expiration of the thirty (30)-day period commencing upon receipt by the Company of such notice:

 

  (I) the assignment to him of any duties inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities, and status with the Company immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to reelect him to such positions, except in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for good reason, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminishment in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or

 

  (II) if Executive’s rate of Base Salary for any fiscal year is less than 100% of the rate of Base Salary paid to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control or if Executive’s total cash compensation opportunities, including salary and incentives, for any fiscal year are less than 100% of the total cash compensation opportunities made available to Executive in the completed fiscal year immediately preceding the Change of Control; or

 

  (III) the failure of the Company to continue in effect any benefits or perquisites, or any pension, life insurance, medical insurance or disability plan in which Executive was participating immediately prior to the Change of Control unless the Company provides Executive with a plan or plans that provide substantially similar benefits, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect Executive’s participation in or materially reduce Executive’s benefits under any of such plans or deprive Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by Executive immediately prior to the Change of Control; or

 

  (IV) any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause during a Standstill Period which is not effected in compliance with paragraph (c) above; or

 

  (V) any relocation of Executive of more than forty (40) miles from the place where Executive was located at the time of the Change of Control; or

 

  (VI) any other breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; or

 

A-2


  (VII) the Company sells or otherwise disposes of, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 30% of the assets (taken at asset value as stated on the books of the Company determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) or earning power of the Company (on an individual basis) or the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) to any other Person or Persons (as those terms are defined in Exhibit B).

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board.

(i) “Committee Resolution” means the designation of competitive businesses most recently adopted by the Committee at or prior to the date of execution of this Agreement for purposes of the restrictive covenants applicable to Executive, whether or not such designation also applies to other employees of the Company generally.

(j) “Constructive Termination” means a termination of employment by Executive occurring within one hundred twenty (120) days of a requirement by the Company that Executive relocate, without his prior written consent, more than forty (40) miles from the current corporate headquarters of the Company, but only if (i) Executive shall have given to the Company notice of intent to terminate within sixty (60) days following notice to Executive of such required relocation and (ii) the Company shall have failed, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to withdraw its notice requiring Executive to relocate. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the one hundred twenty (120) day period shall commence upon the end of the thirty (30)-day cure period, if the Company fails to cure within such period.

(k) “Date of Termination” means the date on which Executive’s employment terminates.

(l) “Disabled”/“Disability” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that (i) can be expected either to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six months and (ii) causes Executive to be unable to perform the duties of his position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Committee.

(m) “End Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement.

(n) “ESP” means the Company’s Executive Savings Plan.

(o) “LRPIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(p) “MIP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(q) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

(r) “Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) from the

 

A-3


Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of such Treasury Regulations. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(s) “Specified Employee” shall mean an individual determined by the Committee or its delegate to be a specified employee as defined in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of Section 409A. The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining “specified employee” status. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Agreement.

(t) “Standstill Period” means the period commencing on the date of a Change of Control and continuing until the close of business on the last business day of the 24th calendar month following such Change of Control.

(u) “Stock Incentive Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of the Agreement.

(v) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

Definition of “Change of Control”

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) there occurs a change of control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (as amended in 2004) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or in any other filing under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no transaction shall be deemed to be a Change of Control (i) if the person or each member of a group of persons acquiring control is excluded from the definition of the term “Person” hereunder or (ii) unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to such occurrence, if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring control; or

(b) any Person other than the Company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or such a subsidiary becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company’s Common Stock and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the date such Person became a 20% owner are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to the acquisition of such 20% ownership, such acquisition of ownership shall not constitute a Change of Control if Executive or an Executive Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring such ownership; or

(c) there occurs any solicitation or series of solicitations of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Company’s Board of Directors and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the commencement of such solicitation or series of solicitations are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; or

(d) the Company executes an agreement of acquisition, merger or consolidation which contemplates that (i) after the effective date provided for in the agreement, all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by another Person and (ii) individuals who are directors of the Company when such agreement is executed shall not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the survivor or successor entity immediately after the effective date provided for in such agreement; provided , however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no transaction shall constitute a Change of Control if, immediately after such transaction, Executive or any Executive Related Party shall own equity securities of any surviving corporation (“Surviving Entity”) having a fair value as a percentage of the fair value of the equity securities of such Surviving Entity greater than 125% of the fair value of the equity securities of the Company owned by Executive and any Executive Related Party immediately prior to such transaction, expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (for purposes of this paragraph ownership of equity securities shall be determined in the same manner as

 

B-1


ownership of Common Stock); and provided, further , that, for purposes of this paragraph (d), a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have taken place unless and until the acquisition, merger, or consolidation contemplated by such agreement is consummated (but immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, merger, or consolidation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of execution of such agreement).

In addition, for purposes of this Exhibit B the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Common Stock” shall mean the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company plus, for purposes of determining the stock ownership of any Person, the number of unissued shares of Common Stock which such Person has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Common Stock shall not include shares of Preferred Stock or convertible debt or options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company shall expressly so determine in any future transaction or transactions.

A Person shall be deemed to be the “owner” of any Common Stock:

(i) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(ii) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner” for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(iii) which such Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989), has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

“Person” shall have the meaning used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989.

An “Executive Related Party” shall mean any affiliate or associate of Executive other than the Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company. The terms “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (the term “registrant” in the definition of “associate” meaning, in this case, the Company).

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

Change of Control Benefits

C.1. Benefits Upon a Change of Control Termination . Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits described in this Section C.1 in the event of a Change of Control Termination.

(a) The Company shall pay to Executive (1) as hereinafter provided, an amount equal to the sum of (A) two times his Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher, plus (B) two times the target award opportunity most recently granted to Executive prior to the Change of Control under MIP, which opportunity (if expressed as a percentage of Base Salary) shall be determined by reference to Executive’s Base Salary for one year at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or the Change of Control, whichever is higher; plus (2) within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination, the accrued and unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the Date of Termination, subject to the following. If Executive is eligible for long-term disability compensation benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, the amount payable under (1)(A) above shall be reduced by the annual long-term disability compensation benefit for which Executive is eligible under such plan for the two-year period over which the amount payable under (1)(A) above is measured. To avoid duplication of benefits, if for any period Executive receives long-term disability compensation payments under a long-term disability plan of the Company as well as payments under the first sentence of this subsection (a), and if the sum of such payments for any period exceeds the payment for such period to which Executive is entitled under the first sentence of this subsection (a) (determined without regard to the second sentence of this subsection (a)), he shall promptly pay such excess in reimbursement to the Company. If the Change of Control Termination occurs in connection with a Change of Control that is also a Change in Control Event, the amount described under (1) above shall be paid in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), unless Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, in which case the amount described under (1) above shall instead be paid thirty (30) days following the date of the Change of Control Termination. If the Change of Control Termination occurs more than two years after a Change in Control Event or in connection with a Change of Control that is not a Change in Control Event, the amount described under (1) above shall be paid, except as otherwise required by Section 11 of the Agreement, in the same manner as Base Salary continuation would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a).

(b) Until the second anniversary of the Date of Termination, the Company shall maintain in full force and effect for the continued benefit of Executive and his family all life insurance and medical insurance plans and programs in which Executive was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided, that Executive’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs. In the event that Executive is ineligible to participate in such plans or programs, or if the Company determines in its discretion that continued participation could give rise to a tax or penalty, the Company shall provide for an alternative arrangement (such as a cash payment) in lieu of continued coverage.

 

C-1


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations hereunder with respect to life or medical coverage or benefits shall be deemed satisfied to the extent (but only to the extent) of any such coverage or benefits provided by another employer.

(c) On the date that is six (6) months and one day following the date of the Change of Control Termination (or, if earlier, the date of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay to Executive or his estate, in lieu of any automobile allowance, the present value of the automobile allowance (at the rate in effect prior to the Change of Control) it would have paid for the two years following the Change of Control Termination (or until the earlier date of Executive’s death, if Executive dies prior to the date of the payment under this Section C.1(c)); provided , that if the Change of Control is not a Change of Control Event, such amount shall instead be paid in the same manner as Executive’s automobile allowance would have been paid in the case of a termination by the Company other than for Cause under Section 5(a); and further provided , that if Executive is not a Specified Employee on the relevant date, any lump sum payable under this Section C.1(c) shall instead by paid within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control Termination.

C.2. Payment Adjustment . Payments under this Exhibit C shall be made without regard to whether the deductibility of such payments (or any other payments or benefits to or for the benefit of Executive) would be limited or precluded by Section 280G of the Code (“Section 280G”) and without regard to whether such payments (or any other payments or benefits) would subject Executive to the federal excise tax levied on certain “excess parachute payments” under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”); provided , that if the total of all payments to or for the benefit of Executive, after reduction for all federal taxes (including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code) with respect to such payments (“Executive’s total after-tax payments”), would be increased by the limitation or elimination of any payment under Section C.1 or Section C.3 of this Exhibit, or by an adjustment to the vesting of any equity-based or other awards that would otherwise vest on an accelerated basis in connection with the Change of Control, amounts payable under Section C.1 and Section C.3 of this Exhibit shall be reduced and the vesting of equity-based and other awards shall be adjusted to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to maximize Executive’s total after-tax payments. Any reduction in payments or adjustment of vesting required by the preceding sentence shall be applied, first, against any benefits payable under Section C.1(a)(1) of this Exhibit, then against any benefits payable under Section C.3 of this Exhibit, then against the vesting of any performance-based restricted stock awards that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, then against the vesting of any other equity-based awards, if any, that would otherwise have vested in connection with the Change of Control, and finally against all other payments, if any. The determination as to whether Executive’s payments and benefits include “excess parachute payments” and, if so, the amount and ordering of any reductions in payment required by the provisions of this Section C.2 shall be made at the Company’s expense by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or by such other certified public accounting firm as the Committee may designate prior to a Change of Control (the “accounting firm”). In the event of any underpayment or overpayment hereunder, as determined by the accounting firm, the amount of such underpayment or overpayment shall forthwith and in all events within thirty (30) days of such determination be paid to Executive or refunded to the Company, as the case may be, with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 

C-2


C.3. Settlement of MIP and LRPIP . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Executive’s interest in MIP and LRPIP shall be settled automatically by the payment to Executive, in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Change of Control, of an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s target award opportunities with respect to each award granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP for the fiscal year (in the case of MIP), and any performance cycle (in the case of LRPIP), that begins before and ends after the date of the Change of Control; provided, that for purposes of this Section C.3, unless Executive has been granted new award opportunities under MIP for such fiscal year and under LRPIP for the performance cycle commencing with such fiscal year, Executive’s most recent target award opportunities under MIP and LRPIP shall be deemed to have been granted to Executive under MIP and LRPIP with respect to such fiscal year and such performance cycle, respectively.

C.4. Other Benefits . In addition to the amounts that may be payable under Sections C.1 or C.3 (but without duplication of any payments or benefits to which Executive may be entitled under any provision of this Agreement, and subject to Section C.2), upon and following a Change of Control Executive or his legal representative shall be entitled to: (i) his Stock Incentive Plan benefits, if any, under Section 3(b) (Existing Awards) and Section 3(c) (New Stock Awards); and (ii) any unpaid amounts to which Executive is entitled under MIP with respect to any fiscal year completed prior to the Change of Control, or under LRPIP with respect to any performance cycle completed prior to the Change of Control; and (iii) the payment of his vested benefits under the plans described in Section 3(f) (Qualified Plans; Other Deferred Compensation Plans).

C.5. Noncompetition; No Mitigation of Damages; etc .

(a) Noncompetition . Upon a Change of Control, any agreement by Executive not to engage in competition with the Company subsequent to the termination of his employment, whether contained in an employment agreement or other agreement, shall no longer be effective.

(b) No Duty to Mitigate Damages . Executive’s benefits under this Exhibit C shall be considered severance pay in consideration of his past service and his continued service from the date of this Agreement, and his entitlement thereto shall neither be governed by any duty to mitigate his damages by seeking further employment nor offset by any compensation which he may receive from future employment.

(c) Legal Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses, including but not limited to counsel fees, stenographer fees, printing costs, etc. reasonably incurred by Executive in contesting or disputing that the termination of his employment during a Standstill Period is for Cause or other than for good reason (as defined in the definition of Change of Control Termination) or obtaining any right or benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement following a Change of Control. Any amount payable under this Agreement that is not paid when due shall accrue interest at the prime rate as from time to time in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, until paid in full. All payments and reimbursements under this Section shall be made consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

 

C-3


(d) Notice of Termination . During a Standstill Period, Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company only upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Executive.

 

C-4

Exhibit 10.20

Form of Deferred Stock Award for Directors

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

DEFERRED STOCK AWARD FOR DIRECTORS

This certificate evidences the award (the “Award”) made automatically to the non-employee director named below (the “Director”) on [    ] (the “Grant Date”) under Section 7(e) of the Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of The TJX Companies, Inc. (the “Company”). The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan as from time to time amended, the provisions of which are incorporated by reference in this certificate. Terms defined in the Plan are used in this certificate as so defined.

1. AWARD RECIPIENT: [    ]

2. NATURE OF AWARD: The Award consists of two parts: an “ Annual Deferred Stock Award ” and an “ Additional Deferred Stock Award ” as those terms are defined in the Plan (hereinafter, the “Annual Award” and “Additional Award,” respectively). The Company agrees to credit to an unfunded account maintained on the books of the Company (the “Account”), in respect of each such portion of the Award, the number of shares of Stock specified in Section 3 plus such additional number of shares as may be determined under Section 4. The number of shares credited to the Account and not forfeited, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be transferred to the Director (or, in the event of the Director’s death, to the Director’s beneficiary designated prior to death in a manner acceptable to the Company, or, if no such beneficiary has been so designated, to the Director’s estate) (such designated beneficiary or the estate, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the Director’s “Beneficiary”) in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award. The Award is unfunded and unsecured, and the Director’s rights to any Stock hereunder shall be no greater than those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. The Award may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except for disposition at death as provided above. The Award does not entitle the Director to any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to the Award, unless and until such shares of Stock have been transferred to the Director. The Award is intended to constitute a “non-qualified deferred compensation” arrangement that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be construed accordingly.

3. INITIAL CREDITS TO ACCOUNT: The number of shares of Stock to be credited to the Account, subject in each case to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award, is as follows:

(a) Under the Annual Award portion of the Award, [            ] shares shall be credited to the Account on the Grant Date. The portion of the Account reflecting this Annual Award credit is hereinafter referred to as the “Annual Award Sub-Account.”


Form of Deferred Stock Award for Directors

 

(b) Under the Additional Award portion of the Award, [            ] shares shall also be credited to the Account. The portion of the Account reflecting this Additional Award credit is hereinafter referred to as the “Additional Award Sub-Account.”

4. DIVIDEND AWARDS: As of (a) the date of each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company (if immediately prior thereto the Director was a member of the Board) and (b) the date (if other than the date of an annual meeting) on which the Director ceases to be a member of the Board, (each such relevant date, a “dividend crediting date”) there shall be credited to each of the Annual Award Sub-Account and the Additional Award Sub-Account the number of additional shares of Stock equal to (x) plus (y), divided by (z), where:

 

  (x) is the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares then allocated to the Annual Award Sub-Account or the Additional Award Sub-Account, as the case may be, (disregarding in each case, for purposes of this clause (x), any shares credited to such Sub-Account since the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting) by (ii) the aggregate per-share amount of dividends for which the record date occurred since the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting;

 

  (y) is the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares first credited to the Annual Award Sub-Account or the Additional Award Sub-Account, as the case may be, since the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting but prior to such dividend crediting date by (ii) the aggregate per-share amount of dividends for which the record date occurred since the date that such shares were credited to such Account; and

 

  (z) is the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on such dividend crediting date.

5. VESTING: The Director’s Annual Award Sub-Account shall be fully vested at all times. The Director’s Additional Award Sub-Account shall vest on the date immediately preceding the date of the annual meeting next succeeding the Grant Date (if the Director is then a member of the Board) or, if earlier, immediately prior to a Change of Control. Immediately upon the Director’s ceasing to be a member of the Board for any reason, any portion of the Director’s Account that was not then vested shall be forfeited.

6. ANNUAL AWARD SUB-ACCOUNT – DATE OF DELIVERY: Shares of Stock equal in number to the shares credited to the Director’s Annual Award Sub-Account (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be transferred by the Company to the Director (or, in the event of the Director’s death, to the Director’s Beneficiary) as soon as practicable after and in all events within [            ] business days after the date on which the Director ceases for any reason to be a member of the Board; provided , that in the event of an earlier Change of Control, there shall instead be delivered to the Director (or, in the event of the Director’s death, to the Director’s Beneficiary), immediately prior to the Change of Control.


Form of Deferred Stock Award for Directors

 

7. ADDITIONAL AWARD SUB-ACCOUNT – DATE OF DELIVERY: Shares of Stock equal in number to the shares credited to the Director’s Additional Award Sub-Account (rounded up to the nearest whole share), if vested , shall be transferred by the Company to the Director (i) the day following the date of vesting pursuant to Section 5 above , or (ii) immediately prior to a Change of Control, whichever is earlier; provided , that if the Director has timely elected a deferral of any portion of his Additional Award Sub-Account, such portion (if vested) shall instead be paid in accordance with Section 8.

8. ELECTION TO DEFER: The Director may elect to have payment of the vested balance, if any, of his Additional Award Sub-Account made at the same time as payment of his Annual Award Sub-Account pursuant to Section 6 in lieu of the payment terms described in Section 7. Any such election must be made no later than December 31 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which such Award is granted or at such other time as is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, as determined by the Administrator. Each such election shall be in a form acceptable to the Administrator.

9. ADJUSTMENTS: The Award and the shares of Stock subject to the Award are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

10. WITHHOLDING: The Director or Beneficiary shall, no later than the date on which any share of Stock is transferred to the Director or Beneficiary and as a condition to such transfer, pay to the Company in cash, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income. If any taxes are required to be withheld prior to such transfer of such share of Stock (for example, upon the vesting of the right to receive such share), the Company may require the Director or Beneficiary to pay such taxes timely in cash by separate payment, may withhold the required taxes from other amounts payable to Grantee or Beneficiary, or may agree with the Director or Beneficiary on other arrangements for the payment of such taxes, all as the Company determines in its discretion.

11. SECTION 83(b) NOT APPLICABLE: Because the Award does not give to the Directors a present ownership right in any Stock, but only a conditional right to acquire shares of Stock in the future, the Director shall not be entitled to make a so-called “83(b) election” with respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Award.

 

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

 

Exhibit 10.21

DESCRIPTION OF DIRECTOR COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

For fiscal 2015, our non-employee directors were paid as follows:

 

    Annual retainer of $75,000 for each director.

 

    Additional annual retainer of $70,000 for the Lead Director.

 

    Additional annual retainer for Committee Chairs:

 

    $28,000 for the Audit Committee Chair;

 

    $23,000 for the Executive Compensation Committee Chair;

 

    $18,000 for the Corporate Governance Committee Chair; and

 

    $18,000 for the Finance Committee Chair.

 

    Additional annual retainer for each Committee member (other than the Chair):

 

    $15,000 for each Audit Committee member;

 

    $10,000 for each Executive Compensation Committee member;

 

    $8,000 for each Corporate Governance Committee member; and

 

    $8,000 for each Finance Committee member.

 

    Two annual deferred stock awards, each representing shares of our common stock valued at $70,000.

During fiscal 2015, the amount of each of the deferred stock awards was increased to $75,000, effective for awards granted at or after the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, effective fiscal 2016, an additional annual retainer of $26,000 was added for a Chair of a subcommittee of the Audit Committee.

Directors are reimbursed for customary expenses for attending Board and committee meetings. The deferred stock awards (and deferred dividends on those awards) are granted under our Stock Incentive Plan. One of the deferred stock awards vests immediately and is payable with accumulated dividends in stock at the earlier of separation from service as a director or change of control. The second award vests at the annual meeting next following the award, based on service as a director for that year, and is payable with accumulated dividends in stock upon vesting or, if an irrevocable advance election is made, at the same time as the first award. In the event that a non-employee director separates from service as a director prior to vesting in the second award, such award will be forfeited.

Directors may defer their retainers and fees by participating in our Executive Savings Plan (ESP), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, under which amounts deferred earn a return based on notional investments in mutual funds or other market investments. Participating directors may select a distribution date earlier than retirement from the Board, but no earlier than January 1st of the second year following the year of the deferral. Prior to January 1, 2008, our non-employee directors were eligible to defer their retainers and fees in our GDCP, under which amounts deferred earn interest at a periodically adjusted market-based rate. Amounts deferred under the GDCP on or after January 1, 2005 will be distributed under the terms of the ESP, as described above. Amounts deferred under the GDCP prior to January 1, 2005 will be paid on leaving the Board. We do not provide retirement, health or life insurance benefits for our non-employee directors.

Compensation of Directors who are Employees of the Company

Directors who are employees of TJX are not paid for their service as a director.

Exhibit 10.24

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(2015 Restatement)


Article 1. — Introduction

1.1. In General . The Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, established in 1981, was amended and restated in 1984 and 1992 and was further amended and restated in 2005 inter alia to conform the Plan to the requirements of Section 409A, including the transition rules and exemptive relief provisions thereunder. The Plan was then amended and restated as of January 1, 2008 inter alia to conform the Plan to the final regulations issued under Section 409A. The amendment and restatement of the Plan set forth herein is effective as of January 1, 2015. The terms of the Plan as so amended and restated shall apply to all benefits that become payable to a Key Employee under the Plan on or after January 1, 2015, and benefits that became payable to a Key Employee under the Plan prior to January 1, 2015 shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time such benefits became payable, including, for the avoidance of doubt, benefits that became payable to a Key Employee under the Plan on or after January 1, 2005 and on or before December 31, 2007, which shall continue to be determined and administered consistent with the provisions of the Plan as amended and restated in 2005, consistent with a good faith, reasonable interpretation of Section 409A, its legislative history and then-existing guidance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any of its officers or directors, nor any other person charged with administrative responsibilities under the Plan, shall be liable to any employee or former employee of the Company, or to any spouse, Eligible Partner or other beneficiary of any such employee or former employee, by reason of the failure of any benefit hereunder to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of any Key Employee who as of December 31, 2014 is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any subsidiary thereof that provides for the payment of such Key Executive’s vested benefit in the form of a lump sum

 

-2-


following a separation from service following a change in control, payment of the Key Employee’s vested benefit in such circumstances shall be so determined and paid (whether or not the employment agreement remains in effect) unless the form and timing thereof is changed consistent with the rules prescribed under Section 409A of the Code.

1.2. Purpose . The purpose of the amended and restated Plan set forth herein is to provide certain designated employees with retirement benefits supplemental to those payable under the Company’s tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

-3-


Article 2. — Definitions

2.1. “Average Compensation” shall mean the average of the Key Employee’s Compensation over the five (5) full calendar years yielding the highest such average and occurring during the last ten (10) calendar years prior to the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service with the Company. In the case of a Key Employee who becomes disabled as defined in the Company’s long-term disability plan, Average Compensation shall be determined on the basis of the five (5) full calendar years yielding the highest such average and occurring during the last ten (10) calendar years of the Key Employee’s employment with the Company prior to commencement of benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan. If the Key Employee has not completed five full calendar years of employment prior to the commencement of benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, Average Compensation shall be based on the number of full calendar years he or she was employed by the Company prior to the commencement of such benefits.

2.2. “Beneficiary” shall mean a beneficiary entitled to receive certain death benefits under the Plan who has been designated as such by the Key Employee in writing in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the case of a Key Employee who is survived at death by an Eligible Partner, the Eligible Partner shall be deemed to be the Key Employee’s sole Beneficiary unless the Key Employee had expressly designated one or more other Beneficiaries in writing in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee.

2.3. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same presently exists and as the same may hereafter be amended, or any successor statute of similar purpose. References to specific sections of the Code shall be considered references to identifiable similar provisions of successor statutes.

 

-4-


2.4. “Committee” shall mean the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of The TJX Companies, Inc.

2.5. “Company” shall mean The TJX Companies, Inc. and any wholly-owned subsidiaries; provided, in determining whether an individual has separated from the service of the Company, “Company” shall include The TJX Companies, Inc. and all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of such Treasury Regulations and “separation from service” shall mean a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A). The Committee may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Plan.

2.6. “Compensation” shall mean, for any calendar year, a Key Employees actual base salary earned and any short-term incentives awarded during the calendar year (before taking into account any reduction in base salary or short-term incentives pursuant to a salary reduction agreement under Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code). Any base salary or short-term incentives that are deferred under The TJX Companies, Inc. General Deferred Compensation Plan or The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan shall be included as “Compensation” for the calendar year in which the salary is earned or short-term incentives are awarded but not included for the calendar year in which such deferred compensation is paid. By way of example and not by way of limitation, Compensation shall not include employer contributions to The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan, Matching Contributions under The TJX Companies, Inc.

 

-5-


General Savings/Profit Sharing Plan, or any amounts credited to the Employer Credit Account under The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan; income or gains resulting from the receipt, sale, exchange, exercise or other disposition of stock or stock options, awards and benefits, including stock appreciation rights, under The TJX Companies, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan or any other long-term incentive plan of the Company; expense reimbursements or payments in lieu of expense reimbursement; auto allowances, financial counseling fees, tuition reimbursements or the value of other fringe benefits provided by the Company or any other employer (even if wholly or partially currently taxable as income to the Key Employee); or employer contributions to Social Security made by the Company or another employer on behalf of the Key Employee.

2.7. “Deferred Compensation Amount” shall mean any income deferred under The TJX Companies, Inc. General Deferred Compensation Plan or the TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan which but for the deferral would be included in the definition of “Compensation” under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan (without regard to the limitations described in Code Section 401(a) (17)). For the avoidance of doubt, “Deferred Compensation Amounts” shall be disregarded to the extent (as determined by the Committee) the reduction in the Article 7 formula benefit under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan attributable to the non-inclusion in “Compensation” described in clause (i) above of such Amounts is offset by any benefit under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan that is supplemental to the formula benefit described in Article 7 thereof.

2.8. “Disability” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that (i) can be expected either to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than six months and (ii) causes a Key Employee to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment to the reasonable satisfaction of the Committee.

 

-6-


2.9. “Eligible Partner” shall mean the individual, if any, who immediately prior to a Key Employee’s death qualified as the Key Employee’s “Eligible Partner” as defined in The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan .

2.10. “Executive Savings Plan Benefit” shall mean an annual benefit computed by converting the value of the Key Employee’s Employer Credit Account under The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan to a life annuity commencing at the later of age 65 or the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service. The Committee shall determine the actuarial factors used in converting the Employer Credit Account to a life annuity.

2.11. “Interest Rate” shall mean the “Interest Rate” as in effect at the relevant time under The TJX Companies, Inc. General Deferred Compensation Plan (or, if at such time there is no such rate in effect under The TJX Companies, Inc. General Deferred Compensation Plan, the rate then used under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan for determining lump-sum actuarial equivalency). If at the relevant determination date The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan no longer exists or no longer provides for lump sum actuarial equivalency determinations, the Committee shall apply a reasonable interest rate consistent with Section 1.409A-1(o) of the Treasury Regulations.

2.12. “Key Employee” shall mean a Category A Key Employee, Category B Key Employee or Category C Key Employee as determined pursuant to Article 3.

2.13. “Plan” shall mean The TJX Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (2015 Restatement) as set forth in this document, including any and all amendments hereto and restatements hereof.

 

-7-


2.14. “Primary Social Security Benefit” shall mean the annual primary insurance amount to which the Key Employee is entitled or would, upon application therefor, become entitled at the later of age 65 or the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service under the provisions of the Federal Social Security Act as in effect on the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service assuming that the Key Employee will have no income after such separation which would be treated as wages for purposes of the Social Security Act.

2.15. “Retirement Agreement” shall mean an individual agreement between a Category A Key Employee and the Company providing for supplemental executive retirement benefits.

2.16. “Retirement Plan Benefit” shall mean the annual benefit payable at the later of age 65 or the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan on a life annuity basis.

2.17. “Savings/Profit Sharing Plan Benefit” shall mean an annual benefit computed by converting the value of the Key Employee’s Matching Contribution Account payable under The TJX Companies, Inc. General Savings/Profit Sharing Plan to a life annuity commencing at the later of age 65 or the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service. The Committee shall determine the actuarial factors used in converting the Matching Contribution Account to a life annuity.

2.18. “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code.

2.19. “Years of Service” shall mean the total completed years and months of a Key Employee’s uninterrupted service with the Company from the date that the Key Employee’s commences employment with the Company until the date of the Key Employee’s separation from service. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall not constitute an interruption of service but the period of such absence shall be excluded from Years of Service for all purposes under the Plan.

 

-8-


Article 3. — Key Employees

3.1. Designation of Key Employees . An employee or retired former employee of the Company shall be a Key Employee if, and only if, designated as such by the Committee, except that designation as a Category C Key Employee shall be automatic (based on the application of specified limits as described in Section 3.4 below) except as the Committee may limit eligibility for such benefits. Subject to Section 409A, the most recent “Category” to which such Key Employee is assigned determines the nature of the benefits to which he or she may become entitled under this Plan.

3.2. Category A Key Employee . Only the following shall be treated as having been designated as Category A Key Employees: (i) an executive employee of the Company who has a Retirement Agreement that refers directly to benefits payable under this Plan, or (ii) any other employee with a Retirement Agreement who is designated as a Category A Key Employee. For the avoidance of doubt, as of January 1, 2015, the Company did not have any Retirement Agreements with any employees, except insofar as the Company’s employment agreements with key officers (each, an “Employment Agreement”) could be construed as Retirement Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, any executive employee of the Company who has an Employment Agreement with the Company and who is eligible for benefits under this Plan shall be considered a Category B Key Employee or a Category C Key Employee, as applicable, except as otherwise expressly provided in such Employment Agreement.

3.3. Category B Key Employee . A Category B Key Employee is a key employee of the Company who has been designated by the Committee as eligible to receive the benefits provided under Article 5 of this Plan. If, however, at the time a Category B Key Employee retires or otherwise separates from service, the benefit under Article 6 of this Plan would provide

 

-9-


a greater benefit to such Key Employee than the benefit provided under Article 5 of this plan, then such Key Employee will be deemed designated a Category C Key Employee and will receive the benefit provided under Article 6 in lieu of that provided under Article 5.

3.4. Category C Key Employee . A Category C Key Employee is an employee of the Company with a fully vested right to benefits under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan whose benefits under that plan are limited by reason of (i) the operation of the limitation provisions of Section 401(a) (17) or Section 415 of the Code, and/or (ii) the deferral of certain income which, but for the deferral, would be included in the definition of “Compensation” under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan.

 

-10-


Article 4. — Category A Key Employee Benefit

4.1. Category A Key Employee Benefit . Each present or future Category A Key Employee (and, where so provided in the individual Retirement Agreements between the Company and such Key Employee, the surviving spouse or other beneficiary(ies) of such Key Employee) shall receive the benefit provided under the Retirement Agreement with such Key Employee under the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in said Retirement Agreement, which, to the extent consistent with Section 409A, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

-11-


Article 5. — Category B Key Employee Benefit

5.1. Requirement for a Benefit . Each Category B Key Employee retiring at or after age 55 with 10 or more Years of Service shall be entitled to receive a supplemental retirement benefit under this Article 5.

5.2. Benefit Upon Separation from Service At or Before Age 65 . The benefit payable at age 65 to a Category B Key Employee who qualifies for a benefit under Sections 5.1 and who separates from the service of the Company at or prior to attaining age 65, when expressed as a monthly benefit payable as a life annuity for the life of the Category B Key Employee commencing at age 65 (the “tentative life annuity” for purposes of this Section 5.2), shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the product of (a) and (b), such product offset (reduced) by the sum of (c), (d), (e) and (f), where:

 

  (a) is two and one-half percent (2  1 2 %) of the Key Employee’s Average Compensation,

 

  (b) is the number of Years of Service completed by the Key Employee, up to a maximum of twenty (20) such Years,

 

  (c) is the Key Employee’s annual Retirement Plan Benefit,

 

  (d) is the Key Employee’s annual Savings/Profit Sharing Plan Benefit,

 

  (e) is the Key Employee’s annual Executive Savings Plan Benefit, and

 

  (f) is the Key Employee’s annual Primary Social Security Benefit.

The lump-sum actuarial equivalent of such tentative life annuity (the “tentative lump sum amount” for purposes of this Section 5.2), determined in accordance with the rules prescribed in Section 7.2(c) as of the date the Category B Key Employee separates from service, shall be increased for six months’ worth of interest at the Interest Rate in effect at separation from service

 

-12-


and thereafter, if payment is delayed pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(iii) by reason of a change in payment election under Section 7.2(b)(ii), at the Interest Rate from time to time in effect until the applicable determination date for the benefit payable to the Category B Key Employee.

5.3. Benefit Upon Separation From Service After Age 65 . The benefit payable in the case of each Category B Key Employee who qualifies for a benefit under Sections 5.1 and who separates from the service of the Company after attaining age 65, when expressed as a lump sum (the “tentative lump sum amount” for purposes of this Section 5.3) shall be the greater of (A) and (B), where:

 

  (A) is the lump-sum actuarial equivalent, determined in accordance with the rules prescribed in Section 7.2(c) as of the date the Category B Key Employee separates from service, of the monthly benefit, payable as a life annuity for the life of the Category B Key Employee commencing at the date of the separation from service, equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the product of (a) and (b) (each as set forth in Section 5.2), such product offset (reduced) by the sum of (c), (d), (e) and (f) (each as set forth in Section 5.2); and

 

  (B) is the opening lump sum balance, determined in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 7.2(c) as of the date the Category B Key Employee attains age 65, equal to the tentative lump sum amount that would have been determined under Section 5.2 had such Category B Key Employee separated from service at age 65, and adjusted for interest at the Interest Rate from time to time in effect between the date such Category B Key Employee attains age 65 and the date of the Category B Key Employee’s later separation from service.

 

-13-


The tentative lump sum amount for purposes of this Section 5.3 shall be increased for six months’ worth of interest at the Interest Rate in effect at separation from service and thereafter, if payment is delayed pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(iii) by reason of a change in payment election under Section 7.2(b)(ii), at the Interest Rate from time to time in effect until the applicable determination date for the benefit payable to the Category B Key Employee.

5.4. Death Benefit . Death benefits shall be payable to Category B Key Employees only to the extent provided in this Section 5.4:

 

  (i) If a Category B Key Employee dies after having become entitled to a benefit as set forth in Section 5.1 and after separating from service, but prior to the payment or commencement of such benefit, there shall be paid to the Category B Key Employee’s Beneficiary, or if there is no Beneficiary surviving, to the Category B Key Employee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Category B Key Employee’s estate, in each case at or as soon as practicable after the decedent’s death, a lump sum equal to the lump sum benefit that would then have been payable to the Category B Key Employee had the Category B Key Employee been entitled to payment on such date.

 

  (ii)

If a Category B Key Employee dies after having satisfied the age and service requirements set forth in Section 5.1 but before separating from service, his or her surviving spouse or Eligible Partner, if any, will be entitled to receive, as soon as practicable following the Category B Key Employee’s death, a lump sum payment that is the actuarial equivalent of the survivor benefit that would have been payable to the spouse or Eligible

 

-14-


  Partner on account of the Key Employee’s death if the Key Employee had separated from service and commenced receiving benefits on the day six months following his or her death in a 50% joint and survivor annuity form (that is, in a form under which the Key Employee would have received a reduced pension upon retirement and upon such Key Employee’s death one-half of such reduced benefit would have been payable to the Key Employee’s spouse or Eligible Partner). Actuarial equivalency for this purpose shall be determined using an interest assumption equal to the Interest Rate in effect at the time of the Category B Key Employee’s death and the same mortality assumption as is then used under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan. If at the relevant determination date The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan no longer exists or no longer provides for lump sum actuarial equivalency determinations, the Committee shall apply reasonable actuarial assumptions consistent with Section 1.409A-1(o) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  (iii)

If the Category B Key Employee survives until the commencement of benefit payments hereunder but dies before the completion of such payments, then (A) if the benefit was payable in substantially equal annual installments, the Category B Key Employee’s Beneficiary, or if there is no Beneficiary surviving, the Category B Key Employee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise the Category B Key Employee’s estate shall be paid, as soon as practicable following the Category B Key Employee’s death, a

 

-15-


  single lump sum equal to the present value (determined using the Interest Rate then in effect) of the remaining installments, and (B) if the benefit was payable as an annuity with a survivor benefit under which the Category B Key Employee’s spouse or Eligible Partner was the survivor annuitant, the Category B Key Employee’s surviving spouse or Eligible Partner, if any and if the same as the Category B Key Employee’s spouse or Eligible Partner at the time such annuity was determined, shall be paid, as soon as practicable following the Category B Key Employee’s death, a lump sum payment that is the actuarial equivalent of the survivor portion of such annuity. Actuarial equivalency for this purpose shall be determined using an interest assumption equal to the Interest Rate in effect at the time of the Category B Key Employee’s death and the same mortality assumption as is then used under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan. If at the relevant determination date The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan no longer exists or no longer provides for lump sum actuarial equivalency determinations, the Committee shall apply reasonable actuarial assumptions consistent with Section 1.409A-1(o) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  (iv) No death benefit shall be payable under the Plan in any circumstances other than those described in Section 5.4(i), (ii) or (iii) above or Section 6.2 below.

5.5. Benefits in the Event of Disability . If a Category B Key Employee should become disabled as defined by the Company’s long-term disability plan, the Key Employee will

 

-16-


be credited with Year(s) of Service for the period in which he or she receives such disability payments for purposes of Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3. For purposes of meeting the minimum requirements of Section 5.1, the Key Employee will be deemed to be actively employed while receiving long-term disability benefits. Long-term disability payments, however, will not be included in determining Compensation. A Category B Key Employee who is disabled shall be entitled to benefits only upon his or her separation from service in accordance with this Section 5.5 and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be entitled to benefits solely by reason of becoming disabled. For purposes of this Section 5.5, a Category B Key Employee shall be deemed to have separated from service by reason of Disability upon the earlier of the Category B Key Employee’s termination of employment or the expiration of the twenty-nine (29)-month period commencing upon such Category B Key Employee’s absence from work.

 

-17-


Article 6. — Category C Key Employee Benefit

6.1. Category C Key Employee Benefits . Each Category C Key Employee who has a fully vested right to benefits under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan shall be entitled to receive a benefit under this Plan equal to the difference between (a) and (b) below, where

 

  (a) is the benefit the Key Employee would have received under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan on a life annuity basis, if (1) neither the limitations of Code Sections 415(b) or 415(e), whichever is applicable, nor the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17) existed and/or (2) the Key Employee did not have any Deferred Compensation Amounts; and

 

  (b) is the benefit which the Key Employee is actually entitled to receive under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan on a life annuity basis.

The lump-sum actuarial equivalent of such tentative life annuity (the “tentative lump sum amount”), determined in accordance with the rules prescribed in Article 7.3(b) as of the date the Category C Key Employee separates from service, shall be increased for six months’ worth of interest at the Interest Rate then in effect at separation from service, and thereafter (if necessary because in a delay in payment pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(iii) by reason of a change in payment election under Section 7.2(b)(ii)) at the Interest Rate from time to time in effect, and the actuarial equivalent of such adjusted lump sum amount, expressed in the applicable form of payment determined in accordance with Article 7, shall be paid or commence to be paid six months and one day following the Category C Key Employee’s separation from service or later as provided in Section 7.2(b)(iii).

6.2. Category C Death Benefits . The form and manner of death benefits payable to Category C Key Employees shall be determined by reference to the death benefit provisions

 

-18-


applicable to Category B Key Employees under Section 5.4 above, with each reference in such Section to a “Category B Key Employee,” to the extent applicable to a form of benefit applicable to a Category C Key Employee, to be deemed to refer to a “Category C Key Employee” and each reference in such Section to “Section 5.1” to be deemed to refer to “Section 6.1” for purposes of this Section 6.2.

 

-19-


Article 7. — Methods of Benefit Payment

7.1. Category A Key Employees . Benefits payable to Category A Key Employees shall be paid in the manner prescribed in the Retirement Agreement providing for such benefits, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Retirement Agreement to which reference is made does not specify the manner in which such benefits are to be paid, such benefits shall instead be distributed in the same manner as benefits payable to a Category B Key Employee.

7.2. Category B Key Employees .

 

  (a) Available Forms of Payment . The benefit payable hereunder to a Category B Key Employee shall be paid in one of the following forms:

 

  (i) either five (5) or ten (10) substantially equal annual installments commencing (except as provided at Section 7.2(b)(iii) below) six months and one day following the date on which the Category B Key Employee separates from service with the Company;

 

  (ii) a single lump-sum payment payable (except as provided at Section 7.2(b)(iii) below) six months and one day following the date on which the Category B Key Employee separates from service with the Company; or

 

  (iii)

an annuity payable in a form generally available under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan as of the date the Category B Key Employee selects such form of payment hereunder (whether or not the Category B Key Employee participates in The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan and whether or not such form is

 

-20-


  available under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan as of the date the Category B Key Employee’s benefit hereunder commences), such annuity to be paid commencing (except as provided at Section 7.2(b)(iii) below) six months and one day following the date on which the Category B Key Employee separates from service with the Company.

The form and manner of payment of a Category B Key Employee’s benefit shall be determined, from among these alternatives, in accordance with (b) below.

 

  (b) Election Provisions . The form in which a Category B Key Employee’s benefit hereunder is paid shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i) Except as otherwise elected in accordance with this Section 7.2(b), each Category B Key Employee’s benefit hereunder shall be paid in five (5) annual installments as determined under (a)(i) above.

 

  (ii)

Each Category B Key Employee may elect to have his or her benefit hereunder paid in another form described in Section 7.2(a) above, but only if such election is made (A) in writing in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee, and (B) at least twelve (12) months prior to the date the Category B Key Employee separates from service with the Company. No election made under this Section 7.2(b)(ii) shall take effect until twelve (12) months after it is made. Any change election made in accordance with this Section 7.2(b)(ii) shall be binding on the Category B Key

 

-21-


  Employee when made and may be altered only by a subsequent change election that complies with the requirements of this Section 7.2(b)(ii).

 

  (iii) Except as provided in Section 7.2(b)(iv) or Section 7.2(b)(v) below, if a Category B Key Employee elects a change in payment form pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(ii) above, payment (or, in the case of installments or an annuity, commencement of payment) of the benefit payable under the new form of payment shall be delayed by five years and one day measured from the date on which the pre-change form of payment would have been made or would have commenced to be made. For example, (A) under a valid change in payment form from lump sum to installments or to a life annuity, the first installment payment or the first annuity payment, as the case may be, shall be made five years and one day after the date the lump sum would otherwise have been paid, and (B) under a valid change from an installment or annuity form of payment to a lump sum payment, the lump sum shall be paid five years and one day after the first installment or annuity payment would have been made. In any case in which a delay in payment or commencement of payment is required under this Section 7.2(b)(iii), the lump sum amount used to calculate the actuarially equivalent payment to the Category B Key Employee shall continue to be credited with interest as described in Section 5 until payment is made or commences.

 

-22-


  (iv) Notwithstanding Section 7.2(b)(ii) and Section 7.2(b)(iii) above, a Category B Key Employee as to whom the applicable form of payment (pursuant to a prior election under Section 7.2(b)(ii)) is a “life annuity” described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-2(b)(2)(ii) may, to the extent consistent with Section 409A, elect in writing, in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee, to have his or her benefit hereunder payable in another such “life annuity” form that is available under Section 7.2(a), without regard to whether such election is made at least twelve (12) months in advance and without any required delay in the commencement of such payment under Section 7.2(b)(iii) above, provided that no such change election shall be effective if made on or after the date the first annuity payment is made.

 

  (v) The Committee may, to the extent consistent with Section 409A and the transition rules and during the transition period provided thereunder, permit a Category B Key Employee or former Category B Key Employee to elect an alternative form of payment from among those available under Section 7.2(a) without regard to the limitations of Section 7.2(b)(ii) or Section 7.2(b)(iii) above if (A) such election is in writing and made in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee and (B) is made not later than six months prior to the later of separation from service or the date the benefit would have commenced to be paid absent such election.

 

-23-


  (vi) Notwithstanding Sections 7.2(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, a Category B Key Employee who commenced receiving a benefit under the Plan (as in effect prior to this amendment and restatement) prior to January 1, 2005 shall continue to receive his or her benefit in accordance with the payment terms then in effect. It is the intent of this restatement that nothing herein shall be construed as subjecting to the requirements of Section 409A any benefit payable pursuant to the preceding sentence. In the case of a Category B Key Employee not described in the preceding sentence who separated from service prior to December 1, 2005, benefits under the Plan shall be paid, notwithstanding Sections 7.2(b)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) but subject to Section 7.2(b)(v) above, in accordance with the payment terms determined in connection with such termination, to the extent such payment terms are consistent with Section 409A (as applicable).

 

  (c) The amounts payable to a Category B Key Employee under the applicable payment shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i)

First, there shall be determined the “tentative lump sum amount” referred to in Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable. The lump sum actuarial equivalent present value for such purposes shall be determined as of the date of the Category B Key Employee’s

 

-24-


  separation from service (for purposes of Section 5.2 or clause (A) of Section 5.3) or attainment of age 65 (for purposes of clause (B) of Section 5.3), using an interest assumption equal to the Interest Rate then in effect and the same mortality assumption as is then used under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan. If at the relevant determination date The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan no longer exists or no longer provides for lump sum actuarial equivalency determinations, the Committee shall apply reasonable actuarial assumptions consistent with Section 1.409A-1(o) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  (ii) Second, the tentative lump sum amount determined under Section 7.2(c)(i) above shall be increased by the interest factor as described in Section 5.2 or the last sentence of Section 5.3, as applicable.

 

  (iii) If the benefit payable hereunder is payable as a lump sum, the amount of the payment shall equal the adjusted lump sum amount determined under Section 7.2(c)(ii) above.

 

  (iv) If the benefit is payable in five (5) annual installments, each installment shall equal the level annual payment amount which, if payable in five successive annual installments, would have the same present value (using the same interest assumption as would be used under Section 7.2(c)(i) above if the determination under Section 7.2(c)(i) were made as of the date of the first annual installment) as the adjusted lump sum value determined under Section 7.2(c)(ii) above.

 

-25-


  (v) If the benefit is payable as an annuity, the annuity shall have an actuarially equivalent value, determined using the same actuarial assumptions as would be used under Section 7.2(c)(i) above if the determination were made as of the date of the first annuity payment, equal to the adjusted lump sum value determined under Section 7.2(c)(ii) above.

7.3. Category C Key Employees .

 

  (a)

Available Forms of Payment; Election Provisions . The form and manner of payment of a benefit for a Category C Key Employee terminating before January 1, 2015 shall be determined from among the alternatives set forth in Section 7.2(a) in accordance with Section 7.2(b), with each reference in such Sections to a “Category B Employee” to be deemed to refer to a “Category C Key Employee” for purposes of this Section 7.3(a). Except as otherwise provided by the Committee and consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, the form and manner of payment of a benefit for a Category C Key Employee terminating on and after January 1, 2015 shall be five (5) substantially equal annual installments commencing six months and one day following the date on which the Category C Key Employee separates from service and, for the avoidance of doubt, the alternatives set forth in Section 7.2(a) shall not be available with respect to such Category C Key Employee’s benefit.

 

-26-


  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a benefit payment election made by a Category C Key Employee on or prior to December 31, 2008 and consistent with the transition rules under Section 409A shall dictate the form and manner of payment of a benefit for a Category C Key Employee terminating on and after January 1, 2015 except as the Committee may otherwise provide consistent with the re-deferral and related rules under Section 409A.

 

  (b) The amounts payable to a Category C Key Employee under the applicable payment shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i) First, there shall be determined the “tentative lump sum” amount referred to in Section 6.1. The tentative lump sum amount shall equal the actuarial equivalent present value of the annuity described in Section 6.1, determined as of the date of the Category C Key Employee’s separation from service using an interest assumption equal to the Interest Rate then in effect and the same mortality assumption as is then used under The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan. If at the date of the Category C Key Employee’s separation from service The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan no longer provides for lump sum actuarial equivalency determinations, the Committee shall apply reasonable actuarial assumptions consistent with Section 1.409A-1(o) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-27-


  (ii) Second, the tentative lump sum amount determined under Section 7.3(b)(i) above shall be increased by the interest factor as described in Section 6.1.

 

  (iii) If the benefit payable hereunder is payable as a lump sum, the amount of the payment shall equal the adjusted lump sum amount determined under Section 7.3(b)(i) above.

 

  (iv) If the benefit is payable in five (5) annual installments, each installment shall equal the level annual payment amount which, if payable in five successive annual installments, would have the same present value (using the same interest assumption as would be used under Section 7.3(b)(i) above if the determination under Section 7.3(b)(i) were made as of the date of the first annual installment) as the adjusted lump sum value determined under Section 7.3(b)(i) above.

 

  (v) If the benefit is payable as an annuity, the annuity shall have an actuarially equivalent value, determined using the same actuarial assumptions as would be used under Section 7.3(b)(i) above if the determination were made as of the date of the first annuity payment, equal to the adjusted lump sum value determined under Section 7.3(b)(i) above.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary and at the sole discretion of the Company, if at any time following a Category C Key Employee’s separation from service (the “determination date”), the present

 

-28-


  value of the benefit payable hereunder (including any amounts payable to a Category C Key Employee pursuant to another “nonaccount balance plan” (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(C) of the Treasury Regulations) with which the Plan is required to be aggregated under Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) is equal to or less than the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, the benefit may be distributed (consistent with the cashout rules under Section 409A) in the form of a single lump sum equal to such present value .

 

-29-


Article 8. — Divestiture

8.1. Divestiture of Category A Key Employee . Category A Key Employees shall be subject to divestiture of benefits to the extent that the Retirement Agreement(s) pursuant to which such benefits are included in the Plan so provide.

8.2. Competition . The Committee shall have the authority to divest the benefits under this Plan for any Category B or C Key Employee who separates from service voluntarily at any time, including by reason of retirement or disability, and who within two years following such separation, directly or indirectly, is a partner or investor in or engages in any employment, consulting, or fees-for-services arrangement with any business which is a “competitor” (as hereinafter defined) of The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or undertakes any planning to engage in any such business. A business shall be deemed a “competitor” of The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries if and only if (i) it shall then be so regarded by retailers generally, or (ii) it shall operate an off-price apparel, off-price footwear, off-price jewelry, off-price accessories, off-price home furnishings and/or off-price home fashions business, including any such business that is store-based, catalogue-based, or an on-line, “e-commerce” or other off-price internet-based business; provided, that the mere application for employment with a competitor shall not be treated as prohibited planning to engage in such business. A Category B Key Employee or Category C Key Employee will not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Section 8.2 merely by reason of being engaged in an employment, consulting or other fees-for-services arrangement with an entity that manages a private equity, venture capital or leveraged buyout fund that in turn invests in one or more businesses deemed to be competitors of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Section 8.2, provided that (A) such fund is not intended to, and does not in fact, invest primarily in such businesses, and (B) the Category B Key

 

-30-


Employee or Category C Key Employee demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that his or her arrangement with such entity will not involve the provision of employment, consulting or other services, directly or indirectly, to any such business or to the fund with respect to its investment or proposed investment in any such business and that he or she will not participate in any meetings, discussions, or interactions in which any such business or any such proposed investment is proposed to be or is likely to be discussed.

A Key Employee shall notify the Company immediately upon his or her securing employment or becoming self-employed during the two years following voluntary termination of employment, and shall furnish to the Committee written evidence of his or her compensation earned from any such employment or self-employment, in each case promptly following any request therefor by the Committee.

Any Key Employee may inquire of the Committee in writing whether any proposed act shall be considered competition under this section 8.2 and the Committee shall provide a prompt reply.

If any Key Employee covered under this Section 8.2 engages in a business determined by the Committee to be a competitor, the Committee shall give notice in writing to the Key Employee that unless a written appeal is submitted by the Key Employee to the Committee within thirty (30) days, his or her benefits under this Plan will be forfeited. The Committee in its discretion may also provide that if the Key Employee ceases to engage in such business his or her benefits under this Plan will not be forfeited. Upon receipt of the Committee’s notice, the Key Employee shall have 30 days to submit a written appeal of the Committees decision. The Committee shall review the Key Employees appeal and notify the Key Employee of its decision within 30 days from receipt of his or her appeal. If the Key Employee fails to submit an appeal

 

-31-


within 30 days, his or her benefits will be forfeited at the expiration of. the 30-day period; provided , that if the Committee has determined that such benefits will not be forfeited if the Key Employee ceases to engage in the competitor business within a specified period, such benefits will be forfeited only if the Key Employee continues to engage in such business after the expiration of such specified period.

The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall cease to have effect upon the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan or successor plan, as from time to time amended. The provisions of this section 8.2 shall not apply to a Key Employee who voluntarily terminates employment at a time when he or she has entered into an employment agreement with The TJX Companies, Inc. or a related company containing an express non-competition provision; instead, a violation by the Key Employee of such provision shall result in the automatic forfeiture of benefits under this Plan for such Key Employee.

If, at any time, pursuant to action of any court, administrative or governmental body or other arbitral tribunal, the operation of any part of this Section 8.2 shall be determined to be unlawful or otherwise unenforceable, then the coverage of such part or parts of this Section 8.2 as so determined shall be deemed to be restricted as to duration, geographical scope or otherwise, as the case may be, to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make such part or parts lawful and enforceable to the greatest extent possible in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made and each Category B Key Employee and Category C Key Employee by participating in the Plan acknowledges and agrees to such deemed restriction of coverage.

8.3. Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Key Employee’s employment is terminated for cause, all benefits otherwise payable under this Plan shall be forfeited. For this purpose, termination for cause shall mean termination

 

-32-


of employment by reason of the Key Employee’s dishonesty, conviction of a felony, gross neglect of duties, or conflict of interest. If, subsequent to termination of employment for other reasons, and prior to the payment of all benefits hereunder, it is discovered that a Key Employee engaged in acts or conduct which, had they been discovered, would have resulted in termination of employment for cause, his or her employment will be deemed to have been terminated for cause, and all unpaid benefits hereunder shall be forfeited.

 

-33-


Article 9. — Funding and Administration

9.1. Source of Funds . All payments of benefits hereunder and all costs of administration of this Plan shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be required to be established or other segregation of assets required to be made to assure such payments. However, the Company may, in its discretion, establish a bookkeeping account or reserve to meet its obligations hereunder and may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” or similar grantor trust, and may fund such trust, for the purpose of providing benefits hereunder, except that no such use of a trust shall violate the requirements of Section 409A(b). Except as provided in the preceding sentence, nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or the Committee and any employee or other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of that person’s employer or former employer.

9.2. Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the full power, discretion and authority to interpret, construe and administer the Plan and any part thereof. The Committee may delegate such administrative responsibilities as it deems appropriate to officers or employees of the Company or to others (in which case, to the extent of such delegation, references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to include a reference to the person(s) to whom such responsibilities have been delegated) and may employ legal counsel, consultants, actuaries and agents as it deems desirable in the administration of the Plan and may rely on the opinions of such counsel, the advice of such consultants, and the computations of such actuaries. No member of the Committee shall be eligible for a benefit

 

-34-


under this Plan unless approved by the Board of Directors of The TJX Companies, Inc. The Committee shall establish claims procedures under the Plan consistent with the requirements of Section 503 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

-35-


Article 10. — Amendment, Suspension, Termination or Assignment .

10.1. Amendment, Suspension and Termination . The Plan may be amended, suspended, or terminated in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by the Committee. No such amendment, suspension or termination shall retroactively impair or otherwise adversely affect the rights of any person to benefits under this Plan that have accrued prior to the date of such amendment, suspension or termination as determined by the Committee, unless such reduction is by reason of an amendment required by law or regulation of an administrative agency; provided, however, that the Committee may amend the Interest Rate without regard to whether such amendment has the effect of decreasing the lump sum value of the participating Key Employee’s benefit.

10.2. Assignment . The rights and obligations of The TJX Companies, Inc. shall enure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of The TJX Companies, Inc.

 

-36-


Article 11. — Miscellaneous

11.1. Notices . Each Key Employee shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee with the current and proper address for the mailing of notices, reports and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given shall be deemed given if directed to the person to whom addressed at such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first-class and prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, the mailing of checks will be suspended until the Key Employee or beneficiary furnishes the proper address.

11.2. Lost Distributees . A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if, after diligent effort, the Committee is unable to locate the Key Employee or beneficiary to whom payment is due; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the authority (but not the obligation) to reinstate such benefit upon the later discovery of a proper payee for such benefit. Mailing of a notice in writing, by certified or registered mail, to the last known address of the Key Employee and to the beneficiaries of such Key Employee (if the addresses of such beneficiaries are known to the Committee) shall be considered a diligent effort for this purpose.

11.3. Nonalienation of Benefits . None of the payments, benefits or rights of any Key Employee or beneficiary shall be subject to any claim of any creditor, and, in particular, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all such payments, benefits and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment, trustee’s process, or any other legal or equitable process available to any creditor of such Key Employee or beneficiary. No Key Employee or beneficiary shall have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments which he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under this Plan, except the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries as hereinabove provided.

 

-37-


11.4. Reliance on Data . The Company, the Committee and all other persons associated with the Plan’s operation shall have the right to rely on the veracity and accuracy of any data provided by the Key Employee or by any beneficiary, including representations as to age, health and marital status. Such representations are binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Key Employee. The Company, the Committee and all other persons associated with the Plan’s operation are absolved completely from inquiring into the accuracy or veracity of any representation made at any time by a Key Employee or beneficiary.

11.5. No Contract of Employment . Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Key Employee, or any person whomsoever, the right to be retained in the service of the Company, and all Key Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

11.6. Severability of Provision . If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

11.7. Heirs, Assigns and Personal Representative . This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties, including each Key Employee and beneficiary, present and future.

11.8. Payments to Minors, Etc . Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company, the Committee and all other parties with respect thereto.

 

-38-


11.9. Effect on other Plans . Any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be deemed salary or other compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any employee benefit Plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.

11.10. Government Regulations . It is intended that this Plan will comply with all applicable laws and government regulations, and the Company shall not be obligated to perform an obligation hereunder in any case where, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such performance would result in violation of any law or regulation.

11.11. Certain Benefits . In any case in which a Key Employee has earned benefits under a plan or arrangement other than the plans and arrangements maintained by the Company for its U.S. employees, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, the offsets under the Plan for other benefits ( e.g. , under Section 5.2) shall be adjusted to include, to the extent determined by the Committee, offsets for such other benefits.

11.12. Heading and Captions . The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

11.13. Singular Includes Plural . Except where otherwise clearly indicated by context, the singular shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

11.14. Controlling Law . This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to the extent not preempted by Federal law, which shall otherwise control.

 

-39-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused the Plan to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereto, effective as of the 1st day of January, 2015.

 

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.
By:

/s/ Mary B. Reynolds

Print Name:

Mary B. Reynolds

Date:

December 29, 2014

 

-40-

Exhibit 10.25

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated, Effective January 1, 2015)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE    PAGE  

PART A:   409A PLAN

  

PURPOSE; BACKGROUND      1   

Article 1.

  Definitions      3   

Article 2.

  Eligibility and Participation      9   

2.1.

  Eligibility to Participate.      9   

2.2.

  Termination of Eligibility.      9   

Article 3.

  Credits      10   

3.1.

  Timing and Form of Compensation Deferrals.      10   

3.2.

  Limit on Elective Deferrals.      12   

3.3.

  Employer Credits.      13   

3.4.

  Vesting of Employer Credit Accounts.      21   

Article 4.

  Adjustments to Accounts; Deemed Investments      22   

4.1.

  Deemed Investment Experience.      22   

4.2.

  Distributions and Withdrawals.      22   

4.3.

  Notional Investment of Accounts.      22   

4.4.

  Expenses.      23   

Article 5.

  Entitlement to and Timing of Distributions      24   

5.1.

  Timing of Distributions as a result of Separation from Service.      24   

5.2.

  Unforeseeable Emergency.      27   

Article 6.

  Amount and Form of Distributions      29   

6.1.

  Amount of Distributions.      29   

6.2.

  Form of Payment.      30   

6.3.

  Death Benefits.      32   

6.4.

  Small-Balance Cash Out.      32   

Article 7.

  Beneficiaries; Participant Data      34   

7.1.

  Designation of Beneficiaries.      34   

7.2.

  Available Information; Missing Persons.      34   

Article 8.

  Administration      36   

8.1.

  Administrative Authority.      36   

8.2.

  Litigation.      36   

8.3.

  Claims Procedure.      37   

 

-i-


ARTICLE    PAGE  

Article 9.

  Amendment      38   

9.1.

  Right to Amend.      38   

9.2.

  Amendments to Ensure Proper Characterization of Plan.      38   

Article 10.

  Termination      39   

10.1.

  Right of the Company to Terminate or Suspend Plan.      39   

10.2.

  Allocation and Distribution.      39   

Article 11.

  Miscellaneous      40   

11.1.

  Limitation on Liability of Employer.      40   

11.2.

  Construction.      40   

11.3.

  Taxes.      41   

11.4.

  Section 409A Transition Relief.      41   

11.5.

  Spendthrift Provision.      42   

PART B: GRANDFATHERED PLAN

 

-ii-


THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

PURPOSE; BACKGROUND

The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to provide a means whereby eligible employees and directors may defer compensation that would otherwise be received on a current basis and the Employer may credit certain additional amounts on a deferred basis for the benefit of participating Employees. The Plan, as it applies to Employees, is intended to be an unfunded “top-hat” plan under sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. The Plan consists of two parts: The TJX Companies, Inc. 409A Executive Savings Plan (the “409A Plan”) and The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan as restated effective October 1, 1998 and as in effect on October 3, 2004 (the “Grandfathered Plan”). The 409A Plan was previously restated effective as of January 1, 2008 and then again as of January 1, 2010, and is further amended, restated, and continued, effective as of January 1, 2015, as provided herein.

The 409A Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and guidance issued thereunder and shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with such requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of the 409A Plan shall apply to benefits accrued on or after January 1, 2005 and benefits accrued but not vested as of December 31, 2004 under the Grandfathered Plan. The terms of the 409A Plan are set forth as Part A below.

All benefits accrued and vested as of December 31, 2004 and not materially modified after October 3, 2004, plus notional earnings thereon (the “Grandfathered Benefit Amount”) shall be grandfathered for purposes of Code Section 409A and shall be governed by The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan as it was in effect on October 3, 2004. The Grandfathered Plan is frozen as of December 31, 2004. No additional benefit shall accrue after


December 31, 2004 under the Grandfathered Plan (except, for the avoidance of doubt, the continued deferral of any previously deferred Grandfathered Benefit Amounts) and no individual not a Participant as of December 31, 2004 shall thereafter become a Participant in the Grandfathered Plan. The Grandfathered Plan has not been materially modified after October 3, 2004, and a copy of the Grandfathered Plan as it was in effect immediately prior to the this date is attached as Part B. Part B memorializes the methodology for calculating, in accordance with applicable provisions of the Grandfathered Plan, the Grandfathered Benefit Amount credited to each Participant under the Grandfathered Plan.

 

-2-


PART A

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC. 409A EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

Article 1. Definitions

1.1. “Account” means any or all, as the context requires, of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Basic Deferral Account, Bonus Deferral Account and/or Employer Credit Account.

1.2. “Administrator” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive Compensation Committee may delegate to one or more Employees, including a committee, such powers and responsibilities hereunder as it deems appropriate, in which case the term “Administrator” shall include the person or persons to whom such delegation has been made, in each case during the continuation of and to the extent of such delegation.

1.3. “Basic Deferral Account” means the unfunded book-entry account maintained by the Administrator to reflect that portion of a Participant’s balance under the Plan which is attributable to his or her Elective Deferrals attributable to deferred Eligible Basic Compensation.

1.4. “Bonus Deferral Account” means the unfunded book-entry account maintained by the Administrator to reflect that portion of a Participant’s balance under the Plan which is attributable to his or her Elective Deferrals attributable to deferred Eligible Bonuses.

1.5. “Beneficiary” means a Participant’s beneficiary determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

1.6. “Change of Control” means a Change of Control as defined in Exhibit A hereto.

1.7. “Company” means The TJX Companies, Inc.

1.8. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

-3-


1.9. “Designated Executive” means a Participant, of any age, who is a Senior Executive Vice President of the Company or above, or any other Participant designated by the Administrator as a “Designated Executive” hereunder from time to time.

1.10. “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.11. “Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, all within the meaning of Section 409A.

1.12. “Effective Date” means January 1, 2015.

1.13. “Elective Deferral” is defined in Section 3.1.

1.14. “Eligible Basic Compensation” means, with respect to any Plan Year: (i) the base salary payable by the Employer to an Employee Participant during the Plan Year, including, for the avoidance of doubt, base salary payable to a Participant for the final payroll period that includes the Participant’s Separation from Service, in respect of services performed during the Plan Year, determined before reduction for deferrals under any qualified or nonqualified plan (including, without limitation, the Plan); (ii) in the case of Directors, annual retainers and/or meeting fees payable in the Plan Year in respect of services performed during the Plan Year; and (iii) to the extent provided by the Administrator, other cash compensation payable in the Plan Year in respect of services performed during the Plan Year. For purposes of determining Eligible Basic Compensation for an Employee-Participant for a Plan Year, compensation earned for services performed during the final payroll period containing the last day of such Participant’s taxable year will be credited under the Plan in a manner consistent with Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-2(a)(13).

 

-4-


1.15. “Eligible Bonus” means a cash bonus payable on or after January 1, 2009 pursuant to one or more of the Company’s annual and long-term incentive bonus plans, subject to such exceptions as the Administrator may determine prior to the deadline for any Elective Deferral that might be affected by such determination.

1.16. “Eligible Deferrals” means (a) in the case of any Participant who is an Employee, who is a Vice President or higher, Elective Deferrals attributable to Eligible Basic Compensation with respect to a Plan Year not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Eligible Basic Compensation, and (b) in the case of any Participant who is an Employee with a title of Assistant Vice President or Buyer III (and, to the extent provided by the Administrator in its sole discretion, any Participant who is an Employee with a title below Assistant Vice President or Buyer III who previously held the title of Assistant Vice President or Buyer III), Elective Deferrals attributable to Eligible Basic Compensation with respect to a Plan Year not in excess of five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Eligible Basic Compensation. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of any Participant who is a Director, any Participant who is an Employee and who is eligible for Category A Key Employee Benefits or Category B Key Employee Benefits under the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as from time to time in effect, and any Participant who is an Employee with a title below Assistant Vice President or Buyer III who is eligible to participate in the Plan but not described in subclause (b) above, none of the Elective Deferrals deferred under the Plan shall constitute Eligible Deferrals. For the avoidance of doubt, no Elective Deferral shall constitute an Eligible Deferral to the extent it relates to remuneration other than Eligible Basic Compensation.

1.17. “Eligible Individual” means, for any Plan Year (or applicable portion thereof) commencing on or after the Effective Date, an Employee or a Director who is determined to be

 

-5-


eligible to participate in the Plan consistent with the intended purpose of the Plan as set forth in the “RECITALS” above and this definition. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, all Directors shall be Eligible Individuals. The Administrator may specify categories of Employees by office, title, level of responsibility or otherwise (“specified service”) who are conditionally eligible to participate in the Plan by reason of such specified service. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, effective January 1, 2015, an Employee who first becomes conditionally eligible to participate in the Plan by commencing in or being promoted to specified service shall become an Eligible Individual at the start of the second calendar quarter following such commencement or promotion, assuming continuation in specified service until such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in applying any provision of the Plan entitling an Eligible Individual to make a deferral election for a subsequent period, any Employee who is conditionally eligible to participate shall be treated as an Eligible Individual for purposes of making an election that is to apply once such individual becomes an Eligible Individual.

1.18. “Employee” means an employee of an Employer.

1.19. “Employer” means The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

1.20. “Employer Credit Account” means the unfunded book-entry account maintained by the Administrator to reflect that portion, if any, of a Participant’s balance under the Plan which is attributable to Employer Credits allocable to the Participant.

1.21. “Employer Credits” is defined in Section 3.3.

1.22. “Enhanced Matching Credits” means those Employer Credits allocated to Participants under subsections (a) or (b) of Sections 3.3, including any such Employer Credits determined under subsection (c) of Section 3.3, either (A) by reason of a Participant having a specified title and having attained age 50 or above, (B) by reason of a Participant being a Designated Executive or (C) by reason of a Participant being a QPIP.

 

-6-


1.23. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.24. “MIP (Corporate)” means (i) in the case of Participants other than those whose compensation is expected to be subject to Section 162(m) (as determined by the Administrator) (“Section 162(m) Employees”), the Management Incentive Plan award program for a fiscal year of the Company as applied to Employees (other than Section 162(m) Employees) whose performance is measured by corporate-level performance of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (ii) in the case of Section 162(m) Employees, the Management Incentive Plan award program for a fiscal year of the Company as applied to Section 162(m) Employees whose performance is measured by corporate-level performance of the Company and its subsidiaries.

1.25. “Participant” means any Eligible Individual who participates in the Plan.

1.26. “Period of Participation” means, with respect to any Participant, the period commencing with the commencement of participation in the Plan and ending on the earlier of (A) the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service, or (B) the date on which the Participant’s Accounts have been completely distributed, withdrawn or forfeited. For the avoidance of doubt, “Period of Participation” will commence on the date that any amounts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Supplemental Employer Credits) are first credited to the Account of a Participant, and can include periods before or after the Effective Date.

1.27. “Plan” means The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.28. “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

-7-


1.29. “Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant” and “QPIP” are defined in Section 3.3(c).

1.30. “Retirement Plan” is defined in Section 3.3(c).

1.31. “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code.

1.32. “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

1.33. “Separation from Service” and correlative terms mean a “separation from service” from the Employer, determined in accordance with Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h). The Administrator may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h) for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Plan.

1.34. “Specified Employee” means an individual determined by the Administrator or its delegate to be a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). The Administrator may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(i) for purposes of determining “specified employee” status. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Plan.

1.35. “Supplemental Employer Credits” is defined in Section 3.3(e).

1.36. “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean an unforeseeable emergency as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii), including a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

-8-


Article 2. Eligibility and Participation

2.1. Eligibility to Participate . Each Employee or Director who is an Eligible Individual may participate in the Plan.

2.2. Termination of Eligibility . An individual shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan when he or she is no longer an Eligible Individual (whether by reason of a Separation from Service or by reason of a change in job classification or otherwise) but shall again become eligible to participate if he or she again becomes an Eligible Individual. No termination of eligibility shall affect Elective Deferrals for which the applicable election deadline has passed.

 

-9-


Article 3. Credits

3.1. Timing and Form of Compensation Deferrals .

(a) In General . An Eligible Individual may elect to defer Eligible Basic Compensation and Eligible Bonuses (any such deferral accomplished in accordance with this Section 3.1, an “Elective Deferral”) by making a timely written election in accordance with this Section 3.1. Each such election shall become irrevocable not later than the applicable election deadline. The applicable election deadline for a deferral election is such deadline as the Administrator shall establish, which deadline shall in no event be later than (except as provided at Section 3.1(b) below) the following:

(i) with respect to Eligible Basic Compensation or Eligible Bonuses other than those described in subsection (ii) below, the last day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which any services relating to the deferred Eligible Basic Compensation or deferred Eligible Bonuses, as the case may be, are to be performed; and

(ii) with respect to an Eligible Bonus, if in the Administrator’s judgment the Eligible Bonus will qualify under Section 409A as “performance-based compensation” that has not yet become readily ascertainable, the date that is six (6) months before the end of the performance period, but only if the Eligible Individual has been in continuous employment with the Employer since the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date the performance criteria are established.

In order to participate in the Plan for any Plan Year, an Eligible Individual must make an affirmative written election pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) (or Section 3.1(b), if applicable) in respect of such Plan Year by the applicable election deadline for

such Plan Year; provided, however, that (A) the Administrator may permit an Eligible Individual or Eligible Individuals to make an affirmative election in writing that remains in effect for

 

-10-


such Plan Year and future Plan Years, unless changed or revoked prior to the applicable election deadline for the relevant Plan Year, in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Administrator may establish from time to time and consistent, in the Administrator’s judgment, with the requirements of Section 409A, and (B) an election that is in effect for a Plan Year with respect to the Eligible Basic Compensation of an Employee Participant who has a Separation from Service during such year shall be deemed to apply to any amounts described in clause (i) of the definition of Eligible Basic Compensation that are payable for the last pay period that includes such Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a deferral election made by a Director for a Plan Year shall apply to Eligible Basic Compensation payable with respect to services performed in any portion of such Plan Year, and any portion of the Plan Year that immediately follows such Plan Year, as may be determined in a manner consistent, in the Administrator’s judgment, with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Special Election for Certain Newly Eligible Individuals . Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, an individual who first becomes an Eligible Individual after the beginning of a calendar year may, if permitted by the Administrator, become a Participant for the remainder of such calendar year by executing an irrevocable deferral election (on a form prescribed by the Administrator) with respect to his or her Eligible Basic Compensation and Eligible Bonuses in respect of services to be performed following such election, provided that such election is submitted to the Administrator by the election deadline established by the Administrator, which shall be no later than the latest deadline permitted by Section 1.409A-2(a)(7) of the Treasury Regulations. The amount that an Eligible Individual may defer under this Section 3.1(b) with respect to Eligible Bonuses based on a specified performance period may not exceed an amount

 

-11-


equal to the total amount of the Eligible Bonuses for the applicable performance period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the effective date of the election over the total number of days in the performance period applicable to the Eligible Bonuses. An individual who already participates or is eligible to participate in (including, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 1.409A-2(a)(7) of the Treasury Regulations, an individual who has any entitlement, vested or unvested, to payments under) any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that would be required to be aggregated with the Plan for purposes of Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) of the Treasury Regulations shall not be treated as eligible for the mid-year election rules of this Section 3.1(b) with respect to the Plan, even if he or she had never previously been eligible to participate in the Plan itself. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 3.1(b) shall limit the availability of an election under Section 3.1(a) to the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

3.2. Limit on Elective Deferrals . With respect to an Employee, no more than twenty percent (20%) of a Participant’s Eligible Basic Compensation for any pay period may be deferred pursuant to an election under Section 3.1. A Director who participates in the Plan may elect to defer up to one hundred percent (100%) of his or her Eligible Basic Compensation. Subject to the foregoing, a Participant’s deferral election in respect of Eligible Basic Compensation may specify different deferral percentages for different pay periods. Up to one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s Eligible Bonuses may be deferred pursuant to an election under Section 3.1. The Administrator shall establish and maintain a Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Account in the name of each Participant to which shall be credited amounts equal to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals attributable to deferred Eligible Basic Compensation and deferred Eligible Bonuses, respectively, and which shall be further adjusted

 

-12-


as provided in Article 4 to reflect any withdrawals or distributions and any deemed earnings, losses or other charges allocable to such Account. Elective Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Compensation Deferral Account or Bonus Deferral Account as soon as practicable following the date the related Eligible Basic Compensation or Eligible Bonuses, as the case may be, would have been payable absent deferral. A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4.

3.3. Employer Credits . The Administrator shall establish and maintain a separate Employer Credit Account in the name of each Participant to which shall be credited amounts equal to the employer credits, if any, allocable to the Participant (any such amounts credited in accordance with this Section 3.3, “Employer Credits”) and which shall be further adjusted as provided in Article 4 to reflect any withdrawals, distributions or forfeitures and any deemed earnings, losses or other charges allocable to the Employer Credit Account. The Employer Credits allocable to a Participant shall be determined as follows:

(a) Non-Performance-Based Employer Credits . For each Plan Year, subject to Sections 3.3(c) and 3.3(d) below, the Administrator shall credit to the Participant’s Employer Credit Account an amount equal to the percentage of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals for the Plan Year set forth in the chart below based on the Participant’s title and age (or, if applicable, status as a Designated Executive) as of the effective time of such credit:

 

Category

   Age    Percentage of
Eligible Deferrals
 

Designated Executive

   N/A      100

Division President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      25
   Under 50      10

Executive Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      20
   Under 50      10

 

-13-


Category

   Age    Percentage of
Eligible Deferrals
 

Senior Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      15
   Under 50      10

Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      10
   Under 50      10

Assistant Vice President or Buyer III

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      10
   Under 50      10

Any such non-performance-based matching credit that is greater than ten percent (10%) is considered an Enhanced Matching Credit. The number of years for which a Participant shall be eligible to be credited with Enhanced Matching Credits under this Section 3.3(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Enhanced Matching Credits determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) below) may be limited by Section 3.3(d) below. The non-performance-based matching credits described in this subsection (a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such credits determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) below) shall be credited to the Participant’s Employer Credit Account as of the same dates as the Eligible Deferrals to which such matching credits relate and based on the age and title or status as a Designated Executive (to the extent applicable) of the Participant as of such date (subject to such procedures as may be established from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion, including but not limited to any procedures addressing changes in title or status); provided, however, that any Employer Credits to which a Participant, by reason of being a Designated Executive, is entitled under this subsection (a) with respect to Eligible Deferrals credited to such Participant’s Account on or after January 1, 2010 and prior to April 30, 2010 shall be credited (without interest) as of April 30, 2010.

(b) Performance-Based Employer Credits at 90% or Greater Payout of MIP (Corporate) Awards .

(i) In General . Subject to Sections 3.3(c) and 3.3(d) below, for each Plan Year ending within a fiscal year of the Company for which MIP (Corporate)

 

-14-


performance produces a payout at or above 90% of MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities as determined by the Administrator, the Administrator shall credit to the Participant’s Employer Credit Account an amount (in addition to the credit described at Section 3.3(a) above) equal to the percentage of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals for the Plan Year set forth in the chart below, based on the Participant’s title and age (or, if applicable, status as a Designated Executive), in accordance with and subject to Section 3.3(b)(iii) below:

 

          Percentage of Eligible Deferrals
(based on the percentage payout of MIP
(Corporate) target award opportunities)
 

Category

   Age    90%
Payout for
MIP
(Corporate)
awards
    100%
Payout for
MIP
(Corporate)
awards
    125%
Payout for
MIP
(Corporate)
awards
 

Designated Executive

   N/A      50     100     150

Division President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      25     50     75
   Under 50      7.5     15     30

Executive Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      15     30     50
   Under 50      7.5     15     30

Senior Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      12.5     25     40
   Under 50      7.5     15     30

Vice President

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      10     20     35
   Under 50      7.5     15     30

Assistant Vice President or Buyer III

(other than a Designated Executive)

   50 or older      7.5     15     20
   Under 50      7.5     15     15

Any such performance-based matching credit that is determined in the table above for a Designated Executive or for a Participant age 50 or above is considered an Enhanced Matching Credit. The number of Plan Years for which a Participant shall be eligible to be credited with Enhanced Matching Credits under this Section 3.3(b) (including for the avoidance of doubt, any such Enhanced Matching Credits determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) below) may be limited by Section 3.3(d) below.

 

-15-


(ii) Pro-ration . If MIP (Corporate) performance produces a payout between ninety percent (90%) and one hundred percent (100%) of MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities, the Employer Credit described in this Section 3.2(b) shall be an amount equal to: (A) the percentage of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals specified in the table under subsection (i) above for a ninety percent (90%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards; plus (B) an additional amount equal to the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals, multiplied by the product of (1) the percentage-point excess of the percentage specified in such table above for a one hundred percent (100%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards over the percentage specified for a ninety percent (90%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards, (2) the percentage-point excess of the actual payout percentage of MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities over ninety percent (90%), and (3) ten (10). For example, if MIP (Corporate) performance is such to produce payouts equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities, the performance-based Employer Credit described in this Section 3.3(b) for a Participant under age fifty (50) (other than Designated Executives) shall be equal to the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals multiplied by 11.25% (7.5%, plus 3.75% (7.5% (15% less 7.5%), multiplied by 5% (95% less 90%), multiplied by 10)).

If MIP (Corporate) performance produces a payout between one hundred percent (100%) and one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities, the Employer Credit described in this Section 3.2(b) shall be an amount equal to: (A) the percentage of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals specified in the table

 

-16-


under subsection (i) above for a one hundred percent (100%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards; plus (B) an additional amount equal to the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals, multiplied by the product of (1) the percentage-point excess of the percentage specified in such table above for a one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards over the percentage specified for a one hundred percent (100%) payout of MIP (Corporate) awards, (2) the percentage-point excess of the actual payout percentage of MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities over one hundred percent (100%), and (3) four (4). For example, if MIP (Corporate) performance is such to produce payouts equal to one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the MIP (Corporate) target award opportunities, the performance-based Employer Credit described in this Section 3.3(b) for a Participant under age fifty (50) with a title of Vice President or above (other than Designated Executives) shall be equal to the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals multiplied by 27% (15%, plus 12% (15% (30% less 15%) multiplied by 20% (120% less 100%), multiplied by 4)).

(iii) Timing of Performance-Based Employer Credits . The performance-based Employer Credit described in this Section 3.3(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such credit determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) below) shall be credited as soon as practicable following the close of the fiscal year and only to the Employer Credit Accounts of those Participants who were employed by the Employer on the last day of such fiscal year. In general, a Participant’s age and title (or, if applicable, status as a Designated Executive) will be determined as of the date the Eligible Deferrals to which such matching credits relate were credited pursuant to Section 3.2 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall determine the age and

 

-17-


title, or status as a Designated Executive (to the extent applicable) of the Participant for purposes of such performance-based Employer Credit in accordance with such procedures as may be established from time to time by the Administrator in its discretion, including but not limited to any procedures addressing changes in title or status.

(c) Certain Pension-Ineligible Participants . Effective in respect of Eligible Deferrals for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, in the case of any Participant who is not a Pension Eligible Participant, other than a Designated Executive, and who has attained age fifty (50) (a “Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant” or “QPIP”), the following percentages of Eligible Deferrals shall be substituted for the percentages set forth in the table in Section 3.3(a) above for Participants age 50 or older:

 

Category (QPIPs only)

   Percentage of Eligible Deferrals  

Division President

     65

Executive Vice President

     50

Senior Vice President

     35

Vice President

     20

Assistant Vice President or Buyer III

     10

For purposes of the Plan, the term “Pension Eligible Participant” means, for any Plan Year, an individual who is a participant in The TJX Companies, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Pension Plan”) who continues to be eligible to earn an additional benefit under the Pension Plan, without regard to whether the individual is actually earning or entitled to a benefit under the Pension Plan for that Plan Year. Effective in respect of Eligible Deferrals for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, in the case of any Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant, the following percentages of Eligible Deferrals shall be substituted for the percentages set forth in the second and third (100% MIP Payout and 125% MIP Payout) columns of the table in Section 3.3(b)(i) above for Participants age 50 or older (with all references to MIP payout being to MIP (Corporate) awards):

 

-18-


     Percentage of Eligible Deferrals  

Category (QPIPs only)

   100% MIP Payout     125% MIP Payout  

Division President

     80     130

Executive Vice President

     50     90

Senior Vice President)

     40     65

Vice President

     25     45

Assistant Vice President or Buyer III

     20     25

In the case of a Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant, the proration rules of Section 3.3(b)(ii) above shall be applied after taking into account any applicable modifications required by this Section 3.3(c).

Except as expressly modified by this Section 3.3(c) and subject to Section 3.3(d), the provisions of Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b) shall apply to a Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant in the same manner as to a Participant of the same age and with the same title who is not a Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant.

(d) Additional Limits . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3(d), the maximum number of years for which a Participant shall be eligible to be credited with an Enhanced Matching Credit under either or both of Section 3.3(a) or Section 3.3(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Enhanced Matching Credit determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) above) shall be fifteen (15); provided , that in the case of any Qualifying Pension-Ineligible Participant, periods prior to January 1, 2014 shall be disregarded in applying the foregoing limitation to any Enhanced Matching Credits determined pursuant to Section 3.3(c) above. For any period for which a Participant is made ineligible for an Enhanced Matching Credit under Section 3.3(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Enhanced Matching Credit determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) above) by reason of this Section 3.3(d), the Participant shall instead be eligible, subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 3.3(a), to a

 

-19-


non-performance-based matching credit equal to ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals for the applicable period. For any period for which a Participant is made ineligible for an Enhanced Matching Credit under Section 3.3(b) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Enhanced Matching Credit determined after the application of Section 3.3(c) above) by reason of this Section 3.3(d), the Participant shall instead be eligible, subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 3.3(b), to a performance-based matching credit determined under the Section 3.3(b)(i) table for an otherwise similarly situated Participant with the same title (or, in the case of a Designated Executive with the title of Senior Executive Vice President or higher, the title of Division President) and an age under fifty (50) years. The Administrator may prescribe rules for applying the limitations of this Section 3.3(d) on a Plan Year basis or other annual basis depending on the nature of the credits involved and such other factors as the Administrator may deem relevant, including, without limitation, proration rules for partial years.

(e) Supplemental Employer Credits . The Administrator may credit such additional amounts (whether or not such amounts are described as a percentage of Eligible Deferrals or are otherwise related to any Elective Deferrals under the Plan) to the Employer Credit Account of any Participant as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion from time to time, and on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify from time to time (any such Employer Credits under this Section 3.3(e), “Supplemental Employer Credits”). Except as provided by the Administrator, any Supplemental Employer Credits shall be subject to the same vesting and payment terms and conditions that apply to all other Employer Credits allocated to Participants under the Plan. Any alternative vesting or payment terms shall be established by the Administrator at the time such Supplemental Employer Credits are allocated to a Participant, to the extent required by Section 409A.

 

-20-


3.4. Vesting of Employer Credit Accounts . A Participant shall become vested in the balance of his or her Employer Credit Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4, in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

Completed Period of Participation

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than five years

     0

Five years or more, but fewer than ten years

     50

Ten or more years

     100

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is 50% but not 100% vested in his or her Employer Credit Account takes an in-service withdrawal under Section 5.2, the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Employer Credit Account as of any subsequent date prior to full vesting (the “determination date”) shall be

 1 2 (AB+W) – W

where “AB” is the balance of the Employer Credit Account as of the determination date and “W” is that portion of the withdrawal (or withdrawals, if more than one) under Section 5.2 that was attributable to the Employer Credit Account.

In addition, a Participant will become immediately vested in his or her Employer Credit Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4, upon attainment by the Participant of age fifty-five (55), upon Separation from Service by reason of Disability or death, or upon the earlier occurrence of a Change of Control. For purposes of this Section 3.4 and for all other purposes under the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have Separated from Service by reason of Disability upon the earlier of the Participant’s termination of employment or the expiration of the twenty-nine (29)-month period commencing upon such Participant’s absence from work.

Any vesting terms and conditions established by the Administrator with respect to any Supplemental Employer Credits that are different from, supplement, or otherwise modify those set forth in this Section 3.4 shall apply in lieu of the provisions of this Section 3.4 to the extent that any portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account is attributable to such Supplemental Employer Credits.

 

-21-


Article 4. Adjustments to Accounts; Deemed Investments

4.1. Deemed Investment Experience . Each Account shall be adjusted on such periodic basis and subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe to reflect the investment performance of the notional investments in which the Account is deemed invested pursuant to Section 4.3, including without limitation any interest, dividends or other distributions deemed to have been received with respect to such notional investments.

4.2. Distributions and Withdrawals . As of the date of any distribution or withdrawal hereunder, the Administrator shall reduce the affected Participant’s Accounts to reflect such distribution or withdrawal. Any such adjustment shall reduce ratably each affected Account’s share of each of the notional investments in which the Account is deemed to be invested, except as the Administrator may otherwise determine.

4.3. Notional Investment of Accounts . The Administrator shall from time to time specify one or more mutual funds or other investment alternatives that shall be available as measures of notional investment return for Accounts under the Plan (each such specified alternative, a “measuring investment option”). Subject to such rules and limitations as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe, each Participant shall have the right to have the balance of his or her Accounts treated for all purposes of the Plan as having been notionally invested in one or more measuring investment options and to change the notional investment of his or her Accounts from time to time. The Administrator shall have complete discretion at any time and from time to time to eliminate or add a measuring investment option. The Administrator may designate one or more measuring investment options as the default in which a Participant’s Accounts shall be deemed to be invested to the extent the Participant does not affirmatively, timely and properly provide other notional investment directions.

 

-22-


Nothing in this Section 4.3 shall be construed as giving any Participant the right to cause the Administrator, the Employer or any other person to acquire or dispose of any investment, to set aside (in trust or otherwise) money or property to meet the Employer’s obligations under the Plan, or in any other way to fund the Employer’s obligations under the Plan. The sole function of the notional investment provisions of this Section 4.3 is to provide a computational mechanism for measuring the Employer’s unfunded contractual deferred compensation obligation to Participants. Consistent with the foregoing, the Employer may (although it shall not be obligated to do any of the following): (i) establish and fund a so-called “rabbi” trust or similar trust or account to hold and invest amounts to help the Employer meet its obligations under the Plan; and (ii) if it establishes and funds such a trust or account, cause the trustee or other person holding the assets in such trust or account to invest them in a manner that is consistent with the notional investment directions of Participants under the Plan.

Each reference in this Section 4.3 to a Participant shall be deemed to include, where applicable, a reference to a Beneficiary.

4.4. Expenses . All expenses associated with the Plan shall be paid by the Employer; but if a trust or account is established as described at Section 4.3 above, the Employer may provide that expenses associated with that trust or account shall be paid out of the assets held therein.

 

-23-


Article 5. Entitlement to and Timing of Distributions

5.1. Timing of Distributions as a result of Separation from Service.

(a) Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Account . A Participant’s Basic Deferral Account (or portion thereof) and Bonus Deferral Account (or portion thereof) will be distributed, in the form and amount specified in Article 6, upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date specified by the Participant pursuant to a distribution election made under this Section 5.1, or (ii) the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason. When the Participant makes a deferral election in respect of Eligible Basic Compensation for a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2008 or Eligible Bonuses payable on or after January 1, 2009 under Sections 3.1 and 3.2, he or she shall also elect the time at which payment of the amounts credited to the Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Account, respectively, established in respect of such Plan Year shall commence. The earliest time a Participant may elect to have payment commence in respect of any such amounts credited to the Participant’s Basic Deferral Account or Bonus Deferral Account shall be January 1st of the second calendar year commencing after the date such amounts were credited to such Accounts. In the absence of a timely and proper election as to the time of distribution pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) on a form acceptable to the Administrator, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected distribution under this Section 5.1(a) upon Separation from Service. Distribution of the Participant’s Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Account shall be made (or commence, if installments have been properly elected under Section 6.2(b)(ii) below) upon the date specified, or deemed to have been specified, in this Section 5.1(a), subject to subsections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 5.1. With respect to amounts credited to a Participant’s Basic Deferral Account for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide an opportunity to elect distribution upon a date specified by the

 

-24-


Participant, to the extent that such date occurs prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service, pursuant to an election permitted under applicable transition relief rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 409A of the Code. Any such election shall be made, if at all, by the deadline and on the form prescribed by the Administrator.

(b) Employer Credit Account . A Participant’s vested Employer Credit Account will be valued and paid in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 upon the earliest to occur of (i) the Participant’s death, (ii) the Participant’s Separation from Service by reason of Disability (as determined under Section 3.4), or (iii) (A) for the portion of the Employer Credit Account attributable to Employer Credits credited prior to January 1, 2015 (including notional earnings with respect thereto, whenever credited), the later of (I) the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason, and (II) the Participant’s attainment of age 55 and (B) for the balance of the Employer Credit Account, the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason; provided, that if the Participant’s Separation from Service is for cause (as determined by the Administrator), no portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account shall be paid and the entirety of the Employer Credit Account shall instead be immediately forfeited; and further provided, that a current or former Designated Executive’s right to receive and/or retain any portion of his or her Employer Credit Account attributable to the additional Employer Credits earned by reason of his or her status as a Designated Executive (such portion, the “Restricted Portion”) is conditioned on the Participant’s full and continued compliance with any applicable confidentiality, noncompetition, or nonsolicitation agreement, or any similar or related agreement, with the Employer, and upon any breach or threatened breach of any covenant contained in such agreements, in addition to the remedies set forth in such agreement, the Company shall have the right to immediately cease making any payment with respect to the

 

-25-


Restricted Portion and shall have the right to require a Participant who has so breached or threatened to breach such covenant or agreement to repay the Company, with interest at the prime rate in effect at Bank of America, or its successor, any amount or amounts previously paid with respect to the Restricted Portion. Distribution of the Participant’s vested Employer Credit Account in accordance with the previous sentence shall be made (or commence, if installments have been properly elected under Section 6.2(b)(ii) below) upon the date specified in Section 5.1(b), subject to subsections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 5.1.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.1 or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant who is an individual determined by the Administrator or its delegate to be a Specified Employee, payment of such Participant’s benefit as a result of a Separation from Service (other than by reason of death) shall not commence until the date which is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of such Separation from Service or, if earlier than the end of such period, the date of death of such Participant.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.1 or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company may delay distributions to any Participant under the Plan to the extent permitted under Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i) to the extent that the Company reasonably anticipates that if the distribution were made at the time specified in Section 5.1(a) above, the Company’s deduction with respect to such distribution would not be permitted due to the application of Section 162(m), provided that the distribution is made either during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Company reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Section 162(m) or during the period beginning with the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or such later date as required under Treas.

 

-26-


Regs. §1.409A-2(b)(7)(i)) and ending on the later of the last day of the taxable year of the Company in which such date occurs or the 15th day of the third month following such date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant shall have no election with respect to the timing of the payment under this paragraph.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.1 or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion from time to time, and on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify from time to time, to permit any Participant to elect alternative payment terms for amounts under the Plan, so long as such terms comply with Section 409A. Consistent with the immediately preceding sentence, a Participant may subsequently elect to change his or her prior election of the date of commencement of payments from his or her Account, but only if such change (i) shall not take effect for at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent election is made; (ii) is made at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which the first payment was scheduled to be made (“prior election payment date”); and (iii) results in a new payment date that is delayed by at least five (5) years, as measured from the prior election payment date. Any such change of the time of commencement of payment shall be made in the manner specified by the Administrator and subject to such additional limitations and restrictions as the Administrator may prescribe.

5.2. Unforeseeable Emergency . In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may apply to the Administrator for the distribution of all or any part of his or her vested Account. The Administrator shall consider the circumstances of each case and shall have the right, in its sole discretion, subject to compliance with Section 409A, to allow or disallow the application in whole or in part. The Administrator shall have the right to require such Participant

 

-27-


to submit such documentation as it deems appropriate for the purpose of determining the existence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, and other related matters. Distributions under this Section 5.2 in connection with the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be made as soon as practicable after the Administrator’s determination under this Section 5.2, which shall be made in accordance with the rules of Section 1.409A-3(i)(3) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-28-


Article 6. Amount and Form of Distributions

6.1. Amount of Distributions .

(a) Basic Deferral Account . The amount distributable to the Participant under Section 5.1(a) in respect of his or her Basic Deferral Account shall be the balance of the Participant’s Basic Deferral Account determined as of the date of distribution (or portion thereof for which a distribution election was made in accordance with Section 5), unless a timely installment election has been submitted pursuant to Section 6.2 below in which case the amount of each installment shall be calculated in accordance with Section 6.2 below.

(b) Bonus Deferral Account . The amount distributable to the Participant under Section 5.1(a) in respect of his or her Bonus Deferral Account shall be the balance of the Participant’s Bonus Deferral Account (or portion thereof for which a distribution election was made in accordance with Section 5) determined as of the date of distribution, unless a timely installment election has been submitted pursuant to Section 6.2 below in which case the amount of each installment shall be calculated in accordance with Section 6.2 below.

(c) Employer Credit Account . The amount distributable to the Participant under Section 5.1(b) in respect of his or her Employer Credit Account shall be the balance of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account determined as of the date of distribution, unless a timely installment election has been submitted pursuant to Section 6.2 below in which case the amount of each installment shall be calculated in accordance with Section 6.2 below.

(d) Distributions upon Unforeseeable Emergency . The amount of a distribution to the Participant under Section 5.2 shall be determined by the Administrator, provided that in no event shall the aggregate amount of any distribution under Section 5.2 exceed the lesser of the vested portion of the Participant’s Account or the amount determined by the Administrator to be necessary to alleviate the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency (including

 

-29-


any taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution) and which is not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. A withdrawal under Section 5.2 shall be allocated between the Participant’s Basic Deferral Account, Bonus Deferral Account and the vested portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account pro rata based on the balance credited to the vested portion of each such Account immediately prior to the hardship distribution.

6.2. Form of Payment .

(a) Cash Payment . All payments under the Plan shall be made in cash.

(b) Lump sums; installments .

(i) Except as provided at (ii) immediately below, all distributions under the Plan shall be made in the form of a lump sum payment.

(ii) A Participant may elect, in accordance with this Section 6.2(b)(ii) and subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, to have amounts distributable under Section 6.1 by reason of Separation of Service paid either as a lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not more than ten years; provided, however, that annual installments with respect to amounts deferred for any Plan Year occurring prior to January 1, 2015 will only be payable in the event the Participant Separates from Service (other than by reason of death or for cause (as determined by the Administrator)) upon or after attaining age 55 and that if the Participant Separates from Service prior to attaining age 55, the election to have such amounts distributed in annual installments will be disregarded and amounts distributable under Section 6.1 shall be paid as a lump sum. In the absence of a proper advance election to have such amounts paid in installments, amounts distributable under Section 6.1 shall be paid as a lump sum. With

 

-30-


respect to amounts deferred for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to January 1, 2009, any election by a Participant to have amounts distributable under Section 6.1 paid in installments (an “installment election”) must be delivered to the Administrator, in a form acceptable to the Administrator, not later than the earlier of the date prescribed by the Administrator or the latest date permissible under transition relief promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 409A. With respect to amounts deferred for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2009, any installment election must be delivered to the Administrator, in a form acceptable to the Administrator, not later than the “applicable election deadline” for such Plan Year (as defined in Section 3.1). A Participant may subsequently elect to change his or her prior election to have amounts distributable under Section 6.1 paid in a lump sum or in annual installments, as the case may be, but only if such change (i) shall not take effect for at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent election is made; (ii) is made at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which the first payment was scheduled to be made (“prior election payment date”); and (iii) results in a new payment date that is delayed by at least five (5) years, as measured from the prior election payment date. Any such change of the time of commencement of payment shall be made in the manner specified by the Administrator and subject to such additional limitations and restrictions as the Administrator may prescribe.

(iii) Where an Account is payable in installments, the amount of each installment shall be determined by dividing the vested portion of the Account (as adjusted through the date of such installment distribution) by the number of installments remaining to be paid. For the avoidance of doubt, any benefit payable in installments hereunder shall be treated as a single payment pursuant to Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

-31-


(c) Employer’s Obligation . All payments under the Plan not made from a trust or account described in Section 4.3 above shall be made by the Employer.

6.3. Death Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a Participant dies before distribution of his or her Account has occurred or (if payable in installments) has been completed, the entire value of the Participant’s vested Account shall be paid, as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, in a lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.

6.4. Small-Balance Cash Out . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, require that:

(a) If at any time after a Participant’s Separation from Service, the total balance in all of the Participant’s Basic Deferral and Bonus Deferral Accounts, together with any other amounts payable to the Participant pursuant to any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company (and all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)(3)) that is an account balance plan described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), equals or is less than the dollar amount in effect under Code section 402(g)(1)(B), the Basic Deferral and Bonus Deferral Accounts may be distributed in a single lump sum.

(b) If at any time after a Participant’s Separation from Service, the total balance in all of the Participant’s Employer Credit Accounts, together with any other amounts payable to the Participant pursuant to any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company (and all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a

 

-32-


single “service recipient” with the Company under Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(h)(3)) that is an account balance plan described in Treas. Regs. § 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(B), equals or is less than the dollar amount in effect under Code section 402(g)(1)(B), the Employer Credit Accounts may be distributed in a single lump sum.

 

-33-


Article 7. Beneficiaries; Participant Data

7.1. Designation of Beneficiaries . Subject to such rules and limitations as the Administrator may prescribe, each Participant from time to time may designate one or more persons (including a trust) to receive benefits payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan upon or after the Participant’s death, and may change such designation at any time. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Administrator, and will be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime.

In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Administrator shall cause such benefit to be paid to the Participant’s estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Administrator may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant’s personal representative, executor or administrator.

7.2. Available Information; Missing Persons . Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Administrator’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if, after diligent effort, the Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due; provided, however, that the Administrator shall have the authority (but not the obligation) to reinstate such benefit upon the later discovery of a proper payee for such benefit, but solely to the extent permitted under Section 409A. Mailing of a notice in writing, by certified or registered mail, to the last known address of the Participant and the Beneficiaries (if the addresses of such Beneficiaries are known to the Administrator) shall be considered a diligent effort for this purpose. The Administrator

 

-34-


shall not be obliged to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such last known address. If a benefit payable to an un-located Participant or Beneficiary is subject to escheat pursuant to applicable state law, neither the Administrator, the Company, nor the Employer shall be liable to any person for any payment made in accordance with such law.

 

-35-


Article 8. Administration

8.1. Administrative Authority . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have full discretionary authority to construe and administer the terms of the Plan and its actions under the Plan shall be binding on all persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator shall have full discretionary authority, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, to:

(a) Resolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the Plan, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the Plan.

(b) Adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan.

(c) Implement the Plan in accordance with its terms and the rules and regulations adopted as above.

(d) Make determinations with respect to the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan or derive benefits hereunder and make determinations concerning the crediting and adjustment of Accounts.

(e) Appoint such persons or firms, or otherwise act to obtain such advice or assistance, as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan, and the Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon, the advice or opinion of such firms or persons.

8.2. Litigation . Except as may be otherwise required by law, in any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan, no Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice or service of process, and any final judgment entered in such action shall be binding on all persons interested in, or claiming under, the Plan.

 

-36-


8.3. Claims Procedure . The Administrator shall establish claims procedures under the Plan consistent with the requirements of Section 503 of ERISA.

 

-37-


Article 9. Amendment

9.1. Right to Amend . The Administrator, by written instrument executed by a duly authorized representative, shall have the right to amend the Plan, at any time and with respect to any provisions hereof; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially or adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to Elective Deferrals and Employer Credits already made under the Plan as of the date of such amendment, except as permitted under Section 409A.

9.2. Amendments to Ensure Proper Characterization of Plan . The Plan, as it applies to Employees, is intended to be an unfunded “top-hat” plan under sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA and therefore participation in the Plan by Employees shall be limited to Employees who (i) qualify for inclusion in a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) of ERISA and (ii) are designated by the Company as being eligible to participate. If the Administrator determines that a Participant no longer qualifies as being a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, then the compensation deferral elections made by such Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan will continue for the remainder of the Plan Year. However, no additional amounts shall be deferred and credited to the Account of such individual under the Plan for any future Plan Year until such time as the individual is again determined to be eligible to participate in the Plan and makes a new election under the provisions of the Plan; except that all prior amounts credited to the Account of such individual shall continue to be adjusted for earnings or losses pursuant to the other provisions of the Plan until fully distributed.

 

-38-


Article 10. Termination

10.1. Right of the Company to Terminate or Suspend Plan . The Company reserves the right at any time to terminate the Plan or to suspend the operation of the Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time, by action of the Administrator. In the event of a suspension of the Plan, the Administrator shall continue all aspects of the Plan, other than any elections to make Elective Deferrals that have not yet become irrevocable pursuant to Section 3.1(a) and Employer Credits, during the period of the suspension, in which event accounts as they then exist shall continue to be credited in accordance with Article 3 and payments hereunder will continue to be made during the period of the suspension in accordance with Articles 5 and 6.

10.2. Allocation and Distribution . This Section 10.2 shall become operative on a complete termination of the Plan. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall also become operative in the event of a partial termination of the Plan, as determined by the Administrator, but only with respect to that portion of the Plan attributable to the Participants to whom the partial termination is applicable. Upon the effective date of any such event, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no persons who were not theretofore Participants shall be eligible to become Participants. Each Participant’s Accounts as they then exist will be maintained, credited and paid pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and the Participant’s elections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may provide for the accelerated distribution of all accounts upon termination of the Plan as a whole or with respect to any Participant or group of Participants, but only to the extent the Company determines this to be permissible under Section 409A.

 

-39-


Article 11. Miscellaneous

11.1. Limitation on Liability of Employer . The Employer’s sole liability under the Plan shall be to pay benefits under the Plan as expressly set forth herein and subject to the terms hereof. Subject to the preceding sentence, neither the establishment or administration of the Plan, nor any modification nor the termination or suspension of the Plan, nor the creation of any account under the Plan, nor the payment of any benefits under the Plan, nor any other action taken by the Employer or the Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be construed as giving to any Participant, any Beneficiary or any other person any legal or equitable right against the Administrator, the Employer, or any officer or employer thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Administrator nor the Employer in any way guarantees any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account from loss or decline for any reason.

11.2. Construction . If any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but the illegal or void provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or void provision had never been inserted herein. For all purposes of the Plan, where the context admits, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. Headings of Articles and Sections herein are inserted only for convenience of reference and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan. The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall govern, control and determine all questions of law arising with respect to the Plan and the interpretation and validity of its respective provisions, except where those laws are preempted by the laws of the United States. Participation under the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, nor shall any loss or claimed loss of present or future benefits, whether accrued or unaccrued, constitute an element of damages in any claim brought in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

-40-


No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted so as to give any individual any right in any assets of the Employer which right is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.

11.3. Taxes . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all distributions and withdrawals hereunder shall be subject to reduction for applicable income tax withholding and other legally or contractually required withholdings. To the extent amounts credited under the Plan are includible in “wages” for purposes of Chapter 21 of the Code, or are otherwise includible in taxable income, prior to distribution or withdrawal the Employer may deduct the required withholding with respect to such wages or income from compensation currently payable to the Participant or the Administrator may reduce the Participant’s Accounts hereunder or require the Participant to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for the satisfaction of the Employer’s withholding obligations. If at any time this Plan is found to fail to meet the requirements of Section 409A, the Administrator may distribute the amount required to be included in the Participant’s income as a result of such failure. Any amount distributed under the immediately preceding sentence will be charged against amounts owed to the Participant hereunder and offset against future payments hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant will have no discretion, and will have no direct or indirect election, as to whether a payment will be accelerated under this Section 11.3.

11.4. Section 409A Transition Relief . The Company may, by action of the Administrator, authorize changes to time and form of payment elections made under the Plan to the extent consistent with the transition rules, and during the transition relief period, provided under Section 409A and guidance issued thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

-41-


11.5. Spendthrift Provision . No amount payable to a Participant or a Beneficiary under the Plan will, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, attachment, garnishment, sale, transfer, assignment (either at law or in equity), levy, execution, pledge, encumbrance, charge or any other legal or equitable process, and any attempt to do so will be void; nor will any benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled thereto. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the Employer’s right to cause its obligations hereunder to be assumed by a successor to all or a portion of its business or assets.

 

-42-


EXHIBIT A

Definition of “Change of Control”

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) there occurs a change of control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (as amended in 2004) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or in any other filing under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that if the Participant or a Participant Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring control, a transaction shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control as to a Participant unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to such occurrence; or

(b) any Person other than the Company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or such a subsidiary becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company’s Common Stock and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the date such Person became a 20% owner are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to the acquisition of such 20% ownership, such acquisition of ownership shall not constitute a Change of Control as to a Participant if the Participant or a Participant Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring such ownership; or

(c) there occurs any solicitation or series of solicitations of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Company’s Board of Directors and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the commencement of such solicitation or series of solicitations are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; or

(d) the Company executes an agreement of acquisition, merger or consolidation which contemplates that (i) after the effective date provided for in such agreement, all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by another Person and (ii) individuals who are directors of the Company when such agreement is executed shall not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the survivor or successor entity immediately after the effective date provided for in such agreement; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no transaction shall constitute a Change of Control as to a Participant if, immediately after such transaction, the Participant or any Participant Related Party shall own equity securities of any surviving corporation (“Surviving Entity”) having a fair value as a percentage of the fair value of the equity securities of such Surviving Entity greater than 125% of the fair value of the equity securities of the Company owned by the Participant and any Participant Related Party immediately prior to such transaction, expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (for purposes of this paragraph ownership of equity securities shall be determined in the same manner as ownership of Common Stock); and

 

-43-


provided, further, that, for purposes of this paragraph (d), if such agreement requires as a condition precedent approval by the Company’s shareholders of the agreement or transaction, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have taken place unless and until the acquisition, merger, or consolidation contemplated by such agreement is consummated (but immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, merger, or consolidation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of execution of such agreement).

In addition, for purposes of this Exhibit A the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Common Stock” shall mean the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company plus, for purposes of determining the stock ownership of any Person, the number of unissued shares of Common Stock which such Person has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Common Stock shall not include shares of Preferred Stock or convertible debt or options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company shall expressly so determine in any future transaction or transactions.

A Person shall be deemed to be the “owner” of any Common Stock:

(i) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(ii) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner” for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(iii) which such Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989) has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

“Person” shall have the meaning used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989.

A “Participant Related Party” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any affiliate or associate of the Participant other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. The terms “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (the term “registrant” in the definition of “associate” meaning, in this case, the Company).

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain beginning with the Company if each of the entities (other than the last entity in

 

-44-


the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain.

“Committee” shall mean the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Initially capitalized terms not defined above shall have the meanings assigned to those terms in Article I of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any case where the occurrence of a Change of Control could affect the vesting or payment of amounts subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the term “Change of Control” shall mean an occurrence that both (i) satisfies the requirements set forth above in this Exhibit A, and (ii) is a “change in control event” as that term is defined in the regulations under Section 409A.

 

-45-


PART B

GRANDFATHERED PLAN

THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

As restated effective October 1, 1998

and as in effect on October 3, 2004


THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

As restated effective October 1, 1998 and as in effect on October 3, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1. Definitions

  49   

Article 2. Eligibility and Participation

  52   

2.1.

  Eligibility To Participate.   52   

2.2.

  Termination of Eligibility.   52   

Article 3. Credits

  53   

3.1.

  Compensation Deferrals.   53   

3.2.

  Employer Credits.   54   

3.3.

  Vesting of Employer Credit Accounts.   56   

Article 4. Adjustment to Accounts; Deemed Investments

  58   

4.1.

  Deemed Investment Experience.   58   

4.2.

  Distributions and Withdrawals.   58   

4.3.

  Notional Investment of Accounts.   58   

4.4.

  Expenses.   59   

Article 5. Entitlement to Benefits

  60   

5.1.

  Regular Distribution Events.   60   

5.2.

  Deferral Account.   60   

5.3.

  Employer Credit Account.   60   

5.4.

  Hardship Distributions.   60   

5.5.

  Non-Hardship In-Service Withdrawals.   61   

Article 6. Distribution of Benefits

  62   

6.1.

  Regular Distribution Events.   62   

6.2.

  Other Distributions.   62   

6.3.

  General Provisions.   62   

6.4.

  Cash Payment.   62   

6.5.

  Lump sums; installments.   62   

6.6.

  Employer’s Obligation.   63   

6.7.

  Death Benefits.   63   

Article 7. Beneficiaries; Participant Data

  64   

7.1.

  Designation of Beneficiaries.   64   


7.2.

  Available Information; Missing Persons.   64   

Article 8.   Administration

  66   

8.1.

  Administrative Authority.   66   

8.2.

  Litigation.   66   

8.3.

  Claims Procedure.   67   

Article 9.   Amendment

  69   

9.1.

  Right to Amend.   69   

9.2.

  Amendments to Ensure Proper Characterization of Plan.   69   

Article 10. Termination

  70   

10.1.

  Right of the Employer to Terminate or Suspend Plan.   70   

10.2.

  Allocation and Distribution.   70   

Article 11. Miscellaneous

  71   

11.1.

  Limitations on Liability of Employer.   71   

11.2.

  Construction.   71   

11.3.

  Taxes.   72   

11.4.

  Spendthrift Provision.   72   

11.5.

  Section 409A.   72   


THE TJX COMPANIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

As restated effective October 1, 1998 and as in effect on October 3, 2004

RECITALS

The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to provide a means whereby eligible employees may defer, in general until termination of employment, compensation that would otherwise be received on a current basis and the employer may credit certain additional amounts on a deferred basis for the benefit of participating employees. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded “top-hat” plan under sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

Article 1. Definitions

1.1. “Account” means either or both, as the context requires, of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Deferral Account and/or Employer Credit Account.

1.2. “Administrator” means the Executive Compensation Committee (the “E.C.C.”) of the Board of Directors of The TJX Companies, Inc., and its delegates.

1.3. “Beneficiary” means any person or person so designated in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

1.4. “Change of Control” means a Change of Control as defined in Exhibit A hereto.

1.5. “Claimant” is defined in Section 8.3.

1.6. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

1.7. “Compensation Deferral” is defined in Section 3.1.

 

-49-


1.8. “Deferral Account” means the unfunded book-entry account maintained by the Administrator to reflect that portion of a Participant’s balance under the Plan which is attributable to his or her Compensation Deferrals.

1.9. “Effective Date” means October 1, 1998.

1.10. “Eligible Deferrals” means (a) in the case of any Participant who is a Vice President or higher, Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Plan Year not in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Salary, and (b) in the case of any other Participant, Compensation Deferrals with respect to a Plan Year not in excess of five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Salary.

1.11. “Eligible Individual” means, for any Plan Year (or applicable portion thereof), a person who is determined by the Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan, consistent with the intended purpose of the Plan as set forth in the “RECITALS” above.

1.12. “Employer” means The TJX Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

1.13. “Employer Credit Account” means the unfunded book-entry account maintained by the Administrator to reflect that portion, if any, of a Participant’s balance under the Plan which is attributable to Employer Credits allocable to the Participant.

1.14. “Employer Credits” is defined in Section 3.2.

1.15. “Entry Date” means October 1, 1998 and each subsequent January 1, plus such other Entry Dates as the Administrator may specify pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

1.16. “Participant” means any Eligible Individual who participates in the Plan.

1.17. “Performance Goal” means a performance goal (which may be, but need not be, the same as a performance goal applicable under the Employer’s Management Incentive Plan for corporate division purposes) specified by the Administrator with respect to a fiscal year of the Employer in which a Plan Year ends.

 

-50-


1.18. “Period of Participation” means, with respect to any Participant, the period commencing with the commencement of participation in the Plan and ending on the earlier of the date on which the Participant ceases to be employed by the Employer or the date on which the Participant’s Accounts have been completely distributed, withdrawn or forfeited.

1.19. “Plan” means The TJX Companies, Inc. Executive Savings Plan as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.20. “Plan Year” means the period October 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998 and each calendar year thereafter.

1.21. “Salary” means the base salary payable by the Employer to a Participant during a Plan Year, determined before reduction for deferrals under any qualified or nonqualified plan (including, without limitation, the Plan).

 

-51-


Article 2. Eligibility and Participation

2.1. Eligibility To Participate .

(a) Every employee of the Employer who is an Eligible Individual in connection with the establishment of the Plan shall be eligible to become a Participant as of the Effective Date or any subsequent Entry Date, provided that he or she is an Eligible Individual on the applicable Entry Date. An employee of the Employer who becomes an Eligible Individual after October 1, 1998 shall be eligible to become a Participant as of any subsequent Entry Date, provided that he or she is then an Eligible Individual.

(b) Notwithstanding (a) above, in the case of an individual who first becomes an Eligible Individual on a date after October 1, 1998, the Administrator may specify an initial Entry Date that is other than January 1 of the following year provided that the Eligible Individual (i) satisfies the special thirty-day election rule described in Section 3.1(c) below, and (ii) is an Eligible Individual on such initial Entry Date.

2.2. Termination of Eligibility . An individual shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan when he or she is no longer an Eligible Individual (whether by reason of termination of employment or by reason of a change in job classification or otherwise) but shall again become eligible to participate pursuant to the second sentence of Section 2.1 if he or she again becomes an Eligible Individual.

 

-52-


Article 3. Credits

3.1. Compensation Deferrals . A Participant may defer Salary that is not yet payable (any such deferral accomplished in accordance with this Section 3.1, a “Compensation Deferral”) by making a timely election in accordance with this Section 3.1, as follows:

(a) For the Plan Year ending December 31, 1998, a Participant’s deferral election must be made by such date prior to the Effective Date as the Administrator may specify.

(b) With respect to Salary payable in any Plan Year after 1998, a Participant’s deferral election must be made by November 30 of the preceding Plan Year (for example, by November 30, 1998 for deferral of Salary payable in calendar 1999).

(c) Notwithstanding (a) and (b) above, an individual who first becomes an Eligible Individual after October 1, 1998 may also elect, within thirty (30) days of becoming an Eligible Individual, to defer Salary for the period beginning on the initial Entry Date described in Section 2.1(b) and ending on December 31 of the Plan Year in which such initial Entry Date occurs.

No more than twenty percent (20%) of a Participant’s Salary for any pay period may be deferred pursuant to an election under this Section 3.1. Subject to the foregoing, a Participant’s deferral election may specify different deferral percentages for different pay periods. Subject to such additional limitations as the Administrator may prescribe,

(1) a Participant described in Section 1.10(a) or (b) may change the rate at which future Salary is to be deferred under this Section 3.1 by written notice delivered to the Administrator by November 30 of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which such change is to take effect; and

(2) a Participant described in Section 1.10(b) who is promoted during a Plan Year to the rank of Vice President (or higher) may, within thirty (30) days of such promotion, increase (but not decrease), up to a maximum of twenty (20%) of Salary per pay period, the rate of deferral to be applied to future Salary.

 

-53-


Subject to the foregoing, an election under this Section 3.1, once made, shall continue in force indefinitely.

Salary otherwise payable to a Participant for a pay period shall be reduced by the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals for the pay period. The Administrator shall establish and maintain a Deferral Account in the name of each Participant to which shall be credited amounts equal to the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals and which shall be further adjusted as provided in Article 4 to reflect any withdrawals or distributions and any deemed earnings, losses or other charges allocable to the Deferral Account. Compensation Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account as soon as practicable following the date the related Salary is paid.

A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4.

3.2. Employer Credits . The Administrator shall establish and maintain a separate Employer Credit Account in the name of each Participant to which shall be credited amounts equal to the Employer Credits, if any, allocable to the Participant and which shall be further adjusted as provided in Article 4 to reflect any withdrawals, distributions or forfeitures and any deemed earnings, losses or other charges allocable to the Employer Credit Account. The Employer Credits allocable to a Participant shall be determined as follows:

(a) Non-Performance-Based Employer Credits . For each Plan Year, the Administrator shall credit to a Participant’s Employer Credit Account an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals for the Plan Year. The non-performance-

 

-54-


based matching credits described in this subsection (a) shall be credited to the Participant’s Employer Credit Account as of the same dates as the Eligible Deferrals to which such matching credits relate.

(b) Basic Performance-Based Employer Credits . For each Plan Year ending within a fiscal year of the Employer for which the Employer’s Performance Goals are met (as determined by the Administrator), the Administrator shall credit to the Employer Credit Account of each eligible Participant an amount (in addition to the credit described at Section 3.2(a) above) equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s Eligible Deferrals for the Plan Year. The basic performance-based matching credit described in this subsection (b) shall be credited as soon as practicable following the close of the fiscal year and only to the Employer Credit Accounts of those Participants who were employed by the Employer on the last day of such fiscal year.

(c) Supplemental Performance-Based Employer Credits . For each Plan Year ending in a fiscal year of the Employer for which the Employer’s Performance Goals are exceeded (as determined by the Administrator), the Administrator shall credit to the Employer Credit Account of each eligible Participant described in Section 1.10(a) an amount determined as set forth below. Participants described in Section 1.10(b) shall not be eligible for the credit described in this Section 3.2(c). If the Employer’s Performance Goals are exceeded by a margin sufficient to produce a payout under Management Incentive Plan awards applicable to associates in the corporate division equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the target award under the Management Incentive Plan for associates in the corporate division, the credit described in this Section 3.2(c) shall equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the eligible Participant’s Eligible Deferrals. If the Employer’s Performance Goals are exceeded but by a smaller margin than that which would be needed to produce a payout under Management Incentive Plan awards

 

-55-


applicable to associates in the corporate division equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the target award under the Management Incentive Plan for associates in the corporate division, the Employer Credit described in this Section 3.2(c) shall be an amount which, when expressed as a percentage of the eligible Participant’s Eligible Deferrals, bears the same relationship to twenty-five percent (25%) as the excess percentage over target of the award under the Management Incentive Plan for associates in the corporate division bears to 50%. The supplemental performance-based matching credit described in this Section 3.2(c), which shall be in addition to the matching credits described in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(b) above, shall be credited as soon as practicable following the close of the fiscal year and only to the Employer Credit Accounts of those Participants described in Section 1.10(a) who were employed by the Employer on the last day of such fiscal year. In the case of an eligible Participant who is described in Section 1.10(a) for only a portion of a Plan Year, the supplemental performance-based matching credit shall apply only to those Eligible Deferrals made while the eligible Participant was described in Section 1.10(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credits shall be made under this Section 3.2 with respect to any Participant who is either a Category A Key Employee or a Category B Key Employee under The TJX Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

3.3. Vesting of Employer Credit Accounts . A Participant shall become vested in the balance of his or her Employer Credit Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4, in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

Completed Period of Participation

   Vested Percentage  

Less than five years

     0

Five years or more, but less than ten years

     50

Ten or more years

     100

 

-56-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is 50% but not 100% vested in his or her Employer Credit Account takes an in-service withdrawal under Section 5.2 or Section 5.3 or both, the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Employer Credit Account as of any subsequent date prior to full vesting (the “determination date”) shall be

 1 2 (AB+W) – W

where “AB” is the balance of the Employer Credit Account as of the determination date and “W” is that portion of the withdrawal (or withdrawals, if more than one) under Section 5.2 and/or Section 5.3 that was attributable to the Employer Credit Account.

In addition, a Participant will become immediately vested in his or her Employer Credit Account, subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 4, upon attainment by the Participant of age fifty-five (55), upon termination of employment by reason of permanent disability (as determined by the Administrator) or death, or upon the earlier occurrence of a Change of Control.

 

-57-


Article 4. Adjustment to Accounts; Deemed Investments

4.1. Deemed Investment Experience . Each Account shall be adjusted on such periodic basis and subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe to reflect the value of the notional investments in which the Account is deemed invested pursuant to Section 4.3, including without limitation any interest, dividends or other distributions deemed to have been received with respect to such notional investments.

4.2. Distributions and Withdrawals . As of the date of any distribution or withdrawal hereunder, the Administrator shall reduce the affected Participant’s Accounts to reflect such distribution or withdrawal. Any such adjustment shall reduce ratably each affected Account’s share of each of the notional investments in which the Account is deemed to be invested, except as the Administrator may otherwise determine.

4.3. Notional Investment of Accounts . The Administrator shall from time to time specify one or more mutual funds or other investment alternatives that shall be available as measures of notional investment return for Accounts under the Plan (each such specified alternative, a “measuring investment option”). Subject to such rules and limitations as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe, each Participant shall have the right to have the balance of his or her Accounts treated for all purposes of the Plan as having been notionally invested in one or more measuring investment options and to change the notional investment of his or her Accounts from time to time. The Administrator shall have complete discretion at any time and from time to time to eliminate or add a measuring investment option. The Administrator may designate one or more measuring investment options as the default in which a Participant’s Accounts shall be deemed to be invested to the extent the Participant does not affirmatively, timely and properly provide other notional investment directions.

 

-58-


Nothing in this Section 4.3 shall be construed as giving any Participant the right to cause the Administrator, the Employer or any other person to acquire or dispose of any investment, to set aside (in trust or otherwise) money or property to meet the Employer’s obligations under the Plan, or in any other way to fund the Employer’s obligations under the Plan. The sole function of the notional investment provisions of this Section 4.3 is to provide a computational mechanism for measuring the Employer’s unfunded contractual deferred compensation obligation to Participants. Consistent with the foregoing, the Employer may (although it shall not be obligated to do any of the following): (i) establish and fund a so-called “rabbi” trust or similar trust or account to hold and invest amounts to help the Employer meet its obligations under the Plan; and (ii) if it establishes and funds such a trust or account, cause the trustee or other person holding the assets in such trust or account to invest them in a manner that is consistent with the notional investment directions of Participants under the Plan.

Each reference in this Section 4.3 to a Participant shall be deemed to include, where applicable, a reference to a Beneficiary.

4.4. Expenses . All expenses associated with the Plan shall be paid by the Employer; but if a trust or account is established as described at Section 4.3 above, the Employer may provide that expenses associated with that trust or account shall be paid out of the assets held therein.

 

-59-


Article 5. Entitlement to Benefits

5.1. Regular Distribution Events .

5.2. Deferral Account . A Participant’s Deferral Account will be valued and paid in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 upon the Participant’s termination of employment with the Employer (as determined by the Administrator).

5.3. Employer Credit Account . A Participant’s vested Employer Credit Account will be valued and paid in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 upon the earliest to occur of (i) the Participant’s death, or (ii) termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer by reason of permanent disability (as determined by the Administrator), or (iii) the later of termination for any other reason of the Participant’s employment with the Employer (as determined by the Administrator) or the Participant’s attainment of age 55; provided, that if the Participant’s employment is terminated for cause as determined by the Administrator, no portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account shall be paid and the entirety of the Employer Credit Account shall instead be immediately forfeited.

5.4. Hardship Distributions . In the event of financial hardship of the Participant, as hereinafter defined, the Participant may apply to the Administrator for the distribution of all or any part of his or her vested Account. The Administrator shall consider the circumstances of each case and shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to allow or disallow the application in whole or in part. In no event shall the aggregate amount of any distribution under this Section exceed the lesser of the vested portion of the Participant’s Account or the amount determined by the Administrator to be necessary to alleviate the Participant’s financial hardship (including any taxes estimated by the Administrator to be due with respect to the distribution) and which is not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. For purposes of this Section 5.2, “financial hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (a) a

 

-60-


sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Code section 152(a)) of the Participant, (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, each as determined by the Administrator. A hardship withdrawal under this Section 5.2 shall be allocated between the Participant’s Deferral Account and the vested portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account in proportion thereto.

5.5. Non-Hardship In-Service Withdrawals . Prior to termination of employment with the Employer, a Participant may request from the Administrator, for any reason, a lump sum distribution of all, but not less than all, of the Participant’s vested Account. Upon receipt by the Administrator of such a request, eighty-five percent (85%) of the Participant’s vested Account (i.e., 85% of the Participant’s Deferral Account and 85% of that portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account which is vested) shall be valued and paid in accordance with Article 6 and the remaining fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s vested Account balance (i.e., the entire remaining portion of the Participant’s Deferral Account plus the remaining 15% vested portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account) , plus fifteen percent (15%) of any unvested portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account, shall be irrevocably forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrator determines that a Participant’s request for a withdrawal hereunder has been made in anticipation of a termination of the Participant’s employment for cause, the Administrator may decline to distribute any portion of the Participant’s Accounts under this Section 5.3.

 

-61-


Article 6. Distribution of Benefits

6.1. Regular Distribution Events . The amount distributable under Section 5.1(a) shall be the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Account determined as of the date of distribution. Distribution of the Participant’s Deferral Account shall be made upon or as soon as practicable following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment. The amount distributable under Section 5.1(b) shall (except in the case of a termination for cause as determined by the Administrator) be the vested portion of the Participant’s Employer Credit Account determined as of the date of distribution. Except in the case of a termination for cause (as determined by the Administrator), distribution of the Participant’s vested Employer Credit Account shall be made (or commence) upon or as soon as practicable following the date specified in Section 5.1(b).

6.2. Other Distributions . Hardship distributions under Section 5.2 shall be made, in the amount determined under Section 5.2, as soon as practicable after the Administrator’s determination under Section 5.2. Withdrawals under Section 5.3 shall be made, in the amount specified in (and subject to the conditions of ) Section 5.3, as soon as practicable following the Administrator’s receipt of the Participant’s properly filed request for such a withdrawal.

6.3. General Provisions .

6.4. Cash Payment . All payments under the Plan shall be made in cash.

6.5. Lump sums; installments .

(a) Except as provided at (ii) immediately below, all distributions and withdrawals under the Plan shall be made in the form of a lump sum payment.

(b) A Participant whose employment terminates (other than by reason of death or a termination for cause (as determined by the Administrator)) upon or after attaining age 55 may elect to have amounts distributable under Section 6.1 paid either as a lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not more than ten years. In the absence of a proper election to have

 

-62-


such amounts paid in installments, amounts distributable under Section 6.1 shall be paid as a lump sum. Any election by a Participant to have amounts distributable under Section 6.1 paid in installments (an “installment election”) must be delivered to the Administrator, in a form acceptable to the Administrator, not later than by the date which precedes the Participant’s termination of employment by one year. A Participant who has made an installment election may cancel such election at any time prior to the applicable deadline described in the immediately preceding sentence by timely delivering a notice of such cancellation to the Administrator in a form acceptable to the Administrator; but following such deadline the Participant’s actual or deemed election as to form of benefit shall be irrevocable. Where an Account is payable in installments, the amount of each installment shall be determined by dividing the vested portion of the Account (as adjusted through the date of such installment distribution) by the number of installments remaining to be paid. The Administrator may require that the balance of Accounts for which an installment election is made must exceed a dollar minimum specified by the Administrator.

6.6. Employer’s Obligation . All payments under the Plan not made from a trust or account described in Section 4.3 above shall be made by the Employer.

6.7. Death Benefits . If a Participant dies before distribution of his or her Account has occurred or (if payable in installments) has commenced, the entire value of the Participant’s vested Account shall be paid, as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, in a lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries. Where installment payments to a Participant have begun and the Participant dies before all installments have been paid, the remaining installments shall be paid in the normal course to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries unless, in the case of any Beneficiary, the Administrator determines that the remaining payments to such Beneficiary shall be accelerated and paid in a single lump sum.

 

-63-


Article 7. Beneficiaries; Participant Data

7.1. Designation of Beneficiaries . Subject to such rules and limitations as the Administrator may prescribe, each Participant from time to time may designate one or more persons (including a trust) to receive benefits payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan upon or after the Participant’s death, and may change such designation at any time. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Administrator, and will be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime.

In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Administrator shall cause such benefit to be paid to the Participant’s estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Administrator may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant’s personal representative, executor or administrator.

7.2. Available Information; Missing Persons . Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Administrator’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Administrator shall not be obliged to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such last known address. If the Administrator notifies any Participant or Beneficiary that he or she is entitled to an amount under the Plan and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim such amount or make his or her location known to the Administrator within three (3) years thereafter, then, except as otherwise required by law, if the location of one or more of the next of kin of the Participant is known to the Administrator, the Administrator may direct distribution of such amount to any one or more or all of such next

 

-64-


of kin, and in such proportions as the Administrator determines. If the location of none of the foregoing persons can be determined, the Administrator shall have the right to direct that the amount payable shall be deemed to be a forfeiture, except that the dollar amount of the forfeiture, unadjusted for deemed gains or losses in the interim, shall be paid by the Employer if a claim for the benefit subsequently is made by the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom it was payable. If a benefit payable to an unlocated Participant or Beneficiary is subject to escheat pursuant to applicable state law, neither the Administrator nor the Employer shall be liable to any person for any payment made in accordance with such law.

 

-65-


Article 8. Administration

8.1. Administrative Authority . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have full discretionary authority to construe and administer the terms of the Plan and its actions under the Plan shall be binding on all persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator shall have full discretionary authority to:

(a) Resolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the Plan, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the Plan.

(b) Adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan.

(c) Implement the Plan in accordance with its terms and the rules and regulations adopted as above.

(d) Make determinations with respect to the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan or derive benefits hereunder and make determinations concerning the crediting and adjustment of Accounts.

(e) Appoint such persons or firms, or otherwise act to obtain such advice or assistance, as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan, and the Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon, the advice or opinion of such firms or persons.

8.2. Litigation . Except as may be otherwise required by law, in any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan, no Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to any notice or service of process, and any final judgment entered in such action shall be binding on all persons interested in, or claiming under, the Plan.

 

-66-


8.3. Claims Procedure . Any person claiming a benefit under the Plan (a “Claimant”) shall present the claim, in writing, to the Administrator and the Administrator shall respond in writing. If the claim is denied, the written notice of denial shall state, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(a) The specific reason or reasons for the denial, with specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(b) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(c) An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.

The written notice denying or granting the Claimant’s claim shall be provided to the Claimant within ninety (90) days after the Administrator’s receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished by the Administrator to the Claimant within the initial ninety (90) day period and in no event shall such an extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. Any extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date on which the Administrator expects to render a decision on the claim. Any claim not granted or denied within the period noted above shall be deemed to have been denied.

Any Claimant whose claim is denied or deemed to have been denied under the preceding sentence (or such Claimant’s authorized representative) may, within sixty (60) days after the

 

-67-


Claimant’s receipt of notice of the denial, or after the date of the deemed denial, request a review of the denial by notice given, in writing, to the Administrator. Upon such a request for review, the claim shall be reviewed by the Administrator, which may, but shall not be required to, grant the Claimant a hearing. In connection with the review, the Claimant may have representation, may examine pertinent documents, and may submit issues and comments in writing.

The decision on review normally shall be made within sixty (60) days of the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review. If an extension of time is required due to special circumstances, the Claimant shall be notified, in writing, by the Administrator, and the time limit for the decision on review shall be extended to one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall state, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, the specific reasons for the decision and shall include references to the relevant Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The written decision on review shall be given to the Claimant within the sixty (60) day (or, if applicable, the one hundred twenty (120) day) time limit discussed above. If the decision on review is not communicated to the Claimant within the sixty (60) day (or, if applicable, the one hundred twenty (120) day) period discussed above, the claim shall be deemed to have been denied upon review. All decisions on review shall be final and binding with respect to all parties.

 

-68-


Article 9. Amendment

9.1. Right to Amend . The E.C.C., by written instrument executed by a duly authorized representative, shall have the right to amend the Plan, at any time and with respect to any provisions hereof, including without limitation with respect to Compensation Deferrals and Employer Credits already made under the Plan as of the date of such amendment, and all parties hereto or claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound by such amendment; provided , however , that no amendment of the Plan shall be effective to the extent it would cause the balance of an Account, determined as of the date of such amendment and taking into account the amendment, to be reduced below the balance of such Account determined as of such date but disregarding the amendment.

9.2. Amendments to Ensure Proper Characterization of Plan . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1, the Plan may be amended by the Administrator at any time, including retroactively, if the Administrator determines that such amendment is necessary or advisable to ensure that the Plan is an unfunded “top-hat” plan as described under ERISA sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) and that the Plan does not result in taxable income to any Participant or Beneficiary with respect to his or her Accounts hereunder prior to the actual receipt of benefits. No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of a Participant or a Beneficiary hereunder. In connection with any amendment described in this Section 9.2, the Administrator may exclude any person from participation in the Plan and may cause the Accounts maintained for the benefit of such excluded Participant to be promptly distributed in a lump sum.

 

-69-


Article 10. Termination

10.1. Right of the Employer to Terminate or Suspend Plan . The E.C.C. reserves the right at any time to terminate the Plan or to suspend the operation of the Plan for a fixed or indeterminate period of time. In the event of a suspension of the Plan, the Administrator shall continue all aspects of the Plan, other than Compensation Deferrals and Employer Credits, during the period of the suspension, in which event payments hereunder will continue to be made during the period of the suspension in accordance with Articles 5 and 6.

10.2. Allocation and Distribution . This Section 10.2 shall become operative on a complete termination of the Plan. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall also become operative in the event of a partial termination of the Plan, as determined by the Administrator, but only with respect to that portion of the Plan attributable to the Participants to whom the partial termination is applicable. Upon the effective date of any such event, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no persons who were not theretofore Participants shall be eligible to become Participants, and the vested balances of the Accounts of all Participants and Beneficiaries shall be determined and distributed. All distributions under this Section 10.2 shall be made in single lump sums except as the Administrator shall determine.

 

-70-


Article 11. Miscellaneous

11.1. Limitations on Liability of Employer . The Employer’s sole liability under the Plan shall be to pay benefits under the Plan as expressly set forth herein and subject to the terms hereof. Subject to the preceding sentence, neither the establishment or administration of the Plan, nor any modification nor the termination or suspension of the Plan, nor the creation of any account under the Plan, nor the payment of any benefits under the Plan, nor any other action taken by the Employer or the Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be construed as giving to any Participant, any Beneficiary or any other person any legal or equitable right against the Administrator, the Employer, or any officer or employer thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Administrator nor the Employer in any way guarantees any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account from loss or decline for any reason.

11.2. Construction . If any provision of the Plan is held to be illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but the illegal or void provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or void provision had never been inserted herein. For all purposes of the Plan, where the context admits, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. Headings of Articles and Sections herein are inserted only for convenience of reference and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan. The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall govern, control and determine all questions of law arising with respect to the Plan and the interpretation and validity of its respective provisions, except where those laws are preempted by the laws of the United States. Participation under the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, nor shall any loss or claimed loss of present or future benefits, whether accrued or unaccrued, constitute an element of damages in any claim brought in connection with a Participant’s termination of employment.

 

-71-


No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted so as to give any individual any right in any assets of the Employer which right is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.

11.3. Taxes . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all distributions and withdrawals hereunder shall be subject to reduction for applicable income tax withholding and other legally or contractually required withholdings. To the extent amounts credited under the Plan are includible in “wages” for purposes of Chapter 21 of the Code, or are otherwise includible in taxable income, prior to distribution or withdrawal the Employer may deduct the required withholding with respect to such wages or income from compensation currently payable to the Participant or the Administrator may reduce the Participant’s Accounts hereunder or require the Participant to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for the satisfaction of the Employer’s withholding obligations.

11.4. Spendthrift Provision . No amount payable to a Participant or a Beneficiary under the Plan will, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, attachment, garnishment, sale, transfer, assignment (either at law or in equity), levy, execution, pledge, encumbrance, charge or any other legal or equitable process, and any attempt to do so will be void; nor will any benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled thereto. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the Employer’s right to cause its obligations hereunder to be assumed by a successor to all or a portion of its business or assets.

11.5. Section 409A . Reference is made to Section 409A of the Code and to the guidance (including transition rules and exemptive relief provisions) issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Consistent with Section 409A, it is intended that with respect to amounts deferred under

 

-72-


the Plan prior to January 1, 2005 that were both earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005, the Plan will be administered consistent with the objective of preserving for such amounts “grandfathered” status under Section 409A, that is, the status of deferred compensation not subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A. All other deferrals under the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. It is intended in this regard that the Plan will be comprehensively amended to comply with final rules under Section 409A following the issuance of such rules or at such earlier time as may be required under Section 409A or determined by the Administrator. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan shall be deemed amended by this Section 11.5 to permit, with respect to any deferrals hereunder that are subject to Section 409A, any transition-period elections permitted under Section 409A that are authorized by the Senior Executive Vice President – Chief Administrative and Business Development Officer of the Company, the Senior Executive Vice President – Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or the successor of either (a “specified Company officer”) and any cancellations and withdrawals of such any such amounts that are authorized by a specified Company officer, except that any such action by a specified Company officer that relates to his or her own benefit shall require the approval of a member of the E.C.C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any of its officers or directors, nor any other person charged with administrative responsibilities under the Plan, shall be liable to any Eligible Person or to any beneficiary of any Eligible Person by reason of the failure of any deferral hereunder to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.

 

-73-


EXHIBIT A

Definition of “Change of Control”

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) there occurs a change of control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of the Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or in any other filing under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that if the Participant or a Participant Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring control, a transaction shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control as to a Participant unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to such occurrence; or

(b) any Person other than the Company, any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or such a subsidiary becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company’s Common Stock and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the date such Person became a 20% owner are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute at least 1/4 of the Company’s Board of Directors; provided , however , that unless the Committee shall otherwise determine prior to the acquisition of such 20% ownership, such acquisition of ownership shall not constitute a Change of Control as to a Participant if the Participant or a Participant Related Party is the Person or a member of a group constituting the Person acquiring such ownership; or

(c) there occurs any solicitation or series of solicitations of proxies by or on behalf of any Person other than the Company’s Board of Directors and thereafter individuals who were not directors of the Company prior to the commencement of such solicitation or series of solicitations are elected as directors pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with, or upon the request of or nomination by, such Person and constitute at least 1/4 of the Company’s Board of Directors; or

 

A-1


(d) the Company executes an agreement of acquisition, merger or consolidation which contemplates that (i) after the effective date provided for in such agreement, all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by another Person and (ii) individuals who are directors of the Company when such agreement is executed shall not constitute a majority of the board of directors of the survivor or successor entity immediately after the effective date provided for in such agreement; provided , however , that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no transaction shall constitute a Change of Control as to a Participant if, immediately after such transaction, the Participant or any Participant Related Party shall own equity securities of any surviving corporation (“Surviving Entity”) having a fair value as a percentage of the fair value of the equity securities of such Surviving Entity greater than 125% of the fair value of the equity securities of the Company owned by the Participant and any Participant Related Party immediately prior to such transaction, expressed as a percentage of the fair value of all equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (for purposes of this paragraph ownership of equity securities shall be determined in the same manner as ownership of Common Stock); and provided , further , that, for purposes of this paragraph (d), if such agreement requires as a condition precedent approval by the Company’s shareholders of the agreement or transaction, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have taken place unless and until such approval is secured (but upon any such approval, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of execution of such agreement).

 

A-2


In addition, for purposes of this Exhibit A the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

“Common Stock” shall mean the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company plus, for purposes of determining the stock ownership of any Person, the number of unissued shares of Common Stock which such Person has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Common Stock shall not include shares of Preferred Stock or convertible debt or options or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company shall expressly so determine in any future transaction or transactions.

A Person shall be deemed to be the “owner” of any Common Stock:

(i) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(ii) of which such Person would be the “beneficial owner” for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission promulgated thereunder, as in effect on March 1, 1989; or

(iii) which such Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989) has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

 

A-3


“Person” shall have the meaning used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, as in effect on March 1, 1989.

A “Participant Related Party” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any affiliate or associate of the Participant other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. The terms “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (the term “registrant” in the definition of “associate” meaning, in this case, the Company).

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain beginning with the Company if each of the entities (other than the last entity in the unbroken chain) owns stock or other interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain.

“Committee” shall mean the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Company” shall mean The TJX Companies, Inc.

Initially capitalized terms not defined above shall have the meanings assigned to those terms in Article I of the Plan.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

One-Time Election Relating To General Deferred Compensation Plan Balances

Reference is made to The TJX Companies, Inc. General Deferred Compensation Plan (1998 Restatement) (the “GDCP”), an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees under which certain eligible employees of the Employer have elected to defer a portion of the compensation they would otherwise have received from the Employer. Each GDCP participant who is also an Eligible Individual has been given a one-time opportunity to elect on an irrevocable basis to cause a portion of his or her account under the GDCP to be treated as subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. In the case of any Eligible Individual who has made the election described in the preceding sentence, an amount equal to the affected portion of the Eligible Individual’s GDCP account balance shall be credited effective March 31, 1999 to the Eligible Individual’s Deferral Account (or in the discretion of the Administrator to a separate or sub-account). The amount so credited, as adjusted pursuant to Article 4, shall be fully vested at all times and shall be subject in all respects to the terms of the Plan as though credited to the Eligible Individual’s Deferral Account; provided, that the one-time credit described in this Exhibit B shall not affect or limit the Eligible Individual’s rights to make Compensation Deferrals to his or her Deferral Account. In no event shall any amount credited pursuant to this Exhibit B be eligible to be “matched” by Employer Credits pursuant to Section 3.2 or otherwise.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

Special 1999 Deferral

Each Eligible Individual shall have a one-time opportunity, exercisable prior to March 31, 1999 in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit C, to defer up to an additional $4,000 of that portion, if any, of his or her 1999 Salary which (but for deferral) would have been payable in the period July 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999. Any election to defer under the preceding sentence shall be made in writing on a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be irrevocable when made. Amounts deferred pursuant to this Exhibit C: (i) shall be in addition to any Compensation Deferrals made for 1999 under Section 3.1 and shall not be taken into account in applying the 20%-of-Salary limitations under Section 3.1; (ii) shall be fully vested at all times; and (iii) shall be credited to the Eligible Individual’s Deferral Account and treated for all purposes of the Plan in the same manner as other amounts credited to that Account, subject, however, to the express provisions of this Exhibit C. Any deferral election pursuant to this Exhibit C shall be treated as an election by the Eligible Individual to have his or her Salary, if any, for each pay date between July 9, 1999 and December 31, 1999 (inclusive) reduced by the total amount of the deferral (not to exceed $4,000) divided by twenty-six (26) and to have an equivalent amount deferred hereunder.

 

C-1

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES

All of the following subsidiaries are either directly or indirectly owned by The TJX Companies, Inc.

 

Operating Subsidiaries

  

State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Name Under Which Does Business (if Different)

           

NBC Attire Inc.

   Massachusetts   

Newton Buying Corp.

   Delaware   

NBC Distributors Inc.

   Massachusetts   

NBC Merchants, Inc.

   Indiana   

NBC Charlotte Merchants, Inc.

   North Carolina   

NBC Nevada Merchants, Inc.

   Nevada   

NBC Philadelphia Merchants, Inc.

   Pennsylvania   

NBC Pittston Merchants, Inc.

   Pennsylvania   

NBC Manteca Merchants, Inc.

   California   

Arizona Merchants Inc.

   Arizona   

TJX Incentive Sales, Inc.

   Virginia   

Marmaxx Operating Corp.

   Delaware    T.J.Maxx/Marshalls

Marshalls Atlanta Merchants, Inc.

   Georgia   

Marshalls Bridgewater Merchants, Inc.

   Virginia   

Marshalls Woburn Merchants, Inc.

   Massachusetts   

Marshalls of MA, Inc.

   Massachusetts   

New York Department Stores
de Puerto Rico, Inc.

   Puerto Rico    Marshalls/T.J. Maxx/ HomeGoods

Marshalls of Richfield, MN, Inc.

   Minnesota   

Marshalls of Glen Burnie, MD, Inc.

   Maryland   

Marshalls of Beacon, VA, Inc.

   Virginia   

Marshalls of Laredo, TX, Inc.

   Texas   

Marshalls of Calumet City, IL, Inc.

   Illinois   

Marshalls of Chicago-Clark, IL, Inc.

   Illinois   

Marshalls of Matteson, IL, Inc.

   Illinois   

Marshalls of Elizabeth, NJ, Inc.

   New Jersey   

Marshalls of Nevada, Inc.

   Nevada   

Newton Buying Company of CA, Inc.

   Delaware    Marshalls

Strathmex Corp.

   Delaware   

HomeGoods, Inc.

   Delaware   

H.G. Indiana Distributors, Inc.

   Indiana   

H.G. Conn. Merchants, Inc.

   Connecticut   

HomeGoods Imports Corp

   Delaware   

NBC Apparel, Inc.

   Delaware   

NBC Apparel, LLC

   Delaware   

 

-1-


Exhibit 21

Operating Subsidiaries

  

State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Name Under Which Does Business (if Different)

           

Concord Buying Group, Inc.

   New Hampshire    A.J. Wright

NBC Manager, LLC

   Delaware   

NBC Trust

   Massachusetts   

NBC Operating, LP

   Delaware   

NBC GP, LLC

   Delaware   

T.J. Maxx of CA, LLC

   Delaware   

T.J. Maxx of IL, LLC

   Delaware   

Marshalls of CA, LLC

   Delaware   

Marshalls of IL, LLC

   Delaware   

Newton Buying Imports, Inc.

   Delaware   

NBC Trading, Inc.

   Delaware   

TK Maxx

   United Kingdom    T.K. Maxx

TJX Europe Limited

   United Kingdom   

TJX UK

   United Kingdom    T.K. Maxx & Homesense

TJX Europe Buying (Deutschland) Ltd

   United Kingdom   

TJX Europe Buying Group Limited

   United Kingdom   

NBC Europe Limited

   United Kingdom   

T.K. Maxx Holding GmbH

   Germany   

T.K. Maxx Management GmbH

   Germany   

TJX Deutschland Ltd & Co. KG

   Germany    T.K. Maxx

TJX Ireland

   Ireland    T.K. Maxx

WMI-1 Holding Company

   Nova Scotia, Canada   

WMI-99 Holding Company

   Nova Scotia, Canada   

Winners Merchants International, L.P.

   Ontario, Canada    Winners & Homesense

NBC Holding, Inc.

   Delaware   

NBC Hong Kong Merchants Limited

   Hong Kong   

NBC Fashion India Private Limited

   India   

Jusy Meazza Buying Company S.r.L.

   Italy   

TJX Poland sp. Z o.o

   Poland    T.K. Maxx

TJX European Distribution sp. Z o.o

   Poland   

TJX Distribution GmbH

   Germany   

TJX Europe Buying (Polska) Ltd

   United Kingdom   

TJX Europe Buying Ltd

   United Kingdom   

TJX Australia Pty. Ltd.

   Australia   

NBC Atlantic Limited

   Bermuda   

Sierra Trading Post, Inc.

   Wyoming   

STP Retail, LLC

   Wyoming   

STP Technology Systems, LLC

   Wyoming   

Derailed, LLC

   Wyoming   

 

-2-


Exhibit 21

Operating Subsidiaries

  

State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Name Under Which Does Business (if Different)

           

TJX Digital, Inc.

   Delaware    T.J. Maxx

H.G. Georgia Merchants, Inc.

   Georgia   

TJX Germany Ltd.

   United Kingdom   

NBC Atlantic Holding Ltd.

   Bermuda   

TJX Austria Holding GmbH

   Austria   

TJX Oesterreich Ltd. & Co. KG

   Austria    T.K. Maxx

TJX Nederland B.V.

   Netherlands    T.K. Maxx

H.G. AZ Merchants, Inc.

   Arizona   

HomeGoods Georgia, LLC

   Georgia   
Leasing Subsidiaries      

NBC First Realty Corp.

   Indiana   

NBC Second Realty Corp.

   Massachusetts   

NBC Fourth Realty Corp.

   Nevada   

NBC Fifth Realty Corp.

   Illinois   

NBC Sixth Realty Corp.

   North Carolina   

NBC Seventh Realty Corp.

   Pennsylvania   

H.G. Brownsburg Realty Corp.

   Indiana   

H.G. Conn. Realty Corp.

   Delaware   

AJW South Bend Realty Corp.

   Indiana   

 

-3-

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-188192) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-189511, 333-169297, 333-162218, 333-116277, 333-86966, 333-63293, and 333-35073) of The TJX Companies, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2015 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

March 31, 2015

EXHIBIT 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Carol Meyrowitz and Scott Goldenberg and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the form 10-K to be filed by The TJX Companies, Inc. for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and any or all amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

/s/ Carol Meyrowitz

 

Carol Meyrowitz, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Scott Goldenberg, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Zein Abdalla

/s/ Michael F. Hines

Zein Abdalla, Director Michael F. Hines, Director

/s/ José B. Alvarez

/s/ Amy B. Lane

José B. Alvarez, Director Amy B. Lane, Director

/s/ Alan M. Bennett

/s/ John F. O’Brien

Alan M. Bennett, Director John F. O’Brien, Director

/s/ Bernard Cammarata

/s/ Willow B. Shire

Bernard Cammarata, Chairman of the Board of Directors Willow B. Shire, Director

/s/ David T. Ching

/s/ William H. Swanson

David T. Ching, Director William H. Swanson, Director

Dated: March 31, 2015

Section 302 Certification

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Carol Meyrowitz, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The TJX Companies, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 31, 2015

   

/s/ Carol Meyrowitz

   

Name:

  Carol Meyrowitz
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Section 302 Certification

CERTIFICATION

I, Scott Goldenberg, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The TJX Companies, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 31, 2015    

/s/ Scott Goldenberg

    Name:   Scott Goldenberg
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Executive Officer of The TJX Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge:

 

  1. the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Carol Meyrowitz

Name:   Carol Meyrowitz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 31, 2015

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of The TJX Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge:

 

  1. the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Scott Goldenberg

Name:   Scott Goldenberg
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 31, 2015